Law 56/2003, of 16 December, of Employment, establishes, in Article 3, that it is up to the Government, on a proposal from the current Ministry of Labor and Immigration, and prior to report of this Ministry to the Sectoral Conference of Employment and Labor Affairs, the elaboration and approval of the regulatory provisions in relation to, among others, occupational and continuing vocational training in the State field, as well as the development of such ordination.

Article 26.1 of Law 56/2003 of 16 December 2003, following the amendment carried out by Royal Decree-Law 3/2011 of 18 February 2011, of urgent measures for the improvement of employability and the reform of active employment policies, deals with the occupational training subsystem for employment, in which, since the entry into force of Royal Decree 395/2007 of 23 March, which regulates it, the forms of vocational training in the field of employment-occupational training and continuing training-have been integrated. This subsystem, according to the legal provisions laid down in the Organic Law of the Law of the European Communities, of Qualifications and Vocational Training, will be carried out in the framework of the National System of Qualifications and Vocational Training and the National Employment System.

For its part, the Organic Law of 19 June, the Organic Law of 19, understands the National System of Qualifications and Vocational Training as the set of instruments and actions necessary to promote and develop the integration of the offers of vocational training and the evaluation and accreditation of the professional competences. The main instruments of this System are the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications and the procedure for recognition, evaluation, accreditation and registration of the same. In Article 8 of the Organic Law of 19 June, the Organic Law of 19 June establishes that certificates of professional competence prove the professional qualifications of those who have obtained them and that they will be issued by the competent administration, with official status and validity throughout the national territory. In addition, Article 10.1 indicates that the General Administration of the State, in accordance with the provisions of Article 149.1.30ª and 7th of the Constitution and after consulting the General Council of Vocational Training, shall determine the qualifications and certificates of professionalism, which shall constitute the offers of vocational training referred to in the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications.

The National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications, according to Article 3.3 of Royal Decree 1128/2003, of 5 September, which regulates the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications, in the wording given to it by Royal Decree 1416/2005 of 25 November, constitutes the basis for drawing up the training offer leading to the acquisition of professional qualifications and certificates of professionalism and the modular and cumulative training offer associated with a unit of competence, as well as other training offers adapted to collectives with specific needs. In accordance with Article 8.5 of the same royal decree, the training offer of certificates of professionalism shall be in accordance with the minimum quality indicators and requirements which guarantee the fundamental aspects of an integrated training system, which are established by mutual agreement between the educational and labour administrations, after consultation of the General Council of Vocational Training.

Royal Decree 34/2008 of 18 January, which regulates the certificates of professionalism, as amended by Royal Decree 1675/2010 of 10 December 2010, has updated, in line with the rules mentioned, the regulation of the certificates established in the previous Royal Decree 1506/2003 of 28 November 2003 laying down the guidelines for certificates of professionalism, which have been repealed.

In that Royal Decree 34/2008, as amended by Royal Decree 1675/2010, the structure and content of the certificates of professionalism are defined, based on the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications and the guidelines established by the European Union, and establishes that the Public Service of State Employment, with the collaboration of the Centers of National Reference, will prepare and update the certificates of professionalism, which will be approved by royal decree.

On the other hand, in the new wording of article 11.2 of the recast of the Law of the Workers ' Statute, introduced by Royal Decree-Law 10/2011 of 26 August, of urgent measures for the promotion of the employment of young people, the promotion of stability in the employment and the maintenance of the program of professional retraining of persons who exhaust their protection for unemployment, the new contract for training and learning is regulated in which it is established that the qualification or professional competence acquired through this new figure the contract shall be accredited through, inter alia, the certificate of professionalism or the cumulative partial certification.

In this regulatory framework it is appropriate for the Government to establish seven certificates of professionalism of the professional family Transport and maintenance of vehicles of the professional areas of Electromechanical vehicles, Nautical and Driving of vehicles by road, which will be incorporated into the National Directory of certificates of professionalism by levels of professional qualification attending to the professional competence required by the productive activities, as specified in article 4.4 and in Annex II of Royal Decree 1128/2003, previously cited.

With the entry into force of this royal decree, the new certificate of professionalism "Driving of heavy goods vehicles by road" which in it is established, replaces the certificate of professionalism of the occupation of the heavy truck driver, established in Royal Decree 2001/96 of 6 September, which, consequently, is repealed

With the entry into force of this royal decree, the new certificate of professionalism "Driving of buses" which in it is established, replaces the certificate of professionalism of the occupation of bus driver, established in Royal Decree 1998/96 of 6 September, which, consequently, is repealed

With the entry into force of this royal decree, the new certificate of professionalism "Planning and control of the area of electromechanical" that in it is established, replaces the certificate of professionalism of the occupation of Technician in diagnosis of vehicles, established in Royal Decree 542/1997 of April 14, which, consequently, is repealed.

In the process of drawing up this royal decree, the General Council of Vocational Training, the General Council of the National Employment System, and the Sectoral Conference on Employment and Labor Affairs have been informed.

In its virtue, on the proposal of the Minister of Labour and Immigration and after deliberation of the Council of Ministers at its meeting of 28 October 2011,

DISPONGO:

Article 1. Object and scope of application.

This royal decree aims to establish seven certificates of professionalism of the professional family Transport and maintenance of vehicles that are included in the National Directory of certificates of professionalism, regulated by the Royal Decree 34/2008, of 18 January, for which the certificates of professionalism are regulated, modified by Royal Decree 1675/2010, of December 10.

Such certificates of professionalism are official and valid throughout the national territory and do not constitute a regulation of professional practice.

Article 2. Certificates of professionalism that are established.

The certificates of professionalism that are established correspond to the professional family Transport and maintenance of vehicles and are the ones listed below, the specifications of which are described in the annexes that are indicated:

Professional Family: TRANSPORTATION AND MAINTENANCE OF VEHICLES

-Annex I. Auxiliary operations for the maintenance of sports and recreational craft systems and equipment-Level 1.

-Annex II. Auxiliary operations for the maintenance of structural elements and the coating of surfaces of sports and recreational craft-Level 1.

-Annex III. Driving buses-Level 2.

-Annex IV. Driving of heavy goods vehicles by road-Level 2.

-Annex V. Maintenance of the engine and electrical systems, safety and comfort of agricultural machinery, extractive industries and building and civil works-Level 2.

-Annex VI. Maintenance of systems for the filming and transmission of agricultural machinery, extractive industries and building and civil works, their equipment and tools-Level 2.

-Annex VII. Planning and control of the electromechanical area-Level 3.

Article 3. Structure and content.

The content of each professionalism certificate responds to the structure set out in the following sections:

(a) In paragraph I: Identification of the certificate of professionalism

(b) In paragraph II: Professional profile of the certificate of professionalism

(c) In paragraph III: Training of the certificate of professionalism

(d) In paragraph IV: Prescriptions of trainers

e) In paragraph V: Minimum requirements for spaces, facilities and equipment

Article 4. Requirements for access to the training of certificates of professionalism.

1. The competent labour administration shall be responsible for verifying that the trainees have the training and professional qualifications to take advantage of the training in accordance with the terms set out in the following paragraphs.

2. In order to qualify for the training of the training modules for certificates of professionalism in vocational qualification levels 2 and 3, students must meet one of the following requirements:

a) Be in possession of the Graduate Degree in Secondary Education Required for Level 2 or Bachelor's degree for Level 3.

b) To be in possession of a certificate of professionalism of the same level of the module or training modules and/or the certificate of professionalism to which you wish to access.

c) Be in possession of a certificate of level 1 professionalism of the same family and professional area for level 2 or of a certificate of professionalism level 2 of the same family and professional area for level 3.

d) Meet the academic requirement of access to mid-grade training cycles for level 2 or higher grade level 3, or have exceeded the corresponding access tests regulated by the educational administrations.

e) Having passed the test of access to the university for over 25 years and/or 45 years.

f) Having sufficient training or professional knowledge to enable training to be used.

Article 5. Trainers.

1. The requirements on training and professional experience for the delivery of certificates of professionalism are those set out in paragraph IV of each certificate of professionalism and must be complied with both in person and at a distance.

2. In accordance with Article 13.3 of Royal Decree 34/2008 of 18 January, they may be recruited as experts for the provision of certain training modules specified in paragraph IV of each of the Annexes to certificates of professionalism, qualified professionals with professional experience in the field of the unit of competence to which the module is associated.

3. In order to prove the required teaching competence, the trainer or expert must be in possession of the certificate of professionalism of occupational trainer or equivalent training in teaching methodology for adult vocational training.

The requirement set out in the preceding paragraph will be exempt:

(a) Those who are in possession of the official university degrees of graduate in Pedagogy, Psychopedagogy or Master in any of their specialties, from a graduate degree in the field of Psychology or Pedagogy, or from an official university degree in the fields mentioned above.

b) Those who hold an official university degree other than those referred to in the previous paragraph and who are also in possession of the Certificate of Pedagogical Aptitude or of the professional titles of Didactic Specialization and the Certificate of Pedagogical Qualification. Also exempt are those who credit the possession of the Enabling Master's Degree for the exercise of the regulated Professions of the Professor of Secondary Education, Professional Training and Official Language Schools.

c) Those who credit a proven teaching experience of at least 600 hours in the last seven years in vocational training for employment or the education system.

4. Trainers who provide distance training must have training and experience in this mode, in the use of information and communication technologies, as well as meeting the specific requirements set out for each certificate of professionalism. To this end, the competent authorities shall develop specific programmes and actions for the training of these trainers.

Article 6. Contracts for training and learning.

The training inherent in contracts for training and learning will be carried out, in the form of alternance with paid employment, in the terms foreseen in the regulatory development referred to in Article 11.2 (d) of the recast of the Law of the Workers ' Statute, as drafted by the Royal Decree-Law 10/2011 of 26 August, of urgent measures for the promotion of the employment of young people, the promotion of stability in the employment and the maintenance of the program of professional retraining of people who exhaust their unemployment protection.

Article 7. Distance training.

1. When the training module includes distance learning, it must be carried out with didactic supports authorised by the competent labour administration that allow a systematized learning process for the participant who must meet the accessibility and design requirements for all and will necessarily be complemented with tutorial assistance.

2. The training modules which, in their entirety, are developed at a distance will require at least one final test of an in-person nature.

Article 8. Approved centres for your delivery.

1. Training centres and institutions which provide training leading to a certificate of professionalism must comply with the requirements of the trainers and the minimum requirements for spaces, facilities and equipment laid down in each of the training modules which constitute the certificate of professionalism.

2. The training inherent in the contracts for training and apprenticeship carried out as an alternative to paid employment shall be provided in the training centres of the network referred to in the fifth additional provision of the Organic Law of 19 June 2002 on Qualifications and Vocational Training, previously recognised by the National Employment System.

Article 9. Correspondence with vocational training qualifications.

The accreditation of the units of competence obtained through the overcoming of the professional modules of the professional training titles will take the effects of exemption of the module or training modules of the certificates of professionalism associated to those units of competence established in the present royal decree.

Additional disposition first. Level of the certificate of professionalism in the European Qualifications Framework.

Once the relationship between the national qualifications framework and the European qualifications framework is established, the corresponding level of certificates of professionalism established in this royal decree will be determined within the European Qualifications Framework.

Additional provision second. Equivalences with certificates of previous professionalism.

The equivalence to all effects of the following certificates of professionalism is declared:

of professionalism to be repealed	Equivalent certificates of professionalism
Decree 2001/1996 of 6 September, establishing the certificate of professionalism of the occupation of heavy truck driver.	Driving heavy goods vehicles by road.
Decree 1998/1996, of 6 September, establishing the certificate of professionalism of the occupation of bus driver.	Driving buses.
Decree 542/1997, of 14 April, establishing the certificate of professionalism of the occupation of Technician in vehicle diagnosis.	Planning and control of the electromechanical area.

First transient disposition. Contracts for training in force.

The theoretical training of contracts for training agreed prior to the entry into force of Royal Decree-Law 10/2011 of 26 August, of urgent measures for the promotion of the employment of young people, the promotion of stability in the employment and the maintenance of the program of professional retraining of persons who exhaust their protection for unemployment, will be governed by the legal or conventional regulations in force at the date of the conclusion of the contract.

Second transient disposition. Modification of training plans and training actions.

In the training plans and in the training actions that are already approved, pursuant to Order TAS/718/2008, of March 7, for which the Royal Decree 395/2007, of March 23, is developed, which regulates the subsystem of training for the employment, in the field of formation of supply and establishes the regulatory bases for the concession of public grants to be financed, at the date of entry into force of this royal decree, that they include training associated with the certificates of professionalism that are now repealed, it will be possible to replace this formation which is associated with the certificates of professionalism declared equivalent in the second provision, subject to the approval of the Administration which approved it and provided that the requirements of the trainers and the minimum requirements for spaces, facilities and equipment laid down in the certificate are met.

Transitional provision third. Low in the Specialty File.

The specialties corresponding to the certificates of professionalism repealed will cause low in the file of specialties from the nine months after the entry into force of this royal decree. During this period these certificates shall remain valid for the purposes specified in this royal decree. In any event, the training actions linked to these certificates must be initiated before the end of the nine-month period.

Transitional disposition fourth. Application for the issue of certificates of professional qualifications repealed.

1. Persons who, as provided for in the first transitional provision of Royal Decree 34/2008 of 18 January, have completed with positive evaluation the training associated with one of the certificates of professionalism of which they are entitled, during the validity of the certificates, will have a period of five years to request their issue, to be counted from the entry into force of this royal decree.

2. They may also apply for the issue within five years of completion with a positive assessment of the training of such certificates of professionalism:

a) People who, having taken part of that formation during the validity of the royal decree that is now repealed, complete the same after their repeal.

b) Persons who undertake the training of these certificates of professionalism under the training plans and the training actions that are already approved at the date of entry into force of this royal decree, pursuant to Order TAS 718/2008, of March 7.

Transient disposition fifth. Provisional accreditation of centres.

The training centres which, at the entry into force of this royal decree, are included in the registers of the competent authorities and approved to provide training in the fields of training corresponding to one or more of the certificates of professionalism which are now repealed, shall be deemed to be provisionally accredited for the purposes of the provision of training actions linked to the certificates of professionalism established in this royal decree and declared equivalent in the second, prior provision. authorisation from the competent authority. This accreditation will have effects for one year from the entry into force of this royal decree and until the completion, if any, of the approved training actions. After this period, in order to be able to provide training aimed at obtaining the certificates of professionalism established in this royal decree, the training centers must ask the competent administrations for their accreditation, for which they must comply with the requirements laid down in the certificates.

Single repeal provision. Regulatory repeal.

The Royal Decree 2001/1996 of 6 September, which establishes the certificate of professionalism of the occupation of a heavy truck driver, the Royal Decree Royal Decree 1998/1996, of 6 September, establishing the certificate of professionalism of the occupation of a bus driver, and Royal Decree 542/1997, of 14 April, establishing the certificate of professionalism of the occupation of Technician in the diagnosis of vehicles, are hereby repealed.

Final disposition first. Competence title.

This Royal Decree is dictated by the powers attributed to the State in Article 149.1.1., 7. and 30. of the Spanish Constitution, which attributes to the State exclusive competence for the regulation of basic conditions guaranteeing the equality of all Spaniards in the exercise of rights and in the performance of constitutional duties; labor law; and the regulation of conditions for obtaining, issuing and approving academic and professional titles and basic standards for the development of Article 27 of the Treaty. Constitution, in order to ensure compliance with the obligations of the public authorities in this field.

Final disposition second. Regulatory development.

The Minister of Labor and Immigration is authorized to dictate how many provisions are necessary for the development of this royal decree.

Final disposition third. Entry into force.

This royal decree will enter into force on the day following its publication in the "Official State Gazette".

Given in Madrid, on October 31, 2011.

JOHN CARLOS R.

The Minister of Labor and Immigration,

VALERIAN GOMEZ SANCHEZ

ANNEX I

I. IDENTIFICATION OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM

Denomination: Auxiliary operations for maintenance of sports and recreational craft systems and equipment

Code: TMVU0110

Professional family: Transportation and Maintenance of Vehicles

Professional area: Nautical

Professional qualification level: 1

Professional reference qualification:

TMV453_1 Auxiliary operations for the maintenance of sports and recreational craft systems and equipment (RD 1225/2010, October 1)

Relationship of competency units that configure the certificate of professionalism:

UC0620_1: Perform basic machining operations.

UC1458_1: Perform auxiliary operations on the maintenance of the propellant plant, machines and their associated equipment of sports and recreational craft.

UC1459_1: Perform auxiliary operations in the maintenance of electrical and electronic systems for sports and recreational craft.

UC1460_1: Perform auxiliary operations in the maintenance of sports and recreational craft.

General competition:

Perform auxiliary maintenance operations of the propellant plant, mechanical, electrical and electronic systems, as well as of sports and recreational craft, including those of restricted length dedicated to other services or functions, following instructions received and complying with the regulations of prevention of occupational and environmental risks.

Professional Environment:

Professional scope:

It carries out its professional activity as an employed person, in small and medium-sized enterprises engaged in the maintenance of sports and recreational craft, and of others of restricted length dedicated to other services or functions, both public and private, depending on the functional and hierarchically of a superior.

Productive Sectors:

Shipbuilding: construction of recreational craft and sport.

Repair and naval maintenance.

Occupations or related jobs:

Maintenance of mechanical vessel systems.

Maintenance of electrical and electronic systems of vessels.

Ship rigging maintenance aid.

Duration of the associated training: 390 hours

MF0620_ 1: (Transverse) Basic Machining (90 hours)

MF1458_1: Basic maintenance of the propellant plant, machines and their associated equipment of sports and recreational craft. (120 hours)

● UF1601: (Transversal) Basic procedures for the preparation of the work area, prevention of risks and behaviour on board. (30 hours)

● UF1602: Basic maintenance procedures of the propellant plant and auxiliary systems of the vessel. (90 hours)

MF1459_1: Basic maintenance of electrical and electronic systems for sports and recreational craft. (100 hours)

● UF1601 (Transversal) Basic procedures for the preparation of the work area, prevention of risks and behaviour on board. (30 hours)

● UF1603: Basic maintenance procedures for electrical and electronic systems for sports and recreational craft. (70 hours)

MF1460_1: Basic maintenance of sports and recreational craft. (100 hours)

● UF1601: (Transversal) Basic procedures for the preparation of the work area, prevention of risks and behaviour on board. (30 hours)

● UF1604: Basic maintenance procedures for sports and recreational craft. (70 hours)

MP0345: Non-work professional practice module of auxiliary operations of systems and equipment of sports and recreational craft (40 hours)

II. PROFESSIONAL PROFILE OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM

Competition Unit 1

Naming: PERFORM BASIC MACHINING OPERATIONS

Level: 1

Code: UC0620_1

Professional realizations and realization criteria

RP1: Establish the machining process in terms of cutting phases and parameters, ensuring the viability of the machining and achieving the quality of the process.

CR1.1 Part plane analysis allows you to determine:

-The succession of machining operations to be performed.

-The machines and tools to be used in the different phases.

-The clamping devices and cutting tools.

-The material to use

The final dimensions

CR1.2 The determined sequences allow the machining to be performed according to the required standards and specifications.

CR1.3 The machining process gets the right quality and optimizes the times.

CR1.4 The machining parameters (cutting speed, advancement, depth, among others) are selected according to the material and the characteristics of the part to be machined, as well as the cutting tools (type, material, among others).

CR1.5 The process is determined by combining:

The characteristics of the piece (geometric shape, dimensions, precision, weight, among others).

The means available for machining the part (machines, tools, tools, among others).

The availabilities of the machines at the time of making the piece.

RP2: Perform the layout of parts to proceed to the machining, starting from simple planes.

CR2.1 The layout provides the information that correctly defines the part for its machining (axes, drill centers, mechanization limits, reference lines, fold lines, among others).

CR2.2 The layout is performed according to the technical specifications and the specific regulations.

CR2.3 The marking is done with the established products and methods (paint, copper sulfate, bulk strike, among others).

CR2.4 The layout is done with the appropriate useful and according to the set in the plans.

CR2.5 The layout and marking are performed, with the required precision to achieve the expected quality of the machining.

RP3: Select the tools and tools needed for machining, depending on the type of part and the machining process.

CR3.1 The tools and tools selected are suitable for machining, depending on the type of material, required quality and availability of the equipment.

CR3.2 The manufacturer's specifications are taken into account to choose the tools.

CR3.3 The tools and tools chosen allow machining in the shortest possible time.

RP4: Run welded joints, which do not require great skill, applying the necessary techniques and following the technical specifications.

CR4.1 The welded joints are made by preparing the edges, fixing and giving the proper stiffness to the elements to be joined.

CR4.2 The consumable and the values of the operating variables are selected based on the base materials.

CR4.3 The welded joints are checked that they have no apparent defects and the obtained cords are repassed and end to achieve the required quality.

RP5: Run all machining operations in accordance with workplace risk prevention rules.

CR5.1 The risks inherent in the specific work are extracted from the safety standards of the workshop, and it is proven that the measures of personal and collective protection are fulfilled.

CR5.2 The work area remains risk-free, respecting personal and collective security rules.

CR5.3 Contingencies are communicated as soon as necessary to enable them to be monitored and resolved.

Professional Context

Production media

Materials processing parts. Saws, limes, gramiles, plot tips, threading equipment. Measuring instruments. Drill machine, riveting. Soft welding equipment, electrical welding equipment by coated electrode.

Products and results

Crafted, machined, welded parts. Defined methods, procedures, and sequence of operations.

Information used or generated

Work orders, simple manufacturing plans, management manuals for the different teams.

Competition Unit 2

denomination: PERFORM AUXILIARY OPERATIONS ON THE MAINTENANCE OF THE PROPELLANT PLANT, MACHINES AND THEIR ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT OF SPORTS AND RECREATIONAL CRAFT

Level: 1

Code: UC1458_1

Professional realizations and realization criteria

RP1: Prepare the vessel, equipment, work area and adjacent to perform the maintenance operations of the propellant plant, machines and their associated equipment of sports and recreational boats, following instructions.

CR1.1 Equipment, tools and materials (spare parts, accessories, media, personal protective equipment, vessel, among others) to be used are identified, collected, prepared and transported, if necessary, properly packaged, following instructions.

CR1.2 The instructions, rules of work, uses and customs established, oral or written, are understood, interpreted and complied with, while respecting the codes of conduct established by the company.

CR1.3 General facilities, equipment and tools, are maintained and put to the point, collaborating with the rest of the staff, applying the established procedures and with the required periodicity.

CR1.4 The areas adjacent to the workplace, as well as those susceptible to being damaged (moquettes, noble woods, delicate materials, among others) are protected by the means established, depending on the nature of the interventions and the material to be preserved to prevent damage or damage.

CR1.5 Pre-boot operations and post-boot control of craft engines are performed in the necessary cases following instructions, and in safety conditions.

CR1.6 The basic access, mooring and starting systems of the vessel are checked by communicating the detected anomalies to the immediate superior.

CR1.7 Basic knots (guide, crossbow, cote, flat knot, among others) are performed with the required skill, ensuring that they fulfill their function.

CR1.8 The working area is prepared to facilitate free access to the system or component to intervene following instructions and in a way that allows sufficient maneuvering capacity.

RP2: Perform the primary maintenance of the internal combustion engine of the vessel, following established instructions and procedures, and with the prescribed quality.

CR2.1 The primary elements (filters, fluids, plugs, straps, among others) of the lubrication, cooling, feeding and lighting systems, to be replaced or repaired, are disassembled, cleaned or replaced and mounted, as appropriate, following instructions and the standards set by the manufacturer.

CR2.2 Solid and fluid residues are classified and stored in the appropriate containers for further treatment.

CR2.4 The anomalies detected in the engine operating parameter values during maintenance processes are communicated with the required accuracy and accuracy of the immediate superior.

RP3: Perform auxiliary operations in the maintenance of propulsion and government systems, and other sports and recreational craft equipment, following established instructions and procedures.

CR3.1 The cleaning operations of the fuel tanks, the bilge, bottom filters, discharge valves to the sea, among others, are carried out using the appropriate products and following established procedures.

CR3.2 The engrase operations are performed with the established products and procedures.

CR3.3 The unmounting and mounting operations of the primary, mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic, and other elements are performed by following instructions, cleaning and replacing, components when applicable.

CR3.4 The maintenance operations on the systems of access to the vessel (platforms, stairs, among others), and of the arrival and virate of boats, anchors, among others, are carried out following instructions of the immediate superior.

CR3.5 Dry boat maintenance operations are executed according to the level of autonomy.

CR3.6 The anomalies detected in the values of the parameters of the fluids during the maintenance processes are communicated with the required accuracy and accuracy of the immediate superior.

RP4: Carry out auxiliary operations in the maintenance of systems for the supply and evacuation of sports and recreational vessels, following instructions and procedures.

CR4.1 The dismantling and mounting operations of the primary elements, toilets, sinks, tanks, among others, of the systems of sanitation, supply and evacuation of fluids are carried out following instructions, cleaning and replacing, components when applicable.

CR4.2 The basic maintenance, supply, and fluid evacuation systems are performed according to the instructions.

CR4.3 The tightness of the different circuits is ensured, replacing in its case under supervision, the necessary elements (pipes, joints, among others), to restore the required functionality respecting the specifications established by the manufacturer.

CR4.4 The decanting, filtering and debugging systems are maintained according to established procedures, under the supervision of the superior responsible when applicable, guaranteeing the operability of the same after the interventions.

CR4.5 Water circuits and reservoirs are cleaned and it is proven that the evacuation or discharge systems in port are working in compliance with technical specifications.

CR4.6 The anomalies detected in the values of the parameters of the fluids, as well as those of any other nature, during the maintenance processes are communicated with the prompt and precision required to the immediate superior.

RP5: Perform auxiliary operations in the maintenance of cold and air conditioning systems in sports and recreational craft, according to the sequence of operations established and following instructions.

CR5.1 The disassembly and assembly processes of the primary, evaporator, and condenser elements, among others, are performed according to instructions and the sequence of operations established, replacing, components when applicable.

CR5.2 The basic maintenance operations of the cold and air conditioning systems are performed according to the instructions.

CR5.3 The cleaning of the circuits of the compressors, exchangers, tanks, filters and regenerable elements of the installation, is carried out according to the established procedures.

CR5.4 The complementary systems or elements of the self-contained heating equipment (pump, tank, fuel, exhaust and ventilation systems) are maintained, following instructions.

CR5.5 The anomalies detected in the values of the operating parameters during maintenance processes are communicated with the required accuracy and accuracy of the immediate superior.

RP6: Adopt the rules of prevention of occupational and environmental risks in the execution of all auxiliary operations of maintenance of the propellant plant, machines and their associated equipment of sports and recreational boats.

CR6.1 The risks inherent in the specific work are extracted from the company's security plan and the individual and collective protection measures are checked.

CR6.2 Individual and collective security rules are respected while keeping the work area free of risks.

CR6.3 Contingencies are communicated to the immediate superior as soon as necessary to enable their assessment and resolution.

CR6.4 The generated waste is collected, classified and stored according to the procedures laid down in the current environmental regulations, including the one relating to the recovery of fluorinated greenhouse gases.

Professional Context

Production media

Machines and mechanical tools. Specific tools and equipment. Oils, lubricants, fats. Filters. Simulators. Propulsion and government systems. Cold and air conditioning systems. Propulsant plants. Systems for the supply and disposal of fluids.

Products and results

Propulsive plants, propulsion and government systems, systems for the supply and evacuation of fluids, cold and air conditioning systems with basic maintenance performed and in conditions of optimum operation. Clean and tidy machines, equipment, tools and tools.

Information used or generated

Manufacturer's technical manuals, with partial drawings where original values are given. Cutting manuals. Management manuals for the different teams. Work orders. Media: graphics, writing and computer science. Maintenance instructions. Standards for the prevention of occupational risks. Environmental regulations.

Competition Unit 3

denomination: PERFORM AUXILIARY OPERATIONS IN THE MAINTENANCE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS OF SPORTS AND RECREATIONAL CRAFT

Level: 1

Code: UC1459_1

Professional realizations and realization criteria

RP1: Prepare the vessel, equipment, work area and adjacent to perform the maintenance operations of the electrical and electronic systems of sports and recreational boats, following instructions.

CR1.2 The instructions, rules of work, uses and customs established, oral or written, are understood, interpreted and complied with, while respecting the codes of conduct established by the company.

CR1.3 General facilities, equipment and tools, are maintained and put to the point, collaborating with the rest of the staff, applying the established procedures and with the required periodicity.

CR1.4 The areas adjacent to the workplace, as well as those susceptible to being damaged (moquettes, noble woods, delicate materials, among others), are protected by the means established, depending on the nature of the interventions and the material to be protected to prevent damage or damage.

CR1.5 The basic access, mooring and starting systems of the vessel are checked by communicating the detected anomalies to the immediate superior.

CR1.6 Basic knots (guide, crossbow, cote, flat knot, among others) are performed with the required skill, ensuring that they fulfill their function.

CR1.7 The working area is prepared to facilitate the free access to the system or component to intervene by following instructions and in a way that allows sufficient maneuvering capacity.

RP2: Perform the primary maintenance of electrical elements of the loading and starting systems of the vessel, following established instructions and procedures, and with the prescribed quality.

CR2.1 The state of use of the batteries is verified, after selection and connection or switching of the different systems (battery banks and charging systems) installed in the vessel, by using established equipment and means (polymeters, densimeters, among others).

CR2.3 The functionality of the substituted elements is checked to be the required one and if not, the immediate superior is reported.

CR2.4 The anomalies detected in the values of the operating parameters during maintenance processes are communicated with the required accuracy and accuracy of the immediate superior.

RP3: Perform the primary maintenance of the auxiliary electrical systems of the vessel and carry out laying and assembly of conductors, terminals and connectors, following instructions and procedures, and with the prescribed quality.

CR3.1 The basic components of electric lighting, navigation and service systems (fuses, lamps, among others) are replaced by technical instructions and in accordance with the standards laid down by the manufacturer.

CR3.2 The functionality of the replaced elements is checked to be the required one, and if not the top one is informed.

CR3.4 The laying of the conductors and their marking is done using the elements that respond to the characteristics established by the superior responsible.

CR3.5 The terminals and connectors, among others, are selected and installed according to the instructions received.

CR3.6 Pre-connection preparation operations for drivers with their terminal are performed following established procedures.

CR3.7 The soldier of the elements that require it (connectors, among others) is made with precision, so that they remain firm, with the required isolations and with continuity.

RP4: Perform auxiliary operations for the maintenance of microcomputer equipment in sports and recreational craft, cleaning supports and peripherals, and replacing consumables, following instructions.

CR4.1 The computer equipment is turned on and visually checked for messages from the boot of the equipment, the operation of the supports and peripherals and the connections with them, following the established procedure.

CR4.2 Supports and peripherals are cleaned using specific tools to maintain their functionality, following detailed guides, and meeting the safety standards and quality criteria set by the organization.

CR4.3 The consumable elements of the peripherals and other devices of the computer system are replaced to maintain their functionality by following the manufacturer's guides and detailed instructions.

RP5: Operate the file system and use the peripherals using the user environment tools provided by the operating system and network services, following instructions.

CR5.1 The graphical user interface that the operating system provides is used to locate and access its tools and utilities, according to usage needs.

CR5.2 File system handling tools are used to organize information, performing folder and file creation and manipulation operations, as instructed.

CR5.3 The peripheral devices such as the printer and the scanner are used to present or obtain information, once generated with the specific computer applications, according to usage needs and following instructions.

CR5.4 Information storage devices and media (USB sticks, CDs, DVDs, removable disk drives, among others) are used to access and process it, according to usage needs and following instructions.

CR5.5 The elements of a local network are used to access shared folders, files, and devices, located on different computers, following instructions.

RP6: Adopt the rules for the prevention of occupational and environmental risks in the execution of all auxiliary operations for the maintenance of electrical and electronic systems of sports and recreational boats.

CR6.1 The risks inherent in the specific work are extracted from the company's security plan and the individual and collective protection measures are checked.

CR6.2 Individual and collective security rules are respected while keeping the work area free of risks.

CR6.3 Contingencies are communicated to the immediate superior as soon as necessary to enable their assessment and resolution.

CR6.4 The generated waste is collected, classified and stored according to the procedures laid down in the current environmental regulations.

Professional Context

Production media

Electrician machines and tools. Batteries, battery chargers, generators, converters, electric motors, switches, straps and drag elements. Electrical and cathodic protection elements. Computer equipment and components, peripherals, operating systems, software for equipment maintenance, consumables of computer systems. Media and peripheral cleaning tools. Amperimeter. Voltmeter. Multimeter. Specific tools. Electronic components. Lamps. Relays and contactors. Soft welding equipment. Crimpadora. Individual protection elements. Elements for the protection of the vessel. Lifting elements. Chains, cabs. Portable lighting systems. Systems for the extraction or insertion of air.

Products and results

Electrical lighting, navigation and service systems with basic maintenance and operations. Battery charging systems and starting and operating engines. Peripherals and operational computer supports. Consumable consumable elements. Clean and tidy machines, equipment, tools and tools.

Information used or generated

Maintenance instructions. Machine and tool handling instructions. Schemes of electrical installations. Manual and guide maintenance of systems and replacement of consumables. Standards for the prevention of occupational risks. Environmental regulations.

Competition Unit 4

Designation: CONDUCT ANCILLARY OPERATIONS IN THE MAINTENANCE OF SPORTS AND RECREATIONAL CRAFT GEAR

Level: 1

Code: UC1460_1

Professional realizations and realization criteria

RP1: Prepare the vessel, equipment, work area and adjacent to carry out maintenance operations of sports and recreational craft, following instructions.

CR1.1 Equipment, tools and materials (spare parts, accessories, media, personal protective equipment, vessel, among others) to be used are identified, collected, prepared and transported, if necessary, properly packaged, following instructions.

CR1.2 The instructions, rules of work, uses and customs established, oral or written, are understood, interpreted and complied with, while respecting the codes of conduct established by the company.

CR1.3 General facilities, equipment and tools, are maintained and put to the point, collaborating with the rest of the staff, applying the established procedures and with the required periodicity.

CR1.4 The areas adjacent to the workplace, as well as those susceptible to being damaged (moquettes, noble woods, delicate materials, among others), are protected by the means established, depending on the nature of the interventions and the material to be protected to prevent damage or damage.

CR1.5 The basic access, mooring and starting systems of the vessel are checked by communicating the detected anomalies to the immediate superior.

CR1.6 Basic knots (guide, crossbow, cote, flat knot, among others) are performed with the required skill, ensuring that they fulfill their function.

CR1.7 The working area is prepared to facilitate the free access to the system or component to intervene by following instructions and in a way that allows sufficient maneuvering capacity.

RP2: Perform auxiliary operations for the maintenance of the jars in sports and recreational craft, following instructions and procedures, and with the required quality.

CR2.1 The cabs or cables and terminals chosen by the top manager are accurately identified by verifying that the elements respond to the established characteristics (quality, construction, diameter, length, among others).

CR2.2 The cabs are worked by running the knots, gasses with staves and seams, among others, so that they effectively fulfill their function and with the required skill.

CR2.3 The cables are pressed and laminated, with the required skill, so that they effectively fulfill their function.

CR2.4 The Ayustes between cabs (or between cabs and cable), the gasses with guardors, among others, are made so that the assembly has the required resistance and can fulfill its function.

CR2.5 The cabs, cables and tensioners of the jars, among others, will be forged applying the techniques established to ensure the protection of the element.

CR2.6 The elements of the work jar are started and the nest of the multiplication devices is performed according to the established procedures.

CR2.7 The elements of the jars are cleaned, greased, polished, among other operations, following the established maintenance plan.

RP3: Perform auxiliary maintenance operations of masts and other elements of the tree-tree tree-tree, following established instructions and procedures.

CR3.1 The articulation points, the heads of the rods and the threads of the tensioners, among others, are cleaned, oiled and polished in the cases necessary following established procedures.

CR3.2 The systems associated with the woodwork such as elements of the work and firm jars (rolling, rolling, among others), are marked, disassembled, stored, and mounted without damaging the same and following the instructions.

CR3.3 The support works required by the superior officer during the raising, transportation, arrival, ground and adjustment on board of the mast and other elements of the tree, are carried out to facilitate the operation and avoid damage.

CR3.4 The mast and other elements of the ground tree are cleaned according to the established procedures, after completion of the operation of the assembly of fittings.

RP4: Carry out auxiliary maintenance and repair operations for the control systems of the sports and recreational craft jars, following established instructions and procedures.

CR4.1 The points of articulation and movement of mechanical and hydraulic elements of the control systems of the jar are cleaned, oiled and polished following instructions.

RP5: Perform cleaning, maintenance and assembly of candles and other auxiliary textile elements of sports and recreational craft to ensure their optimal functioning, following established instructions and procedures.

CR5.1 Candles and auxiliary textile elements are cleaned, bleached, desalted, among others, using techniques, tools and products set in the required proportions.

CR5.2 The industrial machines for the cleaning of candles are loaded and the indicated program is selected following the instructions.

CR5.3 The candles extend for cleaning and drying in areas conditioned to the effect and their transfer and attachment is carried out, without causing damage or grazes, using the specific equipment.

CR5.4 Vails or auxiliary textile elements are stored in a dry, folded, and folded manner, in the duly conditioned place to ensure their preservation.

CR5.5 The repair of small faults in the candles or auxiliary textile elements (unsewn, small breaks in the cloth, among others), is carried out by carrying out instructions and applying manual techniques such as stitching, patch placement, among others.

CR5.6 Support operations in the transport and assembly/disassembly on board of candles and auxiliary textile elements are carried out in accordance with instructions.

RP6: Adopt the rules for the prevention of occupational and environmental risks in the execution of all auxiliary operations for the maintenance of sports and recreational craft.

CR6.1 The risks inherent in the specific work are extracted from the company's security plan and the individual and collective protection measures are checked.

CR6.2 Individual and collective security rules are respected while keeping the work area free of risks.

CR6.3 Contingencies are communicated to the immediate superior as soon as necessary to enable their assessment and resolution.

CR6.4 The generated waste is collected, classified and stored according to the procedures laid down in the current environmental regulations.

Professional Context

Production media

Guindola. Tape metric. King's foot. Presses. Cut wires. Tape. Knife. Heat knife. Needles for sausages, candles and nets. Burels. Control cabs. Guide cabs. Other Cabos, cables and rods. Toolbox. Hand tools. Industrial cleaning machines. Specific products and useful. Pot of aphorrar, metal and wood punches, rempouts for relingings and candles, scissors, pins. Mast, mast supports. Botavaras. Estays, obenques. You choose, dribbles. Candles. Awnings. Trinches (strobes, slings).Tensioners, control systems, winches, winches, and unmultiplication devices.

Products and results

Auxiliary work for the maintenance of firm and work järcias, masts and other elements of the tree-tree control systems, carried out under security conditions. Work on cleaning, maintenance and assembly of candles and other auxiliary textile elements carried out under safety conditions. Place of work conditioned and clean. Clean and tidy machines, equipment, tools and tools.

Information used or generated

Machine, equipment, and product instruction manuals. Work orders. Standards for the prevention of occupational risks. Environmental regulations.

III. TRAINING OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM

FORMATIVE MODULE 1

Naming: BASIC MACHINING

Code: MF0620_1

Professional qualification level: 1

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC0620_1: Perform basic machining operations.

Duration: 90 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Apply manual machining techniques, select tools and tools necessary to perform operations.

CE1.1 Classify the different types of limes, taking care of their chopped and their shape.

CE1.2 Classify the different types of lijas and abrasives, taking care of their use.

CE1.3 Identify the different types of saw blades by relating them to the material to be cut and the cutting speed.

CE1.4 Relate the different types of bits with the materials to be drilled, explaining the parts that make up them and the angles that characterize them (cutting angle, flashing, among others).

CE1.5 Explain the drilling process, choosing the cutting speed according to the material to be drilled and the diameter of the drill bit to be used.

CE1.6 Explain the riveting process and the different types of rivets.

C2: Compare the joining techniques between parts in order to select the tools and tools necessary to perform the operations.

CE2.1 Describe the different types of screws, nuts, washers, and their threads by relating them to the possible uses in the car.

CE2.2 Make the calculations necessary to select the rod or drill according to the diameter of the thread in the hand thread.

CE2.3 Describe the different types of pressure rings, pins, fasteners and clamps.

CE2.4 Describe the different ways to apply tightening pairs.

CE2.5 Handle flat keys, star, cushioning, pliers, jaws, screwdrivers, glass keys and specific machining workshop tools.

CE2.6 Describe the different types of joints and closures, which are used in detachable junctions.

C3: Handled with dexterity the electric and pneumatic hand tools used in the mechanization, disassembly and assembly of parts.

CE3.1 Select the electrical or pneumatic tool and its accessories, more appropriate to the process

CE3.2 Perform the machining, disassembly and assembly of the parts according to the established requirements.

C4: Interpreting parts and technical manuals.

CE4.1 Explain the specifications of cotes, tolerances, finishes and tightening.

CE4.2 Interpret the composition of the assembly and disassembly processes of the pieces through their drawings or sketches.

CE4.3 Respect the assembly instructions described in the manuals.

CE4.4 Handle workshop manuals, coding, and part references.

C5: Operate with the devices, tools and tools, used in the measurement and checking tasks.

CE5.1 In practical, duly characterized, scenarios involving linear, angular, thread measurements, among others, performing different measurement procedures with gauge, micrometer, comparator, thicknesses gages, thread gages, explaining its operation:

-Choose the appropriate device for the type of measurement to be performed and the required precision.

-Calibrate the measuring apparatus according to patterns.

-Perform the measures with the appropriate precision.

C6: Operate with the soft and electric welding equipment by coated electrode without being required a great skill.

CE6.1 Relate the different types of base materials with the input and deoxidizing materials according to the type of welding to be obtained.

CE6.2 Describe the components of the electric arc welding equipment, as well as the operation thereof.

C7: Apply cleaning standards, waste collection standards and their classification, safety standards and daily maintenance.

CE7.1 Clean up shop, jobs, tools and machinery.

CE7.2 Make the automatic maintenance of machines, equipment and tools.

CE7.3 Collect and classify the waste generated in the activity, respecting the established rules on the storage of waste.

CE7.4 Identify all the safety standards of the workshop, individual and collective, applying them to the full extent, using appropriate clothing and PPE.

Contents

1. Manual machining technology and its techniques.

-Limes, lijas, abrasives, saw blades, bits.

-Basic rules for drilling and threading.

-Types of rivets and clamps.

-Basic rules for using cutting tools and roughing.

2. Technology of the detachable junctions.

-Metric threads, Whitworth, and SAE.

-Types of screws, nuts, and washers.

-Types of pressure rings, pins, clip, staples, and clamps.

-threaded technique. Pairs of Apriete.

-Manual, electrical, and pneumatic tools.

3. Notions of drawing and Interpretation of Planes.

-Dihedral system: lump-sum, plant, profile, and sections.

-Views on perspectives.

-Acutation. Symbology of Tolerances. Specifications of materials.

-Interpretation of parts in drawings or sketches.

-Plot on materials, techniques and tools.

-Technical workshop manuals. Parts codes and references.

4. Metrology

-Measurement techniques and measurement errors.

-Direct measure appliances.

-Measure appliances by comparison.

-Rules for handling measurement useful in general.

5. Soft and electric welding

-Soft welding. Input materials and decapants.

-Electrical arc welding equipment.

-Types of electrodes. Basic technique for welding.

6. Standards for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental impact in machining workshops.

-Mechanized workshop risks:

▫ Machine and tool security features.

▫ Handling loads and cutting objects.

▫ Security Senalization.

-Cleaning and maintenance of facilities, machinery, equipment and tools:

▫ Cleaning and order of work zones.

▫ Application of appropriate cleaning products.

▫ Collecting, sorting, and removing the waste. Containers and storage.

▫ Maintenance and order of the workshop tools, equipment and cabinets.

-Equipment for individual protection (EPIs). Collective protection equipment or measures.

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Module

Number of total hours of the module	Number of maximum hours capable of distance
Formative module-MF0620_1	90	30

FORMATIVE MODULE 2

denomination: BASIC MAINTENANCE OF THE PROPELLANT PLANT, MACHINES AND THEIR ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT OF SPORTS AND RECREATIONAL CRAFT

Code: MF1458_1

Professional qualification level: 1

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC1458_1: Perform auxiliary operations on the maintenance of the propellant plant, machines, and their associated sports and recreational craft equipment

Duration: 120 hours

FORMATIVE UNIT 1

Naming:BASIC WORK ZONE PREPARATION PROCEDURES, RISK PREVENTION, AND ONBOARD BEHAVIOR.

Code: UF1601

Duration: 30 hours

Competition reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1 and RP6.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Specify the process of preparation of the vessel, equipment, work zone and adjacent to perform auxiliary operations of maintenance of the propellant plant, machines and their associated equipment of sports and recreational boats.

CE1.1 Explain the common or recognized norms, uses and customs in the field of sports and recreational boats both in the field of maintenance and in the field of sports ports.

CE1.2 Identify in real situation or on a model the main parts and structural elements of a vessel.

CE1.3 Explain the main basic operations of preparation of the work area to perform maintenance processes.

CE1.4 Relate the main means employed in the protection of areas adjacent to the work area that may be damaged.

CE1.5 Indicate the pre-boot controls and the controls to be performed on the engine post-boot, explaining the precautions to be observed during the processes.

CE1.6 Describe the basic mooring and access systems of a vessel, specifying the layout and the names of the elements involved.

CE1.7 Perform the basic knots that result from application in the different maintenance operations as well as in the various boat mooring operations.

C2: Specify the rules for the prevention of occupational and environmental risks applicable to the execution of auxiliary maintenance operations in sports and recreational craft.

EC2.1 Indicate the risks inherent in ancillary maintenance operations.

CE2.2 Citar individual and collective protective equipment and measures to be used in auxiliary maintenance operations.

CE2.3 Identify the regulations for the prevention of occupational and environmental risks and safety.

CE2.4 Relate the waste generated in the auxiliary operations for the maintenance of sports and recreational boats, and the procedures established for its collection, classification and storage in the current environmental regulations.

Contents

1. Basic notions of the nautical environment.

-Basic nautical nomenclature.

-Main dimensions of the vessel: Length. Sleeve. Strut.

-Fundamental parts of the hull: living work, flotation line, dead work and fairing. Outer lining. Bow and stern. Sides. Bands. Amuras. Fins.

-Main (or areas) of the vessel: Machine room. Bridge of command. Card table. Enablement, Fonda. Panols. Bathtub, among others.

-Structural, non-structural and beautification elements.

-Access items.

-Identification and functions of the safety material on board: Chalecos, flares, fire extinguishers, life rafts.

-Cabulery and mooring labors.

-Parts of a corporal and structure thereof.

-Elaboration of basic knots: Stop, join, tie.

-Designation of the mooring elements.

-Basic mooring procedures: Amarrar by bosom, mooring to a cornamusa, throwing a sisga.

-Organization of the staff of nautical clubs.

-Types of nautical clubs.

-Functions of the Port Captain, Counter-Master and Sailors.

-Organization of the crews.

-Authority of the controls (Captain, officers).

-Sailors ' functions.

-Jobs and organization in the ports of call.

-Types of ports.

-Staff functions: head of the port, contractor, group, auxiliary staff.

-Identification of boat lift systems.

-Basic underpinning techniques.

-Rules and customs.

-On board.

■ Respect for authority.

■ Know how to swim.

■ Prevention of damage by footwear.

-On the dock.

■ Respect for authority.

■ Support techniques for a vessel. Take amarras. Take electrical connection.

■ Communication equipment.

■ Behavior on the docks.

■ Basic knowledge of fuel supply.

-In port.

■ Respect to authority

■ Clothing.

■ Jobs in height.

-Identifying the basic elements of a machine room.

-Main engine.

-Generator.

-hydraulic power stations.

-Salt water purification

-Tanks.

-Sentins.

-Fluid circuit.

-Background Grifts.

-Pre-start and post-start operations of the engine.

-General procedures for preparing and protecting the work area.

-Interior: moquettes, bulkheads.

-Foreign: Pasamanos, candlesticks, hatches, windows.

2. Application of standards for the prevention of occupational and environmental risks associated with maintenance operations.

-Identification of occupational risks associated with auxiliary maintenance operations and application of preventive measures.

-Regulatory framework.

-Risk assessment and its prevention afloat or in Varadero.

■ Accidents by fall during access.

■ Jobs in height.

■ Entry into tanks or poorly ventilated spaces.

■ Fall of objects.

■ Underpinning.

■ Embarks on suspension.

■ Cranes and travelifts movement.

-Requirements for the use of personal protective equipment associated with auxiliary jobs.

■ Fiber.

■ Painting.

■ Mechanics.

■ Electricity and electronics.

■ Appliances and candles.

■ Adhesives.

-General precautions to prevent accidents during handling operations.

-Manual tools.

-Electromechanical, pneumatic and hydraulic tools used by auxiliary staff.

-Prevention of contamination and application of selective collection methods.

-Assessment of the consequences of marine pollution.

-Maintenance operations afloat. Compliance with the MARPOL legislation.

-Maintenance Operations: On the dock, in Varadero, in the workshop.

FORMATIVE UNIT 2

Denomination: BASIC MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES OF THE PROPELLANT PLANT AND AUXILIARY SYSTEMS OF THE VESSEL.

Code: UF1602

Duration: 90 hours

Competition reference: This training unit corresponds to RP2, RP3, RP4, and RP5.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Operate with the equipment and means necessary to perform the basic maintenance of the internal combustion engine of sports and recreational boats, applying the required techniques.

CE1.1 Explain the operating principles of two-and four-stroke explosion engines, diesel and gasoline.

CE1.2 Identify the different elements that constitute an internal combustion engine.

CE1.3 Citar the parameters with direct effect on the engine operation and the main failures of the engine.

CE1.4 Expose the sequence of disassembly, cleaning, and mounting of the primary elements of the motor by relating the rules of use in handling media and equipment.

CE1.5 Relate the products and useful employees in the processes of disassembly, cleaning and assembly with the application cases in the basic maintenance processes of the internal combustion engine.

CE1.6 In a properly characterized case of maintenance of internal combustion engines of a sports and recreational craft:

-Identify engine lubrication, cooling, power, exhaust, and power-on systems by pointing to their main elements.

-Verify the level of the fluids, replenishing or replacing the fluids according to the prescribed operational sequence.

-Select the tools and tools required to perform the different maintenance operations.

-Perform disassembly, cleaning or, where appropriate, replacement, and assembly of air, fuel, oil, spark plug and heating filters, engine peripherals straps, among others.

-Perform disassembly and assembly of elements of the cooling system: sleeves, thermostats, anodes, pumps with low handling difficulty, among others.

-Run the purging of the fuel mechanical injection circuit.

-Perform the operations prior to the start of the engine and proceed to the start of the engine.

-Observe the value of the operating parameters in different load regimes.

-Perform the engine stop.

-Meet the standards of occupational risk prevention and environmental impact.

-Clean and collect the tools and tools used, removing the waste to the corresponding containers.

C2: Operate with the equipment and means necessary for the performance of basic maintenance operations of the propulsion systems, government and other equipment of sports and recreational boats, applying the required techniques.

CE2.1 Explain the function of the propulsion and governance systems by pointing out their components and the mission they perform within the system.

CE2.2 Identify the different elements that constitute the systems on a vessel or model.

CE2.3 Citar the parameters of the fluids with direct effect on the operation of the propulsion and government systems and the main anomalies of the same.

CE2.4 Expose the sequence of disassembly, cleaning and assembly of simple sets (trimado system, rudder routing and propellant tail, among others) relating the rules of use in handling of media and equipment.

CE2.5 Relate the products and useful employees in the processes of disassembly, cleaning and assembly with the application cases in basic maintenance processes of the propulsion systems, government and other equipment.

CE2.6 Explain the process of cleaning tanks, sit among others, relating the products and useful to employ.

CE2.7 In a practical case of maintenance of the different propulsion systems, government and other equipment of the vessel, in model or in real system:

-Select the tools and tools required to perform the different maintenance operations.

-Perform oiling operations prior to identification of the appropriate fat for each element or system to be greased.

-Replace filters and hydraulic system fluids in the necessary cases by detecting possible leaks.

-Perform tank cleaning operations, sit-ins, background filters, among others, applying the established techniques and using the indicated products.

-Unmount, clean, assemble simple mechanical elements, replacing them in the necessary cases.

-Meet the standards of occupational risk prevention and environmental impact.

-Clean and collect the tools and tools used, removing the waste to the corresponding containers.

C3: Manage tools and equipment for the performance of basic maintenance operations in the systems of sanitation, supply and evacuation of sports and recreational craft fluids, applying the required techniques.

CE3.1 Explain the function of the systems of sanitation, supply and evacuation of fluids by pointing out their components and the mission they carry out within the system.

CE3.2 Identify the different elements that constitute the systems on a vessel or model.

CE3.3 Expose the sequence of disassembly, cleaning and assembly of simple sets, toilets, sinks, tanks, among others, relating the rules of use in the handling of media and equipment.

CE3.4 Relating products and useful employees in the process of disassembly, cleaning and assembly with application cases.

CE3.5 Explain the different types of fluids and their fundamental characteristics by relating to each of them the conductions and the systems of retention and sealing of joints or joints.

CE3.6 Relating filtering, decanting and debugging systems explaining the differences between them.

CE3.7 Explain the function and constitution of the systems of trasiego and evacuation of the various fluids.

CE3.8 In a practical case of fluid circuit tightness loss:

-Choose the necessary tools, materials, and tools.

-Isolate the zone or section of the circuit to replace or intervene.

-Unmount the defective or damaged component (rigid or flexible).

-Clean the join flanges.

-Replace the join joints.

-Mount the new component.

-Meet the standards of occupational risk prevention and environmental impact.

-Clean and collect the tools and tools used.

CE3.9 In a practical case in a system of sanitation or fluid supply:

-Identify the different components of the installation.

-Observe the installation's operating parameters and check if their values match the desired ones.

-Locate fluid leaks.

-Replace a toilet, sink, among others.

-Perform the maintenance of the decanting, filtering and debugging systems.

-Clean the depots.

-Perform system operation checking after the interventions.

-Meet the standards of occupational risk prevention and environmental impact.

-Clean and collect the tools and tools used, removing the waste to the corresponding containers.

C4: To manage tools and equipment for the maintenance of basic operations of maintenance of the systems of cold and air conditioning of sports and recreational boats, applying the required techniques.

CE4.1 Explain the function of different cold and air conditioning systems, list their components and the mission they perform within the system.

CE4.2 Identify the different elements that constitute the systems on a vessel or model.

CE4.3 Expose the sequence of disassembly, cleaning and assembly of simple sets, filters, capacitors, fans, hot spots, among others, relating the rules of use in the handling of media and equipment.

CE4.4 Relating products and useful employees in the processes of disassembly, cleaning and assembly with application cases.

CE4.5 Explain the different types of fluids and their fundamental characteristics by relating to each of them the conductions and the systems of retention and sealing of joints or joints.

CE4.6 In a practical case of maintenance in a real or cold-scale installation and air conditioning, or in a simulator system:

-Identify the different systems and components of the installation.

-Choose the necessary tools, materials, and tools.

-Conexion the emptying equipment.

-Unmount the defective or damaged component.

-Clean, join flanges, filters, capacitors, among others.

-Replace the join joints.

-Mount the new component.

-Conexate the dehydration equipment and check the tightness.

-Watch, with the equipment in operation, if the values of the parameters match those indicated.

-Meet the standards of occupational risk prevention and environmental impact.

-Clean and collect the tools and tools used, removing the waste to the corresponding containers.

Contents

1. Basic maintenance of the internal combustion engine for sports and recreational craft.

-Operation of the explosion engines.

-Diesel.

-Gasoline.

-Two times.

-Four times.

-Identification of the essential elements constituting an internal combustion engine.

-Unmounting, cleaning, and mounting procedures for primary items.

-Tools.

-Media.

-Teams.

-Basic engine maintenance operations.

-Lubication.

■ Oil changes.

■ Change of filters.

■ Levels.

-Cooling.

■ Direct.

■ Indirect.

-On.

■ Bujias.

■ Delco.

■ Magnetic plate.

-Boot.

■ Boot engine.

■ Compressed air.

-Power.

■ Injector pump.

■ Injects.

■ Carburators.

-Most frequent Averies.

-Circuits purging.

-Fuel.

-Saltwater.

-Pre-boot operations.

-Levels.

-Tension straps.

-Engine startup.

-Battery disconnect.

-Parameter checking.

-Evacuation water in the exhaust.

-Humes.

-Temperature.

-Strange vibrations.

-Parada engine.

2. Basic maintenance of propulsion systems, government and other sports and recreational craft equipment.

-propulsion and government systems.

-Components.

-Functions.

-Identify the elements that constitute it.

-Parameters of fluids in propulsion and government systems.

-Basic maintenance processes for propulsion and government systems.

-Tools.

-Products and useful.

-Unmounting, cleaning, and assembling simple items.

-Trimmed.

-Routing of the rudder.

-Queue.

-Helices.

-Bocina.

-Arbotants.

-Cortes.

-Others.

-Basic grease operations.

-Types.

-Function.

-Greasing techniques.

-Replacement of filters and fluids from oleohydraulic systems.

-Detection of leaks in the propulsion, hydraulic and government systems.

3. Maintenance of sanitation, supply and discharge systems for sports and recreational craft.

-Identification of fluids that can be found on a vessel.

-Water.

■ Dulce.

■ Grays.

■ Negras.

-Fuel.

■ Gasoline.

■ Gas-oil.

-Aceites.

■ Motor.

■ Hydraulic.

-Identification of components of the sanitation, supply and fluid evacuation systems.

-Conductions.

-Pumps.

-Filters

-Tools and products used in the maintenance of cold and air conditioning systems.

-Tools.

-Gases.

-Unmount, clean, and mount simple sets.

-Inodoros.

-Lavabos.

-Tanks.

-Assembly of simple fluid installations.

-achique systems.

-Trasiego system.

-Checking the tightness of the systems.

-Tools.

-Unions.

■ Soldado.

■ Roscadas.

■ Pegadas.

■ Engatiladas.

-Material.

■ Juntas.

■ Briids.

■ Abrazaderas.

-Isolation of a circuit area for repair.

4. Basic maintenance of cold and air conditioning systems.

-Characterization of the most widely used cold and air conditioning systems.

-Unmounting and mounting procedures for simple cold and air conditioning systems listing their components.

-Maintenance of simple items.

-Filters.

-Condensers.

-Fan.

-Purgers.

-Hot spots.

-Empty equipment.

-Identification of fluids consumed in cold and air conditioning systems. Safety precautions.

-Conexation of a dehydrating equipment by checking for tightness and operating parameters with the equipment in operation.

-Characterization of an elementary refrigeration facility on board.

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Units

Total duration in hours of the training units	Number of maximum hours susceptible distance
30	30	20
	90	30

Sequence:

To access the Formative Unit 2 must have passed the Formative Unit 1

FORMATIVE MODULE 3

Name: BASIC MAINTENANCE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS FOR SPORTS AND RECREATIONAL CRAFT

Code: MF1459_1

Professional qualification level: 1

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC1459_1: Perform auxiliary operations in the maintenance of electrical and electronic systems for sports and recreational craft.

Duration: 100 hours

FORMATIVE UNIT 1

Naming: BASIC WORK ZONE PREPARATION PROCEDURES, RISK PREVENTION, AND ONBOARD BEHAVIOR.

Code: UF1601

Duration: 30 hours

Competition reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1 and RP6.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Specify the process of preparation of the vessel, equipment, work zone and adjacent to perform auxiliary operations of maintenance of the propellant plant, machines and their associated equipment of sports and recreational boats.

CE1.1 Explain the common or recognized norms, uses and customs in the field of sports and recreational boats both in the field of maintenance and in the field of sports ports.

CE1.2 Identify in real situation or on a model the main parts and structural elements of a vessel.

CE1.3 Explain the main basic operations of preparation of the work area to perform maintenance processes.

CE1.4 Relate the main means employed in the protection of areas adjacent to the work area that may be damaged.

CE1.5 Indicate the pre-boot controls and the controls to be performed on the engine post-boot, explaining the precautions to be observed during the processes.

CE1.6 Describe the basic mooring and access systems of a vessel, specifying the layout and the names of the elements involved.

CE1.7 Perform the basic knots that result from application in the different maintenance operations as well as in the various boat mooring operations.

C2: Specify the rules for the prevention of occupational and environmental risks applicable to the execution of auxiliary maintenance operations in sports and recreational craft.

EC2.1 Indicate the risks inherent in ancillary maintenance operations.

CE2.2 Citar individual and collective protective equipment and measures to be used in auxiliary maintenance operations.

CE2.3 Identify the regulations for the prevention of occupational and environmental risks and safety.

CE2.4 Relate the waste generated in the auxiliary operations for the maintenance of sports and recreational boats, and the procedures established for its collection, classification and storage in the current environmental regulations.

Contents

1. Basic notions of the nautical environment

-Basic nautical nomenclature.

-Main dimensions of the vessel: Length. Sleeve. Strut.

-Fundamental parts of the hull: living work, flotation line, dead work and fairing. Outer lining. Bow and stern. Sides. Bands. Amuras. Fins.

-Main (or areas) of the vessel: Machine room. Bridge of command. Card table. Enablement, Fonda. Panols. Bathtub, among others.

-Structural, non-structural and beautification elements.

-Access items.

-Identification and functions of the safety material on board: Chalecos, flares, fire extinguishers, life rafts.

-Cabulery and mooring labors.

-Parts of a corporal and structure thereof.

-Elaboration of basic knots: Stop, join, tie.

-Designation of the mooring elements.

-Basic mooring procedures: Amarrar by bosom, mooring to a cornamusa, throwing a sisga.

-Organization of the staff of nautical clubs.

-Types of nautical clubs.

-Functions of the Port Captain, Counter-Master and Sailors.

-Organization of the crews.

-Authority of the controls (Captain, officers).

-Sailors ' functions.

-Jobs and organization in the ports of call.

-Types of ports.

-Staff functions: head of the port, contractor, group, auxiliary staff.

-Identification of boat lift systems.

-Basic underpinning techniques.

-Rules and customs.

-On board.

■ Respect for authority.

■ Know how to swim.

■ Prevention of damage by footwear.

-On the dock.

■ Respect for authority.

■ Support techniques for a vessel. Take amarras. Take electrical connection.

■ Communication equipment.

■ Behavior on the docks.

■ Basic knowledge of fuel supply.

-In port.

■ Respect to authority

■ Clothing.

■ Jobs in height.

-Identifying the basic elements of a machine room.

-Main engine.

-Generator.

-hydraulic power stations.

-Salt water purification

-Tanks.

-Sentins.

-Fluid circuit.

-Background Grifts.

-Pre-start and post-start operations of the engine.

-General procedures for preparing and protecting the work area.

-Interior: moquettes, bulkheads.

-Foreign: Pasamanos, candlesticks, hatches, windows.

2. Application of standards for the prevention of occupational and environmental risks associated with maintenance operations

-Identification of occupational risks associated with auxiliary maintenance operations and application of preventive measures.

-Regulatory framework.

-Risk assessment and its prevention afloat or in Varadero.

■ Accidents by fall during access.

■ Jobs in height.

■ Entry into tanks or poorly ventilated spaces.

■ Fall of objects.

■ Underpinning.

■ Embarks on suspension.

■ Cranes and travelifts movement.

-Requirements for the use of personal protective equipment associated with auxiliary jobs.

■ Fiber.

■ Painting.

■ Mechanics.

■ Electricity and electronics.

■ Appliances and candles.

■ Adhesives.

-General precautions to prevent accidents during handling operations.

-Manual tools.

-Electromechanical, pneumatic and hydraulic tools used by auxiliary staff.

-Prevention of contamination and application of selective collection methods.

-Assessment of the consequences of marine pollution.

-Maintenance operations afloat. Compliance with the MARPOL legislation.

-Maintenance Operations: On the dock, in Varadero, in the workshop.

FORMATIVE UNIT 2

Denomination: BASIC MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES FOR ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS FOR SPORTS AND RECREATIONAL CRAFT.

Code: UF1603

Duration: 70 hours

Competition reference: This training unit corresponds to RP2, RP3, RP4, and RP5.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Operate with the equipment and means necessary to perform the basic maintenance of the systems of loading and starting of sports and recreational boats, applying the required techniques.

CE1.1 Explain the basic laws and principles of electricity by relating the main magnitudes and units of measurement.

CE1.2 Indicate the components of an elementary electrical circuit by performing its graphical representation.

CE1.3 Citar the parameters with direct effect on the operation of the circuits of the load and boot systems and the main anomalies of the same.

CE1.4 Expose the sequence of disassembly, cleaning and assembly of components of the load and boot circuits, relating the rules of use in handling of media and equipment.

CE1.5 Relate the products and useful employees in the processes of disassembly, cleaning and assembly with the application cases in basic maintenance processes of the systems of loading and starting of sports and recreational boats.

CE1.6 In a practical case properly characterized in maintaining the loading and starting circuits of a vessel:

-Identify systems by pointing to their main elements.

-Select the tools and tools required to perform the different maintenance operations.

-Verify the electrolyte level of the batteries by replenishing the level to the values set.

-Perform terminal placement on drivers of different sections.

-Perform the disassembly, cleaning or, where appropriate, replacement, and assembly of straps, starter motor, alternators, among others.

-Perform operations prior to engine start-up.

-Meet the standards of occupational risk prevention and environmental impact.

-Clean and collect the tools and tools used, removing the waste to the corresponding containers.

C2: Apply basic maintenance techniques for electrical and recreational craft auxiliary electrical systems, using the appropriate means to perform the different operations.

CE2.1 Relate the different auxiliary electrical circuits of the vessel, indicating its function and its main characteristics.

CE2.2 Relate the main components of the different auxiliary electrical circuits of the vessel.

CE2.3 Citar the parameters with direct effect on the operation of the circuits of the auxiliary electrical systems and the main anomalies of the same.

CE2.4 Expose the sequence of disassembly, cleaning and assembly of the components of the auxiliary electrical circuits, relating the rules of use in the handling of media and equipment.

CE2.5 Relate the products and useful employees in the processes of disassembly, cleaning and assembly with the application cases in basic maintenance processes of the auxiliary electrical systems of sports and recreational boats.

CE2.6 In a practical case properly characterized in the maintenance of auxiliary electrical circuits, lighting, navigation services, among others, of a vessel:

-Identify systems by pointing to their main elements.

-Select the tools and tools required to perform the different maintenance operations.

-Isolate the electrical circuit that will be previously involved in maintenance operations.

-Perform the disassembly, cleaning or, if necessary, replacement, and assembly of lamps, sockets, among others.

-Verify, after the interventions, the operativity of the installed elements.

-Meet the standards of occupational risk prevention and environmental impact.

-Clean and collect the tools and tools used, removing the waste to the corresponding containers.

C3: Apply laying and mounting techniques for drivers, terminals and connectors, using the means necessary to perform the different operations.

CE3.1 Identify the different types of drivers, terminals, and connectors by linking them to their main applications.

CE3.2 Expose the mounting sequence of drivers, terminals, and connectors.

CE3.3 Identify the equipment, tools, and tools to be used in the different phases of the assembly.

CE3.4 In a practical case of laying and mounting drivers, terminals and connectors:

-Identify the components to install.

-Select the tools and tools required to perform the different laying and mounting operations.

-Mark the drivers.

-Make drivers ' fixation.

-Perform the assembly of the terminals or connectors.

-Make connections.

-Verify, after interventions, the fixing, isolation and continuity of the terminals and connectors.

-Meet the standards of occupational risk prevention and environmental impact.

-Clean and collect the tools and tools used, removing the waste to the corresponding containers.

C4: To distinguish the functional modules of a computer system and to recognize the different elements of the equipment and its peripherals, using its manuals.

CE4.1 Identify the physical components of a computer system using functional schemas.

CE4.2 Describe the functions of the central processing unit using diagrams.

CE4.3 Explain the functions and characteristics of the peripherals by locating their means of connection with the computer system and the type of consumable used.

CE4.4 Describe the functions and characteristics of the storage units by pointing to the corresponding media.

CE4.5 Describe the procedures for starting and stopping the computer equipment and its peripherals, identifying the problems that may arise in these procedures.

C5: Apply checking and cleaning procedures and replacement of consumables on media and peripherals to maintain their functionality, using guides and manuals from the supplier.

CE5.1 Identify the different techniques for checking functionality of supports and peripherals, and the characteristics of the tools used to manifest the state of the supports and the information contained therein, following guides of use.

CE5.2 Identify the different types of maintenance and cleaning, as well as the tools used, which must be subjected to the supports, their read/write units, the printing devices, the keyboards, the mice and other devices following the guides provided by the supplier.

CE5.3 Describe the types of consumable elements inherent in the different peripherals and interpret the replacement procedures of those, based on detailed guides and documentation provided by the manufacturer.

CE5.4 In a scenario where a microcomputer team is available with reader units and multiple media, following the instruction guides, perform the following operations:

-Identify the main messages that appear in the computer boot.

-Describe the characteristics of the media and the breakdown risks inherent in each of them.

-Apply the media checking procedures using specific tools, recording the results and the incidents produced.

CE5.5 In a practical case, properly characterized, apply media and peripheral cleaning procedures, following instructions specified in the detailed guide:

-Identify the media and peripherals to be cleaned and the cleaning procedures to be applied.

-Use the necessary devices and tools to apply the media and peripheral cleaning procedures

-Meet the established security rules before applying the media and peripheral cleaning procedures.

-Collect waste and disposable elements of supports and peripherals for disposal or recycling.

-Check that the support or peripheral maintains its functionality.

-Register the operations performed by following the established formats.

CE5.6 In a scenario where you have printers, ink and toner cartridges, paper forms, adhesive label sheets, envelopes, among others, perform the replacement of consumable items according to detailed instructions:

-Prepare the consumable item as a pre-replacement step.

-Interpret the device guides to proceed to the paper feed as needed.

-Replace consumable items in compliance with established security rules.

-Replace consumable items.

-Apply the verification and test procedures of the peripherals.

-Use the necessary means for the recovery and recycling of consumable materials according to environmental conditions.

-Verify that after performing the replacement of the consumable and consumable element the computer device maintains its functionality.

-Register the operations performed by following the established formats.

C6: Handle the basic operating system utilities and local network resources, according to specifications and usage needs.

CE6.1 Explain the functions of the operating system by relating them to the elements of the computer system.

CE6.2 Distinguished and use the user interface elements provided by the operating system to move within computer equipment and prepare a workbench.

CE6.3 Identify the tools and functionalities provided by the operating system for file system handling by differentiating local and remote folders and drives.

CE6.4 List the characteristics of the applications provided by the operating system for the management of the peripherals connected to the computer equipment.

CE6.5 Describe the tools and services provided by the operating system to access and share resources within a local network by linking them to the file system.

CE6.6 In a practical case, properly characterized, handle the operating system of an installed and configured personal computer equipment:

-Identify your functional physical elements.

-Start the computer and verify, visually, that the system load is performed without errors.

-Use the graphical user interface by means of the pointing devices and keyboard, proceeding to the execution of applications in the personal computer system.

-Customize the desktop and other aspects of the graphical interface.

-Explore the information contained in storage media such as CDs, DVDs, removable memories, USB sticks, among others.

-Operate with folders and files using the file system handling tool provided by the operating system.

-Capture information through the scanner and store it for later use using the tools provided by the operating system.

-Perform the local print of previously stored information using the tools provided by the operating system.

-Apply the controlled power-off procedures for personal computer equipment.

CE6.7 In a properly characterized case, access shared resources and exchange information among multiple teams, using the services of the local network:

-Extract information from an external drive of the CD-ROM, DVD, or Pen drive type among others.

-Access folders and files to obtain information from other teams.

-Print documents for other printers in the network.

-Handle folders and files using the shared resources of the local network.

Contents

1. Basic maintenance of sports and recreational craft loading and starting systems

-Basic laws and principles of electricity.

-Stream continues.

-Alternate current.

-Ohm law.

-Intensity.

-Resistance.

-Tension.

-Power.

-Consumption.

-Measure instrument.

-Ohmeter.

-Voltmeter.

-Multimeter.

-Graphic representation of electrical circuits.

-Load and boot systems.

-Types of batteries and accumulators.

-Connection types:

■ In series.

■ In parallel.

-Most frequent failures.

-Parameters with direct effect.

-Maintenance of the load and boot circuits.

-Components of a load circuit.

-Assembly and disassembly.

-Cleaning.

-Products, tools, and tools.

-Review of the batteries.

-Accident prevention.

-Check the level of the electrolyte.

-Placement of battery terminals.

■ Types.

■ Pressure tools.

■ Protections.

-Operations prior to engine start-up.

-Tension of the straps.

-Disconnectors.

-Dismantling and mounting of straps, starter motor, alternator and others.

2. Basic maintenance of electrical and recreational craft auxiliary electrical systems

-Knowledge of basic electrical circuits.

-Types.

-Functions.

-Features.

-Parameters.

-Protection of electrical installations.

-Thermal.

-Fuses.

-Different.

-Disassembly, cleaning and mounting of auxiliary electrical circuits.

-Switches.

-Pulsers.

-achique pumps.

-Basic maintenance operations of auxiliary systems-lighting, navigation, cabins, others-.

-Useful.

-Tools.

-Checking the element's operativity.

3. Basic procedures for laying and mounting drivers, terminals and connectors

-Drivers ' applications.

-Types.

-Mount sequence.

-Teams.

-Tools and tools.

■ To get cocky.

■ To crack.

■ Pelacables.

■ Brid sensors.

-Assembly and laying operations of conductors, terminals, and connectors.

-Components.

-Fixtures.

-Continuity.

-Conexionados.

-Stream continues.

-Alternate current.

-To port.

-laying and mounting components.

-Elements of tightness.

-Prestaestopas.

-Soft welding techniques.

-Estanado techniques.

4. Characterization of the elementary elements of a computer equipment and its peripherals

-Physical components of computer systems.

-Central processing unit functions.

-Diagrams.

-Schemas.

-Know the functions and characteristics of the peripherals.

-Locate connection media.

-Memories.

-Type of consumable.

-Identify storage units.

-Functions.

-Features.

-Operations of starting and stopping the computer equipment and its peripherals.

-Problems.

-Procedures.

5. Procedures for cleaning and replacing consumables on media and peripherals to maintain their functionality

-Media and peripheral functionality check.

-Monitor.

-Keyboard.

-Mouse.

-Altmark.

-Printers.

-Microphone.

-Scanner.

-Multimedia devices.

-Maintenance of peripheral equipment.

-Tools.

-State media.

-Maintenance of computer and microcomputer systems.

-Inherent consumable elements.

-Replacement procedure.

-Detailed guides.

-Documents supplied.

-Replacing consumable items.

-Ink Cartridges.

-Toners.

-Paper.

-Identification of messages at system startup.

-Check procedures.

-Application of peripheral cleaning techniques.

-Identify support.

-Procedures.

-Devices and tools.

-System functionality check.

-Processing, removing, and replacing consumable items.

6. Basic operating system utilities and local network resources

-Computer system.

-Operating system functions.

-User interface elements.

-Managing file systems by differentiating.

-Folders.

-Local units.

-Remote units.

-Handling of peripherals connected to the computer.

-Basic operating system usage.

-Keyboard and mouse.

-Customizing the desktop.

-Scan for mass media.

-CD.

-DVD.

-External Memories.

-USB Memories.

-File system handling.

-Bulletins.

-Folders.

-Files.

-Scanner operations and store it.

-A controlled payment for the equipment.

-Connection to wireless networks.

-Using shared services from a local network.

-Access to folders.

-Print.

-Handling folders and files.

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Units

Total duration in hours of the training units	Number of maximum hours susceptible distance
30	30	20
	70	30

Sequence:

To access the Formative Unit 2 must have passed the Formative Unit 1

FORMATIVE MODULE 4

Designation: BASIC MAINTENANCE OF SPORTS AND RECREATIONAL CRAFT GEAR

Code: MF1460_1

Professional qualification level: 1

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC1460_1: Perform auxiliary operations in the maintenance of sports and recreational craft equipment

Duration: 100 hours

FORMATIVE UNIT 1

Naming: BASIC WORK ZONE PREPARATION PROCEDURES, RISK PREVENTION, AND ONBOARD BEHAVIOR.

Code: UF1601

Duration: 30 hours

Competition reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1 and RP6.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Specify the process of preparation of the vessel, equipment, work zone and adjacent to perform auxiliary operations of maintenance of the propellant plant, machines and their associated equipment of sports and recreational boats.

CE1.1 Explain the common or recognized norms, uses and customs in the field of sports and recreational boats both in the field of maintenance and in the field of sports ports.

CE1.2 Identify in real situation or on a model the main parts and structural elements of a vessel.

CE1.3 Explain the main basic operations of preparation of the work area to perform maintenance processes.

CE1.4 Relate the main means employed in the protection of areas adjacent to the work area that may be damaged.

CE1.5 Indicate the pre-boot controls and the controls to be performed on the engine post-boot, explaining the precautions to be observed during the processes.

CE1.6 Describe the basic mooring and access systems of a vessel, specifying the layout and the names of the elements involved.

CE1.7 Perform the basic knots that result from application in the different maintenance operations as well as in the various boat mooring operations.

C2: Specify the rules for the prevention of occupational and environmental risks applicable to the execution of auxiliary maintenance operations in sports and recreational craft.

EC2.1 Indicate the risks inherent in ancillary maintenance operations.

CE2.2 Citar individual and collective protective equipment and measures to be used in auxiliary maintenance operations.

CE2.3 Identify the regulations for the prevention of occupational and environmental risks and safety.

CE2.4 Relate the waste generated in the auxiliary operations for the maintenance of sports and recreational boats, and the procedures established for its collection, classification and storage in the current environmental regulations.

Contents

1. Basic notions of the nautical environment

-Basic nautical nomenclature.

-Main dimensions of the vessel: Length. Sleeve. Strut.

-Fundamental parts of the hull: living work, flotation line, dead work and fairing. Outer lining. Bow and stern. Sides. Bands. Amuras. Fins.

-Main (or areas) of the vessel: Machine room. Bridge of command. Card table. Enablement, Fonda. Panols. Bathtub, among others.

-Structural, non-structural and beautification elements.

-Access items.

-Identification and functions of the safety material on board: Chalecos, flares, fire extinguishers, life rafts.

-Cabulery and mooring labors.

-Parts of a corporal and structure thereof.

-Elaboration of basic knots: Stop, join, tie.

-Designation of the mooring elements.

-Basic mooring procedures: Amarrar by bosom, mooring to a cornamusa, throwing a sisga.

-Organization of the staff of nautical clubs.

-Types of nautical clubs.

-Functions of the Port Captain, Counter-Master and Sailors.

-Organization of the crews.

-Authority of the controls (Captain, officers).

-Sailors ' functions.

-Jobs and organization in the ports of call.

-Types of ports.

-Staff functions: head of the port, contractor, group, auxiliary staff.

-Identification of boat lift systems.

-Basic underpinning techniques.

-Rules and customs.

-On board.

■ Respect for authority.

■ Know how to swim.

■ Prevention of damage by footwear.

-On the dock.

■ Respect for authority.

■ Support techniques for a vessel. Take amarras. Take electrical connection.

■ Communication equipment.

■ Behavior on the docks.

■ Basic knowledge of fuel supply.

-In port.

■ Respect to authority

■ Clothing.

■ Jobs in height.

-Identifying the basic elements of a machine room.

-Main engine.

-Generator.

-hydraulic power stations.

-Salt water purification

-Tanks.

-Sentins.

-Fluid circuit.

-Background Grifts.

-Pre-start and post-start operations of the engine.

-General procedures for preparing and protecting the work area.

-Interior: moquettes, bulkheads.

-Foreign: Pasamanos, candlesticks, hatches, windows.

2. Application of standards for the prevention of occupational and environmental risks associated with maintenance operations

-Identification of occupational risks associated with auxiliary maintenance operations and application of preventive measures.

-Regulatory framework.

-Risk assessment and its prevention afloat or in Varadero.

■ Accidents by fall during access.

■ Jobs in height.

■ Entry into tanks or poorly ventilated spaces.

■ Fall of objects.

■ Underpinning.

■ Embarks on suspension.

■ Cranes and travelifts movement.

-Requirements for the use of personal protective equipment associated with auxiliary jobs.

■ Fiber.

■ Painting.

■ Mechanics.

■ Electricity and electronics.

■ Appliances and candles.

■ Adhesives.

-General precautions to prevent accidents during handling operations.

-Manual tools.

-Electromechanical, pneumatic and hydraulic tools used by auxiliary staff.

-Prevention of contamination and application of selective collection methods.

-Assessment of the consequences of marine pollution.

-Maintenance operations afloat. Compliance with the MARPOL legislation.

-Maintenance Operations: On the dock, in Varadero, in the workshop.

FORMATIVE UNIT 2

Denomination: BASIC MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES FOR SPORTS AND RECREATIONAL CRAFT GEAR.

Code: UF1604

Duration: 70 hours

Competition reference: This training unit corresponds to RP2, RP3, RP4, and RP5

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Operate with the equipment and means necessary to perform basic operations of maintaining elements of the firm and work järcias, applying the required techniques, in sports and recreational boats.

CE1.1 Identify the different types of gear by defining their main features and functions.

CE1.2 Localize in a scheme the main elements of the firm jarcia and the work jar, indicating its function.

CE1.3 Point out the main features of the cables, rods and cabs used in the jars.

CE1.4 Relate the elements of the järcias susceptible of maintenance indicating the different operations that result from application.

CE1.5 Explain the most frequent breakdowns in the cables and ends of the firm and work jarings relating to the causes that produce them.

CE1.6 Explain the risks existing in the work in height and the measures established to prevent them.

CE1.7 In a practical case of maintaining elements of the firm and work järcias of a vessel:

-Locate the items to be maintained.

-Prepare materials and tools.

-Measure lengths and diameters of the elements to intervene.

-Copy the systems and security elements for high-level jobs in the required cases.

-Perform simple element unmount/mount operations.

-Perform the assembly of cable or rod terminals by means of a gaza or press.

-Make greases in threaded, articulated areas, among others.

-Perform basic operations of cabulars: guard of gear, linings, knots, ayustes, adduces, among others.

-Perform cleaning and polishing operations on the items that require it.

-Clean and collect materials, tools, equipment, tools and products.

-Clean the work zone by removing the waste to the corresponding containers.

-Observe during the processes the personal and environmental security regulations that are applicable.

C2: Unmount, mount, and perform basic maintenance operations of primary elements of the sport and recreational craft tree.

CE2.1 Localize in a schema the main elements of the tree indicating its function.

CE2.2 Indicate the different types of materials used in the trees and their main characteristics.

CE2.3 Point out the main features of the cables, rods and cabs used in the jars.

CE2.4 Relate the elements of the masts and other elements of the tree-bearing tree indicating the different operations that result from application.

CE2.5 Relate the sequence of operations for the disassembly and assembly of the mast.

CE2.6 Explain the most frequent breakdowns in the masts and other elements of the tree by relating them to the causes that produce them.

CE2.7 Explain the risks existing in the work in height and the measures established to prevent them.

CE2.8 In a practical case of maintenance of masts and their associated elements of a craft:

-Locate the items to be maintained.

-Prepare materials and tools.

-Copy the systems and security elements for high-level jobs in the required cases.

-Perform simple element unmount/mount operations.

-Make greases in threaded, articulated areas, among others.

-Perform cleaning and polishing operations on the items that require it.

-Clean and collect materials, tools, equipment, tools and products.

-Clean the work zone by removing the waste to the corresponding containers.

-Observe during the processes the personal and environmental security regulations that are applicable.

C3: Perform basic operations for the maintenance of candles and auxiliary textile elements for sports and recreational craft.

CE3.1 List the most used materials in the construction of candles and auxiliary textile elements.

CE3.2 Classify the main types of candles, taking into account their on-board assembly and their shape.

CE3.3 Identify the main parts of a knife or block candle, its reinforcements and associated fittings (fists, falls, relingings, among others), indicating its function.

CE3.4 Explain the conditions (actions) that must be observed before proceeding to the storage of the candles to ensure their conservation.

CE3.5 Explain the most frequent damage of candles and other auxiliary textile elements relating to the causes that produce them.

CE3.6 In a practical case of repairing and cleaning a vessel or damaged auxiliary textile element of a vessel:

-Locate the items to be maintained.

-Prepare materials and tools.

-Copy the systems and security elements for high-level jobs in the required cases.

-Unmount and mount the auxiliary textile or auxiliary textile element (on board or in simulated rigging).

-Apply the necessary techniques to clean and dry the textile elements.

-Apply basic repair techniques (hand sewing, patching, etc.).

-Clean and collect materials, tools, equipment, tools and products.

-Clean the work zone by removing the waste to the corresponding containers.

-Observe during the processes the personal and environmental security regulations that are applicable.

-To fold and stretch textile elements without causing damage.

Contents

1. Equipment and means necessary for carrying out basic operations for the maintenance of elements of the firm and work järcias.

-Function of the rigging.

-Identification of the most common gear.

-Bermuda or Marconi.

-Latin.

-Nomenclature and function of the elements of the rigging.

-Arbolation.

-Firm Jarcia.

-Job Jarcia.

-Outline of the main elements of maneuver of the firm järcia and the järcia of labor.

-From the cover.

-From the mast.

-Mockings.

-Functions.

-Identification and fundamental properties of the materials used in the jars.

-Cables.

■ Obships.

■ Stays.

■ Back-stays.

■ Triatic.

-Varits.

-Cabs.

-Simple and frequent breakdown repair procedures.

-On cables.

-In cabs.

-In the firm jar.

-In the job jar.

-Knowledge of major and foques rolling systems.

-Hydraulic.

-Manuals.

-Job practice in height.

-Security measures.

-Guindola.

-Materials and tools.

or Operations of mounts and dismounts of simple elements of the jarcia.

-Jobs in metals.

-Roscas.

-Prensates.

-Cable terminals.

-Basic cabuyeria operations.

-Specific nuts.

-Adjustments.

-Gaces, splices, and falcaceates.

-Adujas.

-The gear guard.

-The polishing operations of the woodwork and the elements of the maneuver.

2. Basic maintenance of primary elements of the tree-line of sports and recreational craft

-Identification and functionality of the elements of the tree. Materials

-Using tools.

-Manuals.

-De pressing.

-Cutting.

-Multifunction

-Communication equipment.

-Security precautions.

-Operation of the elementary control systems of the devices.

-Winches.

■ Despièce.

-Enrollers.

■ Despièce.

-Polas.

-Pastecas.

-Forwards.

-Contras.

-Traps.

-Choose.

-Review of primary elements of the tree-lined tree.

-Masts.

-Botavaras.

-Tangons.

-Carriles.

-Escoters.

-Basic assembly and disassembly operations of the mast.

-List the pieces.

-Engrase and protection of threaded zones.

-Disconnect cables from the mast and change light bulbs.

-Simple and common breakdown repair procedures.

-Mastil.

-Crucettes.

-Roldanas.

-Drizas.

-Enrollers.

3. Basic operations for the maintenance of candles and auxiliary textile elements for sports and recreational craft

-Materials used in the construction of candles and auxiliary elements.

-Name of the types of candles according to their assembly and shape.

-Main parts of a candle.

-Relingas.

-Reinforcements.

-Alunings and curves.

-Pones.

-Herrages.

-Storage of candles.

-On board.

-In panol.

-Secado.

-Identification of simple breakdowns.

-Velas.

-Toldos.

-Fundas.

-Sacks.

-folding techniques.

-Basic candle repair operations and auxiliary elements.

-Coser by hand with different points.

-Put patches.

-Tools.

■ Needles.

■ Empujators.

■ Finished.

-Materials.

■ Hilo.

■ Cera.

■ Bookmarks.

■ Ollates

-Cleaning operations for candles and auxiliary elements.

-Products.

-Cleaning techniques.

-Industrial cleaning machines.

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Units

Total duration in hours of the training units	Number of maximum hours susceptible distance
30	30	20
	70	30

Sequence:

To access the Formative Unit 2 must have passed the Formative Unit 1

NON-WORKING PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE MODULE FOR AUXILIARY OPERATIONS FOR THE MAINTENANCE OF SPORTS AND RECREATIONAL CRAFT SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT

Code: MP0345

Duration: 40 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Participate in the preparation of the vessel to proceed with the planned maintenance work.

CE1.1. Identify the areas to be protected and the means of protection.

CE1.2. Identify the tools used during the ship's maintenance processes.

CE1.3. Maintain order and cleanliness in the work area.

CE1.4. Perform responsible collection of waste generated during maintenance processes

C2: Perform basic maintenance and conservation operations for the various recreational craft equipment.

CE2.1. Identify the different dependencies and the computers and systems located in them.

CE2.2. Identify and apply the products used in the cleaning procedures, and the preservation of the different surfaces of the vessel.

CE2.3. Participate in the mooring tares, pluck of candles, cabs and laying of protective covers of the boat.

C3: Participate in the company's work processes, following the rules and instructions set out in the work center.

CE3.1 behave responsibly in both human relationships and in the work to be done.

CE3.2 Respect the procedures and rules of the work center.

CE3.3 Diligently undertake the tasks according to the instructions received, trying to adapt to the work rhythm of the company.

CE3.4 Integrate into the production processes of the work center.

CE3.5 Use the established communication channels.

CE3.6 To respect at all times the measures of risk prevention, occupational health and environmental protection.

Contents

1. Preparation of the working areas and collection of the tools and tools required

-Identification of the different maintenance workshop spaces and the tasks performed by each area.

-Organization and disposition of space, tools and materials required

-Interpretation of the received orders.

-Identification of the toxicity of the products used and the waste generated.

2. Maintenance operations, following the sequence set in the company

-Identification of the materials that make up the various building elements of the vessel.

-Selection of the conservation and cleaning products used on board the recreational craft.

-Running mooring tasks, starting the boat, cleaning and folding candles.

3. Integration and communication in the workplace

-Responsible behavior in the job center.

-Respect to the procedures and rules of the workplace.

-Interpreting and diligently performing the instructions received.

-Recognition of the organization's production process.

-Using the communication channels established in the job center.

-Adequation to the work rate of the company.

-Tracking the regulations for risk prevention, occupational health and environmental protection.

IV. PRESCRIPTIONS OF TRAINERS

Modules

Training

Required Accreditation	Professional experience required in scope of the unit of
	With accreditation	No accrediting
MF0620_ 1: Basic Mechanized.	● Licensed, Engineer, Architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. ● Diplomate, Technical Engineer, Technical Architect or corresponding degree degree or other equivalent titles. ● Technical and Technical Superior of the professional family of transport and maintenance of vehicles ● Certificates of professionalism level 2 and level 3 of the professional family Transposes and maintenance of vehicles.	1 year	3 years
MF1458_1: Basic maintenance of the propellant plant, machines and their associated sports and recreational craft teams	● Licensed, Engineer, Architect or corresponding degree of degree or other equivalent titles. ● Diplomate, Technical Engineer, Technical Architect or corresponding degree degree or other equivalent titles. ● Technical and Technical Superior of the professional family of transportation and maintenance of vehicles. ● Professional level 2 and level 3 certificates from the professional nautical area of the professional family Transposes and maintenance of vehicles.	1 year	3 years
MF1459_1: Basic maintenance of electrical and electronic systems for sports and recreational craft.	● Licensed, Engineer, Architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. ● Diplomate, Technical Engineer, Technical Architect or corresponding degree degree or other equivalent titles. ● Technical and Technical Superior of the professional family of transport and maintenance of vehicles or marine fishing. ● Certificates of professionalism level 2 and level 3 of the professional nautical area of the professional family Transposes and maintenance of vehicles ● Certificates of professionalism level 2 and level 3 of the professional area of fishing and navigation of the professional marine family fishing.	1 year	3 years
MF1460_1: Basic Maintenance of Sports and Recreational Vessels	● Licensed, Engineer, Architect or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. ● Diplomate, Technical Engineer, Technical Architect or corresponding degree degree or other equivalent titles. ● Technical and Technical Superior of the professional family of transport and maintenance of vehicles or marine fishing. ● Professional level 2 and level 3 certificates from the professional nautical area of the professional family Transposes and maintenance of vehicles. ● Professional level 2 and level 3 certificates from the professional fishing and shipping professional family fishing area.	1 year	3 years

V. MINIMUM SPACES, FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS

Forming Space

60

120

Surface m2 15 pupils	Surface m2 25 pupils
45		60
and machining workshop	180	300
90
				120	200	120	200

M1

	M2	M3	M4	M5	M5
	X	X
	X	X		X	-
, electronics, and computing workshop			X
Taller and candle workshop				X

Forming Space

Equipment
Classroom.	-Audio-visual equipment -PCs installed in network, cannon with projection and internet. -Specialty-specific Sofware -2 pen-writing Pizarras -Rotafolios -Classroom material -Table and chair for the trainer -Table and chairs for students
and machining workshop.	-Manual tools for the mechanic. -Internal engine. -Motor forces. -Axis with propellant and press system. -Work tables.
, electronics, and computing workshop.	-Cables of different types. -Contactors. -Connectors. -Crimpar tools. -Multimeters. -Computer. -Peripherals. -Basic software programs. -Scan. -Printer.
Garage and Candle Workshop.	-Manual tools for cabulery jobs. -Manual tools for veleria jobs. -Herrages -Cables of different types. -Cabs of different types. -Mastil with all its elements of the firm jar. -Vela Marconi. -Enroller. -Winche. -Bimini type Toldos.

It should not be interpreted that the different learning spaces identified must necessarily be differentiated by means of closure.

The facilities and equipment must comply with the corresponding industrial and sanitary sanitary regulations and will respond to measures of universal accessibility and safety of the participants.

The number of units that must be available for the tools, machines and tools specified in the training spaces, will be sufficient for a minimum of 15 students and must be increased, if necessary, to attend to the higher number.

In the event that the training is addressed to persons with disabilities, the adaptations and reasonable adjustments will be made to ensure their participation in equal conditions.

ANNEX II

I. IDENTIFICATION OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM

Denomination: Auxiliary operations for maintenance of structural and coating elements of sports and recreational craft.

Code: TMVU0210

Professional family: Transportation and Maintenance of Vehicles

Professional area: Nautical

Professional qualification level: 1

Professional reference qualification:

TMV452_1 Auxiliary operations for the maintenance of structural elements and for the coating of sports and recreational craft surfaces (RD 1225/2010, of 1 October)

Relationship of competency units that configure the certificate of professionalism:

UC1455_1: Perform auxiliary operations for protection and beautification of sports and recreational craft surfaces.

UC1456_1: Perform auxiliary operations for repairing wooden elements of sports and recreational craft.

UC1457_1: Perform auxiliary operations for repairing plastic and recreational craft fiber reinforced plastic elements.

General competition:

Carry out auxiliary operations to maintain structural elements of wood and fibre, as well as the protection and beautification of surfaces of sports and recreational vessels, including those of restricted length dedicated to other services or functions, following instructions received and complying with the regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks.

Professional Environment:

Professional scope:

It carries out its professional activity as an employed person, in small and medium-sized enterprises engaged in the maintenance of sports and recreational craft, and of others of restricted length dedicated to other services or functions, both public and private, depending on the functional and hierarchically of a superior.

Productive Sectors:

Shipbuilding: construction of recreational craft and sport.

Repair and naval maintenance.

Occupations or related jobs:

Boat painter's assistant.

Riverbank carpenter auxiliary.

Fiber reinforced plastic element maintenance aid.

Duration of the associated training: 280 hours

Relationship of training modules and training units:

MF1455_1: Auxiliary operations for protection and beautification of sports and recreational craft surfaces. (100 hours)

● UF1601: (Transversal): Basic procedures for the preparation of the work area, prevention of risks and behaviour on board. (30 hours)

● UF1605: Preparation and basic beautification of surfaces. (70 hours)

MF1456_1: Auxiliary operations for repairing wooden elements of sports and recreational craft. (100 hours)

● UF1601: (Transversal): Basic procedures for the preparation of the work area, prevention of risks and behaviour on board. (30 hours)

● UF1606: Basic wood element repair procedures. (70 hours)

MF1457_1: Auxiliary operations for repairing plastic and recreational craft fiber reinforced plastic elements. (100 hours)

● UF1601: (Transversal): Basic procedures for the preparation of the work area, prevention of risks and behaviour on board. (30 hours)

● UF1607: Basic fiber-reinforced plastic element repair procedures. (70 hours)

MP0346: Non-working professional practice module for auxiliary operations of maintenance of structural elements and of surface coating of sports and recreational craft (40 hours)

II. PROFESSIONAL PROFILE OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM

Competition Unit 1

Designation: PERFORM AUXILIARY OPERATIONS OF PROTECTION AND BEAUTIFICATION OF SURFACES OF SPORTS AND RECREATIONAL CRAFT

Level: 1

Code: UC1455_1

Professional realizations and realization criteria

RP1: Prepare the vessel, equipment, work area and adjacent to perform the operations of protection and beautification of surfaces of sports and recreational boats, following instructions.

CR1.1 The equipment, tools, products and tools necessary for its application (brushes, rollers, tapes, media, personal protective equipment, of the vessel, among others) to be used are identified, collected, prepared and transferred to the working area, if necessary, suitably packed, following instructions.

CR1.2 The instructions, rules of work, uses and customs established, oral or written, are understood, interpreted and complied with, while respecting the codes of conduct established by the company.

CR1.3 General facilities, equipment and tools, are maintained and put to the point, collaborating with the rest of the staff, applying the established procedures and with the required periodicity.

CR1.4 The areas adjacent to the workplace, as well as those susceptible to being damaged (moquettes, noble woods, delicate materials, among others) are protected by the means established, depending on the nature of the interventions and the material to be preserved to prevent damage or damage.

CR1.5 The basic access, mooring and starting systems of the vessel are checked by communicating the detected anomalies to the immediate superior.

CR1.6 Basic knots (guide, crossbow, cote, flat knot, among others) are performed with the required skill, ensuring that they fulfill their function.

CR1.7 The working area is prepared to facilitate the free access to the system or component to intervene by following instructions and in a way that allows sufficient maneuvering capacity.

RP2: Perform auxiliary operations for the preparation of surfaces of the living work and its elements, compartments of services (tanks, sentines, among others) of sports and recreational boats, to ensure a good adherence of the protection products, following instructions and established procedures.

CR2.1 The living work and its elements, (propellers, axles, arbotants), service compartments, are cleaned following instructions, with the necessary means to ensure that they are free of marine sediments and dirt.

CR2.2 Tanks, sentines, among others, are degreased following established procedures.

CR2.3 The support areas of the hull on the stranding or stranded bed are cleaned and prepared once modified.

CR2.4 The areas with small slides of the outer layers of paint are lit, following instructions, to ensure the adhesion of the primer.

CR2.5 The surface of the sanded living work is cleaned up following established procedures so that it is free of dust and moisture.

RP3: Perform work on preparing for dead, covered, superstructures and tree areas of sports and recreational craft, following established instructions and procedures.

CR3.1 The preparation phases of the surfaces (sanding, balding) are executed in compliance with the times set in the planning sheet and following instructions.

CR3.2 The areas adjacent to the surface to be treated are protected using the established materials (plastics, tapes, among others), to delimit the work area and ensure that they are not damaged.

CR3.3 The hand-edge sanding (rinconum) is done by removing any step in the paint layers, leaving the surface ready to receive further treatment.

CR3.4 Hand-pickling and/or hand-sanding operations of surfaces and bulk zones are executed without producing grooves or scratches on the surface.

CR3.5 The sanded zones and their environment are kept periodically free of dust particles using, if applicable, vacuum cleaners and air.

RP4: Perform auxiliary operations of preparation of products (paints, primers, masillas, among others) ensuring the homogeneity of the same and following instructions.

CR4.1 The products to be applied (varnishes, primers, masillas, among others) are prepared according to the instructions received.

CR4.2 Product mixes, where applicable, are prepared by following instructions, ensuring product homogeneity.

CR4.3 The products used are stored or recycled, keeping the work area clean and free of obstacles according to the company's environmental management plan.

RP5: Perform auxiliary operations in the process of protecting the surface of sports and recreational craft, applying the products with brush or roller, following instructions and established procedures.

CR5.1 The primers, patents, and diluted varnishes are applied with brush or roller, guaranteeing a homogeneous and complete distribution of the product, following instructions.

CR5.2 The elements and/or materials used during the process (plastics, compressed air hoses, among others) are monitored to prevent contact damage in the areas to be painted.

CR5.3 The protection elements are removed from the work zones after the processes have been completed respecting the curing times of the products.

CR5.4 The polishing of the surface of the vessel is carried out using specific products and equipment and following established procedures.

RP6: Adopt the rules for the prevention of occupational and environmental risks in the execution of all auxiliary operations for the protection and beautification of surfaces of sports and recreational boats.

CR6.1 The risks inherent in the specific work are extracted from the company's security plan and the individual and collective protection measures are checked.

CR6.2 Individual and collective security rules are respected while keeping the work area free of risks.

CR6.3 Contingencies are communicated to the immediate superior as soon as necessary to enable their assessment and resolution.

CR6.4 The generated waste is collected, classified and stored according to the procedures laid down in the current environmental regulations.

Professional Context

Production media

Paper mono, carbon masks with or without a screen, latex gloves, covering plastics, ribbons, covering paper, radial, jet gun, hydrolimping, sanding, sanding, sanding taco, heat gun, scrapes, brushes, rollers, spatulas, air hoses. Air dryers, air guns, airless machines, soap and water, solvents, rags, primers, masillas, paints, varnishes, scaffolding, PVC tubes, floating platforms, extractor devices, light bulbs, air heaters. Compressors, hand tools.

Products and results

Wooden hulls scrapped and prepared to proceed to repair. Brushed, regruesed, cut and stowed wood pieces. Assembled and assembled pieces of wood. Place of work conditioned and clean. Clean and tidy machines, equipment, tools and tools.

Information used or generated

Machine, equipment, and product instruction manuals. Work orders. Standards for the prevention of occupational risks. Environmental regulations.

Competition Unit 2

Designation: PERFORM AUXILIARY OPERATIONS FOR REPAIRING WOODEN ELEMENTS OF SPORTS AND RECREATIONAL CRAFT

Level: 1

Code: UC1456_1

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP1: Prepare the vessel, equipment, work area and adjacent to perform the operations of maintenance of wooden elements of sports and recreational boats, following instructions.

CR1.1 Equipment, tools and materials (spare parts, accessories, media, personal protective equipment, vessel, among others) to be used are identified, collected, prepared and transported, if necessary, properly packaged, following instructions.

CR1.2 The instructions, rules of work, uses and customs established, oral or written, are understood, interpreted and complied with, while respecting the codes of conduct established by the company.

CR1.3 General facilities, equipment and tools, are maintained and put to the point, collaborating with the rest of the staff, applying the established procedures and with the required periodicity.

CR1.4 The areas adjacent to the workplace, as well as those susceptible to being damaged (moquettes, noble woods, delicate materials, among others) are protected by the means established, depending on the nature of the interventions and the material to be preserved to prevent damage or damage.

CR1.5 The basic access, mooring and starting systems of the vessel are checked by communicating the detected anomalies to the immediate superior.

CR1.6 Basic knots (guide, crossbow, cote, flat knot, among others) are performed with the required skill, ensuring that they fulfill their function.

CR1.7 The working area is prepared to facilitate the free access to the system or component to intervene by following instructions and in a way that allows sufficient maneuvering capacity.

RP2: Carry out ancillary operations for the scrapping, cleaning and protection of hull or indoor areas to be repaired by sports and recreational craft, using mechanical or manual means, following established instructions and procedures.

CR2.1 The area of the hull or cover to be repaired is lit, following instructions, to locate the nails or clamping screws of the boards.

CR2.2 The damaged liner board is removed to the marked area, using mechanical and manual means, without causing damage to adjacent areas.

CR2.3 The nails of the structural elements (quadns, baos, among others) are removed using hand tools (goat parte with one) and spiches are placed in the holes, following instructions.

CR2.4 The structural elements of the affected area are lijan (with scratch or small disk machine), clean and protect by applying to brush specific products and following instructions.

CR2.5 The sanded zones and their environment are periodically cleaned, using if applicable, vacuum cleaners and air.

RP3: Perform auxiliary operations on parts machining processes to facilitate the execution of the work, following established instructions and procedures.

CR3.1 The boards and boards to be machined are identified according to their characteristics (type, thickness, among others) and are transported to the specified machine (brushing, regruiser or ribbon saw, among others), complying with instructions.

CR3.2 The pre-cut operations of the tables (point diving at the indicated locations, positioning of the bushing and cutting line layout) are performed precisely and following instructions.

CR3.3 The part is manually positioned and fastened, in compliance with instructions, to make it easier for the technician to execute a precise machining of the mismay avoid backsliding, tool marks, repeating, burns, or other defects.

CR3.4 The machined parts are stored and, if applicable, classified, complying with the established work plan.

RP4: Perform auxiliary operations in the processes of assembling, adjusting and assembling wood parts and fittings to facilitate the execution of the work, following established instructions and procedures.

CR4.1 The adhesive products for assembling (white tail, expansive tail, epoxy resins, among others) and the required pressure elements (cats, sergeants, among others) are identified according to their characteristics and are transported according to the instructions.

CR4.2 Epoxy resins and their additives (silica, microstones, among others) are mixed in compliance with the instructions and respecting the technical specifications of the product.

CR4.3 The pieces to be assembled, the sanded zones and their surroundings are cleaned by applying techniques that remove dust and prevent moisture, using if applicable, vacuum cleaners and air pressure.

CR4.4 Epoxys and expansive tails, polyurethanes, among others, are applied with established useful and removing leftover material.

CR4.5 The pressure elements (cats, sergeants, among others) are adjusted in the places indicated by applying techniques to ensure the specified attachment, removing them when the product has dried or catalysed.

CR4.6 The assembled parts are lit by following instructions to completely remove the leftovers from the queues.

CR4.7 Parts are transported and fastened to make it easier for the top to proceed accurately to fit and mount on board or in the workshop.

CR4.8 The attachment elements, fittings, and associated mechanisms are presented and placed in the set locations following the assembly instructions.

RP5: Adopt the rules for the prevention of occupational and environmental risks in the execution of all auxiliary operations for the repair of wooden elements of sports and recreational craft.

CR5.1 The risks inherent in the specific work are extracted from the company's security plan and the individual and collective protection measures are checked.

CR5.2 Individual and collective security rules are respected while keeping the work area free of risks.

CR5.3 Contingencies are communicated to the immediate superior as soon as necessary to enable their assessment and resolution.

CR5.4 The generated waste is collected, classified and stored according to the procedures laid down in the current environmental regulations.

Professional Context

Production media

Sawwoods from different classes and dimensions, lijas, primers, cleaning products, adhesive products, industrial vacuum cleaners, personal protective equipment. Hand tools of ribera carpentry, mechanical tools of ribera carpentry (portable drill, caladora, ribbon saw, brushing, regruiser, among others). Tools for the layout (tips, junquillo, carpenter pen, among others).

Products and results

Wooden hulls scrapped and prepared to proceed to repair. Brushed, regruesed, cut and stowed wood pieces. Assembled and assembled pieces of wood. Place of work conditioned and clean. Clean and tidy machines, equipment, tools and tools.

Information used or generated

Machine, equipment, and product instruction manuals. Work orders. Standards for the prevention of occupational risks. Environmental regulations.

Competition Unit 3

denomination: PERFORM AUXILIARY OPERATIONS OF REPAIR OF REINFORCED PLASTIC ELEMENTS WITH FIBER OF SPORTS AND RECREATIONAL CRAFT

Level: 1

Code: UC1457_1

Professional realizations and realization criteria

RP1: Prepare the vessel, equipment, work area and adjacent to perform the operations of repair of reinforced plastic elements with sports and recreational craft, following instructions.

CR1.1 Equipment, tools and materials (spare parts, accessories, media, personal protective equipment, vessel, among others) to be used are identified, collected, prepared and transported, if necessary, properly packaged, following instructions.

CR1.2 The instructions, rules of work, uses and customs established, oral or written, are understood, interpreted and complied with, while respecting the codes of conduct established by the company.

CR1.3 General facilities, equipment and tools, are maintained and put to the point, collaborating with the rest of the staff, applying the established procedures and with the required periodicity.

CR1.4 The areas adjacent to the workplace, as well as those susceptible to being damaged (moquettes, noble woods, delicate materials, among others) are protected by the means established, depending on the nature of the interventions and the material to be preserved to prevent damage or damage.

CR1.5 The basic access, mooring and starting systems of the vessel are checked by communicating the detected anomalies to the immediate superior.

CR1.6 Basic knots (guide, crossbow, cote, flat knot, among others) are performed with the required skill, ensuring that they fulfill their function.

CR1.7 The working area is prepared to facilitate the free access to the system or component to intervene by following instructions and in a way that allows sufficient maneuvering capacity.

RP2: Perform auxiliary cleaning and cleaning operations of the reinforced plastic areas to repair, using mechanical or manual means, following established instructions and procedures.

CR2.1 The damaged area is sanitized to the area marked to achieve a discontinuities-free surface, using mechanical and manual means.

RP3: Perform auxiliary operations in the processes of demolding, and repairing damaged areas of the hull or structures by applying the basic rolling techniques, following established instructions and procedures.

CR3.1 Deforming material (waxes, polyvinyl alcohols, among others) is applied to the model to prevent the laminate from adhering to it.

CR3.2 The fabrics are trimmed by following instructions, numbering and ordering them, if applicable, by the time of the laminate.

CR3.3 The blend of polyester resins and catalyst is realized in the established proportions.

CR3.4 The laminate by successive layers with elementary materials is executed by following instructions.

CR3.5 The resin and fibers are applied using techniques and tools that prevent air bubble formation.

RP4: Perform basic operations of conditioning and cleaning of the repaired areas of plastic reinforced with sports and recreational boats, following instructions.

CR4.1 The primers or masillas are prepared according to the instructions received and ensure the homogeneity of the mixture.

CR4 .2 The abrasives to be used in sanding processes are selected according to the instructions received.

CR4.3 The printed or framed areas are sanded so that the irregularities do not exceed the maximum permissible for the continuation of the process.

CR4.4 Landed zones and their environment are periodically cleaned, using if applicable, vacuum cleaners and air pressure.

RP5: Adopt the rules for the prevention of occupational and environmental risks in the execution of auxiliary operations for the repair of elements of plastic reinforced with sports and recreational boats.

CR5.1 The risks inherent in the specific work are extracted from the company's security plan and the individual and collective protection measures are checked.

CR5.2 Individual and collective security rules are respected while keeping the work area free of risks.

CR5.3 Contingencies are communicated to the immediate superior as soon as necessary to enable their assessment and resolution.

CR5.4 The generated waste is collected, classified and stored according to the procedures laid down in the current environmental regulations.

Professional Context

Production media

Resins, catalysts, lijas, sanding machines, masillas, primers, synthetic fiber fabrics, brushes, rollers, moulding materials, scissors, products and cleaning machines.

Products and results

Reinforced and clean reinforced plastic surfaces. Resins, masillas and primers prepared for application. Place of work conditioned and clean. Clean and tidy machines, equipment, tools and tools.

Information used or generated

Machine, equipment, and product instruction manuals. Work orders. Standards for the prevention of occupational risks. Environmental regulations

III. TRAINING OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM

FORMATIVE MODULE 1

Name: AUXILIARY OPERATIONS FOR THE PROTECTION AND BEAUTIFICATION OF SURFACES OF SPORTS AND RECREATIONAL BOATS.

Code: MF1455_1

Professional qualification level: 1

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC1455_1: Perform auxiliary operations for protection and beautification of sports and recreational craft surfaces.

Duration: 100 hours

FORMATIVE UNIT 1

Naming: BASIC WORK ZONE PREPARATION PROCEDURES, RISK PREVENTION, AND ONBOARD BEHAVIOR.

Code: UF1601

Duration: 30 hours

Competition reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1 and RP6.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Specify the process of preparation of the vessel, equipment, work zone and adjacent to perform auxiliary operations of maintenance of the propellant plant, machines and their associated equipment of sports and recreational boats.

CE1.1 Explain the common or recognized norms, uses and customs in the field of sports and recreational boats both in the field of maintenance and in the field of sports ports.

CE1.2 Identify in real situation or on a model the main parts and structural elements of a vessel.

CE1.3 Explain the main basic operations of preparation of the work area to perform maintenance processes.

CE1.4 Relate the main means employed in the protection of areas adjacent to the work area that may be damaged.

CE1.5 Indicate the pre-boot controls and the controls to be performed on the engine post-boot, explaining the precautions to be observed during the processes.

CE1.6 Describe the basic mooring and access systems of a vessel, specifying the layout and the names of the elements involved.

CE1.7 Perform the basic knots that result from application in the different maintenance operations as well as in the various boat mooring operations.

C2: Specify the rules for the prevention of occupational and environmental risks applicable to the execution of auxiliary maintenance operations in sports and recreational craft.

EC2.1 Indicate the risks inherent in ancillary maintenance operations.

CE2.2 Citar individual and collective protective equipment and measures to be used in auxiliary maintenance operations.

CE2.3 Identify the regulations for the prevention of occupational and environmental risks and safety.

CE2.4 Relate the waste generated in the auxiliary operations for the maintenance of sports and recreational boats, and the procedures established for its collection, classification and storage in the current environmental regulations.

Contents

1. Basic notions of the nautical environment

-Basic nautical nomenclature.

or Main dimensions of the vessel: Length. Sleeve. Strut.

or Fundamental parts of the hull: living work, waterline, dead work and fairing. Outer lining. Bow and stern. Sides. Bands. Amuras. Fins.

or Main Departments (or areas) of the vessel: Machine room. Bridge of command. Card table. Enablement, Fonda. Panols. Bathtub, among others.

o Structural, non-structural and beautification elements.

or Access Items.

or Identification and functions of the on-board security material.

-Labours of cabuyeria and mooring.

o Parts of a corporal and structure thereof.

or Elaboration of basic knots: Tope, junction, mooring.

or Denomination of the mooring elements.

o Basic mooring procedures: To love bosom, to tie a cornamusa, to throw a sirga.

-Organization of ground staff.

or Types: marinas, ports, nautical clubs, among others.

or Port Captain, Counter-Master and Sailor Functions.

-Organization of the crews.

or Authority of the controls (Captain, officers, among others).

or Sailors ' Functions.

-Jobs and organization in the ports of call.

o Systems and stranding media.

or Staff functions: head of the port, counter-master, group, auxiliary staff.

or Basic propping techniques.

-Rules and customs.

or On board.

■ Respect for authority.

■ Know how to swim.

■ Prevention of damage to the vessel.

or On the dock.

■ Respect for authority.

■ Support techniques for a vessel. (Take amings, put defenses, put together walkways, among others)

■ Communication modes.

■ Behavior on the docks.

■ Basic knowledge of fuel and electricity supply.

or In Varadero.

■ Respect to authority

■ Respect for internal rules.

-Identifying the basic elements of a machine room.

or Main Engine.

or Generator.

or hydraulic power stations.

or Saltwater Purge

or Tanks.

or Sentins.

or Fluid Circuit.

or Background Grifts.

or Batteries and their control systems.

or Bombs and their control systems.

-Pre-start and post-start operations of the engine.

-General procedures for preparing and protecting the work area.

or Interior: moquettes, bulkheads, among others.

or Foreign: Pasamanos, candlesticks, hatches, windows, among others.

2. Application of standards for the prevention of occupational and environmental risks associated with maintenance operations

-Identification of occupational risks associated with auxiliary maintenance operations and application of preventive measures.

or Regulatory Framework.

or Risk assessment and its prevention afloat or in Varadero.

■ Accidents by fall during access.

■ Jobs in height.

■ Entry into tanks or poorly ventilated spaces.

■ Fall of objects.

■ Underpinning.

■ Embarks on suspension.

■ Movement of cranes and travel-lifts.

or Requirements for the use of personal protective equipment associated with auxiliary jobs.

■ Fiber.

■ Painting.

■ Wood.

■ Mechanics and fluids.

■ Electricity and electronics.

■ Appliances and candles.

-General precautions to prevent accidents during handling operations.

or Manual Tools.

o Electromechanical, pneumatic and hydraulic tools used by auxiliary personnel.

-Prevention of contamination and application of selective collection methods.

or Valuation of the consequences of marine pollution.

or Rules on board. Compliance with the MARPOL legislation.

or Maintenance Operations: On the dock, in Varadero, in the workshop.

FORMATIVE UNIT 2

Denomination: PREPARATION AND BEAUTIFICATION OF SURFACES.

Code: UF1605

Duration: 70 hours

Competition reference: This training unit corresponds to RP2, RP3, RP4, and RP5.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Prepare surfaces of different materials used in the construction of the hull and other elements of the living work of sports and recreational boats, using the means established and applying the required techniques.

CE1.1 Indicating the different materials used in the construction of the hull of vessels pointing out its main properties.

CE1.2 Describe the main cleaning and degreasing techniques of surfaces relating each of them to the products, tools, equipment and tools to be used.

CE1.3 Describe the main techniques of cleaning and degreasing of mechanical elements relating each one of them with the products, tools, equipment and useful to use.

CE1.4 Define the different techniques used in the sanding of surfaces related to the products, tools, equipment, useful to employ and its main applications.

CE1.5 In a practical case properly characterized with cleaning and preparation of a surface of the living work and its elements, compartments of services (tanks, sentines, among others) of a vessel:

-Select and prepare materials, tools, equipment, tools, and products.

-Remove adhesions from the surface to be prepared.

-Lijar the surface to a given finish level.

-Carry out the cleaning of propellers, shafts, arbotants, tanks and sentines, among others.

-Classify and store the waste produced.

-Clean and collect materials, tools, equipment, tools and products.

-Clean the work zone by removing the waste to the corresponding containers.

-Observe during the processes the personal and environmental security regulations that are applicable.

C2: Prepare dead, covered, superstructures and tree areas of sports and recreational craft using established means and applying the required techniques.

CE2.1 List the different phases of preparation of dead, covered, superstructures and tree surfaces depending on the nature of the base material.

CE2.2 Define the different techniques used in the sanding of surfaces related to the products, tools, equipment, useful to employ and its main applications.

CE2.3 List the damage that can occur on surfaces as a result of poor protection or cleaning of the areas to be treated.

CE2.4 In a practical case properly characterized in the preparation of a surface of the dead work, covered, superstructures or tree tree-tree:

-Select and prepare materials, tools, equipment, tools, and products.

-Protect adjacent areas with plastics and tapes.

-Make hand sanding in the areas indicated.

-Classify and store the waste produced.

-Perform periodic cleanup of the zone.

-Clean and collect materials, tools, equipment, tools and products.

-Clean the work zone by removing the waste to the corresponding containers.

-Observe during the processes the personal and environmental security regulations that are applicable.

C3: Prepare the products (paints, primers, masillas, among others) and the necessary tools for their application according to the technical specifications.

CE3.1 Identify the main types of products used in the protection and beautification processes of surfaces.

CE3.2 List the damage that can occur on surfaces as a result of poor mixing of priming, putty or paint.

CE3.3 Identify paint tools associated with different application methods, pointing out those that are disposable.

CE3.4 In a practical case properly characterized in the preparation of certain useful and products of protection and beautification of surfaces of a vessel:

-Select and prepare materials, tools, equipment, tools, and products.

-Make the mixtures in the indicated proportions.

-Maintain paint supplies.

-Classify and store the waste produced.

-Perform periodic cleanup of the zone.

-Clean and collect materials, tools, equipment, tools and products.

-Clean the work zone by removing the waste to the corresponding containers.

-Observe during the processes the personal and environmental security regulations that are applicable.

C4: Apply surface protection products (primers, patents and varnishes, among others) of sports and recreational boats with brush and roller.

CE4.1 List the damage that can occur on surfaces as a result of a poor process of application of the products.

CE4.2 List possible external causes to the process that can cause damage to the painted areas, indicating the methods of action to avoid them.

CE4.3 Describe the varnishing phases of a wood element with brush, relating the materials and products to be used in each of them.

CE4.4 Describe the products and equipment used in the processes of the polishing of vessel surfaces, relating to the main cases of application.

CE4.5 In a practical case of application of surface protection products of a boat with brush and roller:

-Apply the product homogeneously.

-Maintain paint supplies.

-Classify and store the waste produced.

-Perform periodic cleanup of the zone.

-Clean and collect materials, tools, equipment, tools and products.

-Retire the protection elements.

-Perform polished processes.

-Clean the work zone by removing the waste to the corresponding containers.

-Observe during the processes the personal and environmental security regulations that are applicable.

Contents

1. Preparation of the living work

-Functions of the protection of the living work.

-Service sharing of the living work.

or pro/aft helix tunnels.

or Turbines.

or Cooling Water Rejillas.

or Others.

-Protection needs depending on the hull construction material.

or Fiber.

or Wood.

or Metal: steel, aluminum.

-Identification, functions and management of the tools used in the processes of preparation of the living work

or Manual Tools.

■ Rasquettes.

■ Spatulas.

■ Using EPIs

■

or Cleaning with mechanical tools.

■ Hidrologrators.

■ Jets of choruse.

■ Precautions for use.

■ Use of EPIs.

or Liege of the living work according to its status.

■ In poor condition (peeling of paint layers).

● With radial.

● With orbital.

■ In good condition.

● Matizado.

■ Precautions for machine handling.

■ Using EPIs

or Landing of axes, propellers and arbotants.

-Identification of osmosis bubbles.

-Conditions to be met by the surfaces of the living work before its coating.

or Levels of helmet preparation up to.

■ Patent view.

■ Imprimation view.

■ Gelcoat or fiber seen.

or Dust and Moisture Removal Techniques.

-Treatment of the support areas of the hull in the lurch or stranded bed.

-Preparing the waterline.

or Degreasing of the float zone. Products.

or Encinting the flotation line. Techniques.

-Cleaning and collection of waste.

2. Preparation of dead, covered, superstructures and tree surfaces

-Functions of the protection of surfaces of dead work, superstructures and trees.

-Identification of the phases of preparation of the dead work.

or Fiber Helmets.

or Wood Helmets.

or Metal Helmets.

-Elementals elementary techniques.

or Types of putty.

or Applications

-Preparing surfaces for beautification.

or Encinching of Protections. Types of tapes.

or Selection of lijas.

or Machine Landed.

■ Orbital.

■ Radial.

or Hand-Liked (rinconum).

or Regular cleaning of the sanded zones.

or Baldeo.

-Selective collection of waste.

3. Application of protection products and surface beautification

-Identification of the different products to use.

-Identification of product application techniques.

-Preparing products.

o Paintings of a component.

or Two-Component Paintings.

or Imprimations.

or Consequences of an incorrect mixture.

■ Paintings.

■ Imprimations.

■ Masillas.

-In the living work.

o Application of prints with:

■ Brocha.

■ Roller

or Patent Application with:

■ Brocha.

■ Roller.

■ Zones that should not be painted.

-In the dead work, superstructures or trees.

or Protection of adjacent zones.

or Application of primers and finishing paints with brush or roller.

or Introduction to Pistol Painting Techniques.

or Wood varnishing Techniques.

■ Conditions to achieve a good finish.

or Withdraw the protective elements at the end of the paint and varnish drying process.

-Surface polishing techniques.

or Gelcoat.

or Painting.

o Handling of mechanical polishing.

-Collection of waste. Storage of reusable items.

4. Tank and seat maintenance techniques

-Identification of the different tanks of a vessel.

or Fuels.

or Drinking Water.

or Grey Waters.

or Black Waters.

or ballast water.

-Tank cleaning.

or Accesses.

or Protection of adjacent zones.

or Product Application.

or Application of Techniques.

or Risk Prevention during operations.

-Functions and location of the seats of a sports boat.

-Sentine cleaning techniques.

or Manuals.

or Mechanics.

or Tools.

or Products and useful.

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Units

Total duration in hours of the training units	Number of maximum hours susceptible distance
30	30	20
	70	20

Sequence:

To access the Formative Unit 2 must have passed the Formative Unit 1

FORMATIVE MODULE 2

Name: AUXILIARY OPERATIONS FOR THE REPAIR OF WOODEN ELEMENTS OF SPORTS AND RECREATIONAL CRAFT.

Code: MF1456_1

Professional qualification level: 1

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC1456_1: Perform auxiliary operations for repairing wooden elements of sports and recreational craft.

Duration: 100 hours.

FORMATIVE UNIT 1

Naming: BASIC WORK ZONE PREPARATION PROCEDURES, RISK PREVENTION, AND ONBOARD BEHAVIOR.

Code: UF1601

Duration: 30 hours

Competition reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1 and RP5.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Specify the process of preparation of the vessel, equipment, work zone and adjacent to perform maintenance operations of the propellant plant, machines and their associated equipment of sports and recreational boats.

CE1.1 Explain the common or recognized norms, uses and customs in the field of sports and recreational boats both in the field of maintenance and in the field of sports ports.

CE1.2 Identify in real situation or on a model the main parts and structural elements of a vessel.

CE1.3 Explain the main basic operations of preparation of the work area to perform maintenance processes.

CE1.4 Relate the main means employed in the protection of areas adjacent to the work area that may be damaged.

CE1.5 Indicate the pre-boot controls and the controls to be performed on the engine post-boot, explaining the precautions to be observed during the processes.

CE1.6 Describe the basic mooring and access systems of a vessel, specifying the layout and the names of the elements involved.

CE1.7 Perform the basic knots that result from application in the different maintenance operations as well as in the various boat mooring operations.

C2: Specify the rules for the prevention of occupational and environmental risks applicable to the execution of auxiliary maintenance operations in sports and recreational craft.

EC2.1 Indicate the risks inherent in ancillary maintenance operations.

CE2.2 Citar individual and collective protective equipment and measures to be used in auxiliary maintenance operations.

CE2.3 Identify the regulations for the prevention of occupational and environmental risks and safety.

CE2.4 Relate the waste generated in the auxiliary operations for the maintenance of sports and recreational boats, and the procedures established for its collection, classification and storage in the current environmental regulations.

Contents

1. Basic notions of the nautical environment

-Basic nautical nomenclature.

or Main dimensions of the vessel: Length. Sleeve. Strut.

or Fundamental parts of the hull: living work, waterline, dead work and fairing. Outer lining. Bow and stern. Sides. Bands. Amuras. Fins.

or Main Departments (or areas) of the vessel: Machine room. Bridge of command. Card table. Enablement, Fonda. Panols. Bathtub, among others.

o Structural, non-structural and beautification elements.

or Access Items.

or Identification and functions of the safety material on board: Chalecos, flares, fire extinguishers, life rafts.

-Cabulery and mooring labors.

o Parts of a corporal and structure thereof.

or Elaboration of basic knots: Tope, junction, mooring.

or Denomination of the mooring elements.

o Basic mooring procedures: Amarrar by bosom, mooring to a cornamusa, throwing a sisga.

-Organization of the staff of nautical clubs.

or Types of nautical clubs.

or Port Captain, Counter-Master and Sailor Functions.

-Organization of the crews.

or Authority of the controls (Captain, officers).

or Sailors ' Functions.

-Jobs and organization in the ports of call.

or Types of ports.

or Staff functions: head of the port, counter-master, group, auxiliary staff.

or Identification of Vessel Lift Systems.

or Basic propping techniques.

-Rules and customs.

or On board.

■ Respect for authority.

■ Know how to swim.

■ Prevention of damage by footwear.

or On the dock.

■ Respect for authority.

■ Support techniques for a vessel. Take amarras. Take electrical connection.

■ Communication equipment.

■ Behavior on the docks.

■ Basic knowledge of fuel supply.

or In Varadero.

■ Respect to authority

■ Clothing.

■ Jobs in height.

-Identifying the basic elements of a machine room.

or Main Engine.

or Generator.

or hydraulic power stations.

or Saltwater Purge

or Tanks.

or Sentins.

or Fluid Circuit.

or Background Grifts.

-Pre-start and post-start operations of the engine.

-General procedures for preparing and protecting the work area.

or Interior: moquettes, bulkheads.

or Foreign: Pasamanos, candlesticks, hatches, windows.

2. Application of standards for the prevention of occupational and environmental risks associated with maintenance operations

-Identification of occupational risks associated with auxiliary maintenance operations and application of preventive measures.

or Regulatory Framework.

or Risk assessment and its prevention afloat or in Varadero.

■ Accidents by fall during access.

■ Jobs in height.

■ Entry into tanks or poorly ventilated spaces.

■ Fall of objects.

■ Underpinning.

■ Embarks on suspension.

■ Cranes and travelifts movement.

or Requirements for the use of personal protective equipment associated with auxiliary jobs.

■ Fiber.

■ Painting.

■ Mechanics.

■ Electricity and electronics.

■ Appliances and candles.

■ Adhesives.

-General precautions to prevent accidents during handling operations.

or Manual Tools.

o Electromechanical, pneumatic and hydraulic tools used by auxiliary personnel.

-Prevention of contamination and application of selective collection methods.

or Valuation of the consequences of marine pollution.

or Maintenance Operations afloat. Compliance with the MARPOL legislation.

or Maintenance Operations: On the dock, in Varadero, in the workshop.

FORMATIVE UNIT 2

Naming: BASIC WOOD ELEMENT REPAIR PROCEDURES.

Code: UF1606

Duration: 70 hours

Competition reference: This training unit corresponds to RP2, RP3, RP4.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Apply basic techniques for the scrapping, cleaning and protection of wooden elements that present damage to sports and recreational boats.

CE1.1 Relate and identify the tools and tools used in the process of scraping and cleaning wood elements.

CE1.2 Relate the different pickling methods with their main applications explaining their sanding processes.

CE1.3 Explain the techniques of wood element protection by linking materials with their main applications.

CE1.4 In a practical case of scrapping the outer lining of the hull of a damaged vessel:

-Identify tools and materials.

-Lijar the affected surface to identify the nail nails.

-Unpick the tables.

-Review and recognize indoor zone.

-Remove the nails and spichole holes.

-Apply protection products.

-Collect, clean, and place the tools used.

-Clean the work zone by removing the waste to the corresponding containers.

-Observe during the processes the personal and environmental security regulations that are applicable.

C2: Perform auxiliary tasks in the machining processes of wood parts used in the bank carpentry.

CE2.1 Relate and identify the tools, tools, equipment and machines used in the machining processes of wood elements.

CE2.2 Distinguished the main types of wood used in the bank carpentry.

CE2.3 Perform simple measurements on wooden pieces giving the values with the established approach.

CE2.4 Recognize possible defects (knots, revives, among others), of the woods used in ribera carpentry.

CE2.5 In a practical case of machining (brushing, regruesing and cutting) of a piece of wood:

-Transport the requested wood upon verification of its measures.

-Identify the machines required for machining operations.

-Clavar tips to fasten the bushing and draw the cut lines.

-Hold the parts to facilitate their safe feeding.

-Transport and place the machined elements in the places provided in the work plan.

-Clean the work zone by removing the waste to the corresponding containers.

-Observe during the processes the personal and environmental security regulations that are applicable.

C3: Perform auxiliary tasks in the processes of assembling, adjusting and assembling pieces of wood and fittings used in the carpentry.

CE3.1 Relate the different types of adhesive products used to assemble wood elements, indicating the main characteristics, applications, degree of efficacy and preparation techniques thereof.

CE3.2 Relate and identify the tools, tools, equipment and machines used in the processes of assembling, adjusting and assembling pieces of wood and fittings.

CE3.3 Associate the types of assemblies with their main applications.

CE3.4 In a practical case of assembling, fitting, and mounting two pieces of wood from a craft:

-Transport the adhesive product and the indicated tightening means.

-Make the preparation of the adhesive product, according to the mixture ratios established, if any.

-Apply the product with spatula or paletin.

-Make the tightening with cats or sergeants in the places indicated.

-Remove the excess adhesive material.

-Lijar the assembled surface.

-Collaborate on the hardware assembly.

-Clean the work zone by removing the waste to the corresponding containers.

-Observe during the processes the personal and environmental security regulations that are applicable.

Contents

1. Introduction to riverside carpentry

-Structure of a wooden vessel.

or Nomenclature of the elements constituting a wooden vessel.

or Traditional construction features in the coastal region.

-Functions of workers in a riverbank carpentry.

or In the workshop.

or On the dock.

-Classification of ribera carpentry jobs.

or Structural.

or Forro and covers.

or Interior Carpentry.

-Description of the classic ribera carpenter tools.

-Identification of screws and nails.

-Classification of the main timbers used in shipbuilding.

or Dureza.

or Resistance.

or More common effects on wood.

or Obtaining the wood used for the construction of the curved pieces.

-Building types of helmets.

or Unions of Tracks to Tingladillo.

or Unions of Tracks at Cap.

or Contrachapated.

or castings.

or Modern Building Systems.

2. Application of scrappage techniques, cleaning and protection of damaged wood elements

-Protection of wood. Products.

-Identification of damaged items.

or Live Work.

or Dead Work. Overboard.

or Cover.

o Structural elements.

or Superstructures.

or Interiors.

-Identification of tools and tools. Functions.

or Manuals.

or Portable electric machines.

or Neumatics.

-Application of auxiliary scrappage, cleaning and protection techniques.

o Handling of tools and tools.

■ Safety precautions.

■ For scrapping.

■ For cleaning and sanding. Pickling techniques.

■ For the application of protection products.

or Spichado.

o Order and cleanup of spaces.

or Selective Collection of Waste.

3. Application of auxiliary techniques for the machining, assembly, adjustment and placement of wood parts used in ribera carpentry

-Characterization of machining processes.

or Functions of the machines used in machining.

■ Cepilladora.

■ Regruiser.

■ Tape Sierra.

or Precautions in the handling of machines.

■ Cepilladora.

■ Regruiser.

■ Tape Sierra

-Tornite and diving techniques.

-Auxiliary machining jobs.

o Preparation of the machinery.

o Selection and transport of woods.

or Cutting Line Plot

■ Managing the Junquillo.

■ Use of compasses.

or Support techniques for the positioning of parts and continuous power on machines:

■ Cepillate.

■ Regruesado.

■ Cut.

or Precautions.

or Emergency Stop.

o Handling of portable machines (heaters, drills, strawberries, among others).

or auxiliary works of assembly of pieces of wood (half wood, spigot box, peak of flute, lightning of Jupiter, among others).

-Types and preparation of adhesives.

or Application of Adhesives. Cleaning of leftovers.

or press placement and tightening techniques.

or Curated Times.

-Adjustment and placement of assembled parts.

-Assembly of elements and fittings.

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Units

Total duration in hours of the training units	Number of maximum hours susceptible distance
30	30	20
	70	20

Sequence:

To access the Formative Unit 2 must have passed the Formative Unit 1

FORMATIVE MODULE 3

Name: AUXILIARY OPERATIONS FOR THE REPAIR OF PLASTIC AND RECREATIONAL CRAFT FIBRE REINFORCED PLASTIC ELEMENTS

Code: MF1457_1

Professional qualification level: 1

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC1457_1: Perform auxiliary operations for repairing plastic and recreational craft fiber reinforced plastic elements.

Duration: 100 hours

FORMATIVE UNIT 1

Naming: BASIC WORK ZONE PREPARATION PROCEDURES, RISK PREVENTION, AND ONBOARD BEHAVIOR.

Code: UF1601

Duration: 30 hours

Competition reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1 and RP5.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Specify the process of preparation of the vessel, equipment, work zone and adjacent to perform auxiliary operations of maintenance of the propellant plant, machines and their associated equipment of sports and recreational boats.

CE1.1 Explain the common or recognized norms, uses and customs in the field of sports and recreational boats both in the field of maintenance and in the field of sports ports.

CE1.2 Identify in real situation or on a model the main parts and structural elements of a vessel.

CE1.3 Explain the main basic operations of preparation of the work area to perform maintenance processes.

CE1.4 Relate the main means employed in the protection of areas adjacent to the work area that may be damaged.

CE1.5 Indicate the pre-boot controls and the controls to be performed on the engine post-boot, explaining the precautions to be observed during the processes.

CE1.6 Describe the basic mooring and access systems of a vessel, specifying the layout and the names of the elements involved.

CE1.7 Perform the basic knots that result from application in the different maintenance operations as well as in the various boat mooring operations.

C2: Specify the rules for the prevention of occupational and environmental risks applicable to the execution of auxiliary maintenance operations in sports and recreational craft.

EC2.1 Indicate the risks inherent in ancillary maintenance operations.

CE2.2 Citar individual and collective protective equipment and measures to be used in auxiliary maintenance operations.

CE2.3 Identify the regulations for the prevention of occupational and environmental risks and safety.

CE2.4 Relate the waste generated in the auxiliary operations for the maintenance of sports and recreational boats, and the procedures established for its collection, classification and storage in the current environmental regulations.

Contents

1. Basic notions of the nautical environment

-Basic nautical nomenclature.

or Main dimensions of the vessel: Length. Sleeve. Strut.

or Fundamental parts of the hull: living work, waterline, dead work and fairing. Outer lining. Bow and stern. Sides. Bands. Amuras. Fins.

or Main Departments (or areas) of the vessel: Machine room. Bridge of command. Card table. Enablement, Fonda. Panols. Bathtub, among others.

o Structural, non-structural and beautification elements.

or Access Items.

or Identification and functions of the safety material on board: Chalecos, flares, fire extinguishers, life rafts.

-Cabulery and mooring labors.

o Parts of a corporal and structure thereof.

or Elaboration of basic knots: Tope, junction, mooring.

or Denomination of the mooring elements.

o Basic mooring procedures: Amarrar by bosom, mooring to a cornamusa, throwing a sisga.

-Organization of the staff of nautical clubs.

or Types of nautical clubs.

or Port Captain, Counter-Master and Sailor Functions.

-Organization of the crews.

or Authority of the controls (Captain, officers).

or Sailors ' Functions.

-Jobs and organization in the ports of call.

or Types of ports.

or Staff functions: head of the port, counter-master, group, auxiliary staff.

or Identification of Vessel Lift Systems.

or Basic propping techniques.

-Rules and customs.

or On board.

■ Respect for authority.

■ Know how to swim.

■ Prevention of damage by footwear.

or On the dock.

■ Respect for authority.

■ Support techniques for a vessel. Take amarras. Take electrical connection.

■ Communication equipment.

■ Behavior on the docks.

■ Basic knowledge of fuel supply.

or In Varadero.

■ Respect to authority

■ Clothing.

■ Jobs in height.

-Identifying the basic elements of a machine room.

or Main Engine.

or Generator.

or hydraulic power stations.

or Saltwater Purge

or Tanks.

or Sentins.

or Fluid Circuit.

or Background Grifts.

-Pre-start and post-start operations of the engine.

-General procedures for preparing and protecting the work area.

or Interior: moquettes, bulkheads.

or Foreign: Pasamanos, candlesticks, hatches, windows.

2. Application of standards for the prevention of occupational and environmental risks associated with maintenance operations

-Identification of occupational risks associated with auxiliary maintenance operations and application of preventive measures.

or Regulatory Framework.

or Risk assessment and its prevention afloat or in Varadero.

■ Accidents by fall during access.

■ Jobs in height.

■ Entry into tanks or poorly ventilated spaces.

■ Fall of objects.

■ Underpinning.

■ Embarks on suspension.

■ Cranes and travelifts movement.

or Requirements for the use of personal protective equipment associated with auxiliary jobs.

■ Fiber.

■ Painting.

■ Mechanics.

■ Electricity and electronics.

■ Appliances and candles.

■ Adhesives.

-General precautions to prevent accidents during handling operations.

or Manual Tools.

o Electromechanical, pneumatic and hydraulic tools used by auxiliary personnel.

-Prevention of contamination and application of selective collection methods.

or Valuation of the consequences of marine pollution.

or Maintenance Operations afloat. Compliance with the MARPOL legislation.

or Maintenance Operations: On the dock, in Varadero, in the workshop.

FORMATIVE UNIT 2

Naming: BASIC FIBER-REINFORCED PLASTIC ELEMENT REPAIR PROCEDURES.

Code: UF1607

Duration: 70 hours

Competition reference: This training unit corresponds to RP2, RP3, and RP4.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Apply basic techniques for cleaning and cleaning of reinforced plastic elements that present damage to sports and recreational boats.

CE1.1 Relate and identify the tools and tools used in the cleaning and cleaning processes of reinforced plastic elements.

CE1.2 Relate the different types of lijas with their main applications explaining the sanding processes.

CE1.3 Explain the different cleaning techniques of reinforced plastic elements depending on their condition, indicating the products to be used.

CE1.4 Explain the techniques of element protection by linking materials with their main applications.

CE1.5 In a practical case of cleaning and cleaning a reinforced plastic element that has any type of damage:

-Identify tools and materials.

-Protect adjacent zones.

-Remove the damaged material.

-Lijar the affected surface.

-Remove Waste: Dust and Water.

-Collect, clean, and place the tools used.

-Clean the work zone by removing the waste to the corresponding containers.

-Observe during the processes the personal and environmental security regulations that are applicable.

C2: Build a simple fiber-reinforced plastic structure using basic demolding and rolling techniques in sports and recreational craft.

CE2.1 Relate and identify the tools, tools, and materials used in the demolding and laminating processes of plastic elements.

CE2.2 Specify the most commonly used types of fiber fabrics indicating their main applications.

CE2.3 Explain the procedures for the preparation of the resin, indicating the proportions of mixture necessary for its optimal catalyzation taking into account the ambient temperature.

CE2.4 Define the risks of an incomplete or excessively rapid catalyzing process, describing the consequences of each of them.

CE2.5 In a practical case of deforming and building a simple reinforced plastic structure of specified dimensions:

-Select working tools.

-Apply deming material.

-Cut and list the fiber layers.

-Prepare the resin and catalyst mixtures.

-Apply resins and fabrics by successive layers until they reach the indicated dimensions.

-Apply "peel ply" for subsequent laminations.

-Collect, clean, and place the tools used.

-Clean the work zone by removing the waste to the corresponding containers.

-Observe during the processes the personal and environmental security regulations that are applicable.

C3: Apply basic conditioning and cleaning techniques for plastic-reinforced plastic-reinforced areas with sports and recreational craft.

CE3.1 Identify the characteristics and functions of different types of masillas and primers.

CE3.2 Explain the procedures to be followed to prepare masillas and primers for application on PRF materials.

CE3.3 In a practical sanding case of a curved surface, of reinforced plastic, whose lamination features irregularities:

-Identify the required abrasive materials.

-Prepare the necessary tools.

-Lijar until the surface is free of irregularities.

-Select and prepare prints or masillas.

-Apply masillas and prints

-Lijar until the surface is free of irregularities.

-Aspire to the area until it is completely free of dust or other particles.

-Collect, clean, and place the tools used.

-Clean the work zone by removing the waste to the corresponding containers.

-Observe during the processes the personal and environmental security regulations that are applicable.

Contents

1. Cleaning and cleaning of fiber-reinforced plastic elements

-Fiber-reinforced plastic structures:

or Monolitcs Helmets.

or Cascos in sandwich.

or Reinforces.

or Special Fibers.

or Normal Spaders.

-Damage identification.

or In living work.

or In dead work.

or indoors.

-Protection of areas that may be damaged during repair.

or Indoor Zones.

or Cover.

or Casco.

-Sanitation methods.

-Characterization and utility of the tools.

or Manuals.

■ Different types of metal rollers.

■ Hair Rollers

■ Brings, brushes

■ Scissors.

■ Cuter.

■ Spatulas.

■ Cubes, buckets

or Electrical

■ Caladora.

■ Drill-Ascrewdriver-screwdriver.

■ Radial.

■ Multiuse Portatil

■ Pistola of glue.

■ Aspirator.

or Neumatics.

■ pneumatic scissors to cut fiber.

■ Straight heat.

■ Fiber and/or resin projection machine.

■ Drill.

-Selection and preparation of tools.

-Selection of lijas.

or Types.

or Grades of abrasion.

-Tool handling techniques.

-Maintenance of the tools.

-Security precautions to be observed in tool handling.

-Cleaning techniques for healthy areas.

or Aspiration Systems.

or Waste Collection.

2. Application of mold rolling techniques

-Description of the small-dimensional fiber parts construction process.

-Identification of materials and products used.

or Types of fibers.

or Resins and catalysts.

■ Types.

■ Mix-ups.

■ Influence of ambient temperature.

■ Causes and consequences of poor catalyzation.

-Identification of utensils.

or Broches

or Rollers.

or Cubets.

-Moldes.

or Types.

or Application of Dismolting Materials.

■ Ceras.

■ Polyvinyl alcohol.

■ Semi-permanent dismoldings.

-Layer laminate procedures.

or Safety Precautions.

or Preparation of fibers and mixtures.

or Layer Application.

or "ply ply" application.

-Unmolded.

-Collection of tools, utensils and waste.

3. Application of masillas and finishing prints

-Using products

or Masillas.

■ Types: of a component. Two components.

■ Applications. Advantages and disadvantages.

■ Incompatibilities.

or Imprimations.

■ Types: of a component. Two components.

■ Applications. Advantages and disadvantages.

■ Incompatibilities.

-Utensils used for:

or Enmasillar

or Imprimate.

-Application of

techniques

or Enmastilon

or Sanding of crowded areas.

or Imprimate.

-Masked of the treated zone.

or Mask Tape.

or Profile Tape.

or Plastics with tape.

or Protection Role.

-Conditions that must meet a good finish.

or Cleaning.

or Waste Collection.

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Units

Total duration in hours of the training units	Number of maximum hours susceptible distance
30	30	20
	70	20

Sequence:

To access the Formative Unit 2 must have passed the Formative Unit 1

NON-WORKING PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE MODULE FOR AUXILIARY OPERATIONS FOR THE MAINTENANCE OF STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS AND FOR THE COATING OF SPORTS AND RECREATIONAL CRAFT SURFACES

Code: MP0346

Duration: 40 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Participate in the preparation of the vessel to proceed with the planned maintenance work.

CE1.1. Identify the areas to be protected and the means of protection.

CE1.2. Identify the tools used during the ship's maintenance processes.

CE1.3. Maintain order and cleanliness in the work area.

CE1.4. Perform responsible collection of waste generated during maintenance processes

C2: Perform basic maintenance and conservation operations for the various recreational craft equipment.

CE2.1. Identify the different dependencies and the computers and systems located in them.

CE2.2. Identify and apply the products used in the cleaning procedures, and the preservation of the different surfaces of the vessel.

CE2.3. Participate in the mooring tares, pluck of candles, cabs and laying of protective covers of the boat.

C3: Participate in the company's work processes, following the rules and instructions set out in the work center.

CE3.1 behave responsibly in both human relationships and in the work to be done.

CE3.2 Respect the procedures and rules of the work center.

CE3.3 Diligently undertake the tasks according to the instructions received, trying to adapt to the work rhythm of the company.

CE3.4 Integrate into the production processes of the work center.

CE3.5 Use the established communication channels.

CE3.6 To respect at all times the measures of risk prevention, occupational health and environmental protection.

Contents

1. Preparation of the working areas and collection of the tools and tools required

-Identification of the different maintenance workshop spaces and the tasks performed by each area.

-Organization and disposition of space, tools and materials required

-Interpretation of the received orders.

-Identification of the toxicity of the products used and the waste generated.

2. Maintenance operations sequenced according to the company

-Identification of the materials that make up the various building elements of the vessel.

-Selection of the conservation and cleaning products used on board the recreational craft.

-Running mooring tasks, starting the boat, cleaning and folding candles.

3. Integration and communication in the workplace

-Responsible behavior in the job center.

-Respect to the procedures and rules of the workplace.

-Interpreting and diligently performing the instructions received.

-Recognition of the organization's production process.

-Using the communication channels established in the job center.

-Adequation to the work rate of the company.

-Tracking the regulations for risk prevention, occupational health and environmental protection.

IV. PRESCRIPTIONS OF TRAINERS

Modules

Training

Required Accreditation	Professional experience required in scope of the unit of
	With accreditation	No
MF1455_1: Maintenance of ship surfaces.	● Licensed, Engineer, Architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. ● Diplomate, Technical Engineer, Technical Architect or corresponding degree degree or other equivalent titles. ● Technical and Technical Superior of the professional family of transportation and maintenance of vehicles. ● Professional level 2 and level 3 certificates from the professional nautical area of the professional family Transposes and maintenance of vehicles.	1 year	3 years
MF1456_1: Repair of wooden elements of the craft.	● Licensed, Engineer, Architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. ● Diplomate, Technical Engineer, Technical Architect or corresponding degree degree or other equivalent titles. ● Technical and Technical Superior of the Professional Family of Transportation and Maintenance of Vehicles ● Professional level 2 and Level 3 certificates of professional family nautical area of the professional family Transposition and maintenance of vehicles	1 year	3 years
MF1457_1: Repair of plastic reinforced plastic elements of the vessel.	● Licensed, Engineer, Architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. ● Diplomate, Technical Engineer, Technical Architect or corresponding degree degree or other equivalent titles. ● Technical and Technical Superior of the professional family of Transportation and Maintenance of Vehicles or Fishing Maritime. ● Professional level 2 and level 3 certificates from the professional family nautical area of the Transpone family and maintenance of vehicles ● Level 2 professionalism certificates and level 3 of the professional fishing and navigation area of the professional fishing family	1 year	3 years

V. MINIMUM SPACES, FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS

Forming Space

180

300

Surface m2 15 pupils	Surface m2 25 pupils
45		60
painting workshop	180	300
300

M1

X

X

	M2	M3
X	X
Painting Workshop
				X
X
X

Forming Space

Equipment
Classroom.	-Audio-visual equipment. -PCs installed in network, cannon with projection and internet. -Specialty-specific Sofware. -2 Pizarras to write with a marker. -Rotafolios. -Classroom material. -Table and chair for the trainer. -Table and chairs for students.
painting workshop.	-Paintings, varnishes, primers, and putty of different types. -Lijas of different grains. -Decapant products. -Degreasing. -Puts. -Compressor. -Hydropower -Chorreous pistol. -Radial -Orbital -Hand tools of the painter. (Brushes, rollers and buckets). -Personal protective equipment of the painter. -Air dryers, air guns, airless machine. -Extractor apparatus. -Air heater. -Pulitor.
Carpentry and fiber workshop.	-Maderas of different types. -Industrial Aspirator. -Personal protective equipment. -Bank carpentry manual tools, -Ribera carpentry mechanical tools: portable, baler, tape saw, brush, regruiser. -Tools for plotting (tips, junquillo, carpenter pen). -Sargents of different sizes. -Resins and catalysts. -Glass fiber trails of different types. -Scissors. -Landing machines. -Laminar tools. (brushes, rollers) -Cleaning products. -Cleaning machine. -Molde. -Dismolting products.

It should not be interpreted that the different learning spaces identified must necessarily be differentiated by means of closure.

The facilities and equipment must comply with the corresponding industrial and sanitary sanitary regulations and will respond to measures of universal accessibility and safety of the participants.

The number of units that must be available for the tools, machines and tools specified in the training spaces, will be sufficient for a minimum of 15 students and must be increased, if necessary, to attend to the higher number.

In the event that the training is addressed to persons with disabilities, the adaptations and reasonable adjustments will be made to ensure their participation in equal conditions.

ANNEX III

I. IDENTIFICATION OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM

Naming: Bus Driving

Code: TMVI0108

Professional Family: Transportation and Maintenance of Vehicles

Professional area: Driving of vehicles by road

Professional qualification level: 2

Professional reference qualification:

TMV454_2 Driving buses. (RD 1225/2010, of 1 October)

Relationship of competency units that configure the certificate of professionalism:

UC1461_2: Prepare and perform first level maintenance of urban and inter-city road transport vehicles.

UC1462_2: Perform vehicle driving and other operations related to transportation services.

UC1463_2: Plan transport services and relate to clients.

UC1464_2: Perform attention and information activities to bus or coach travelers.

General competition:

Perform the driving of buses or coaches in a safe, responsible and economical way, following the instructions received and the service program, applying the regulations and regulations in force regarding the transport of passengers, health, road safety and environmental, and, also attending and informing the passengers effectively.

Professional Environment:

Professional scope:

It carries out its professional activity, both for its own account and for others, in small, medium and large companies, both public and private, of collective urban transport by bus and intercity by coach, be it at national and international level. Their professional activity is subject to regulation by the competent authority. The principles of universal accessibility are applied in the development of professional activity in accordance with current legislation.

Productive Sectors:

It is located in the urban and interurban transport sector by bus and coach.

Relevant Occupations and Jobs:

8420.1043 Bus drivers, in general

Auto drivers

Drivers of vehicles intended for the carriage of passengers by road

8420.1032 Urban Bus Drivers

8420.1020 Intercity Bus Drivers

8420.1010 International Bus Drivers

Requirements required for professional exercise:

Driving licence of the class: D1, D1 + E, D, D + E (Traffic Law, Motor Vehicle Circulation and Road Safety, approved by Royal Decree-Law 772/1997 of 30 May)

Professional Bus Aptitude Certificate (Royal Decree 1032/2007, July 20)

Duration of the associated training: 370 hours

Relationship of training modules and training units:

MF1461_2: (Cross) First level maintenance of road transport vehicles. (60 hours)

MF1462_2: (Cross) Rational driving and operations related to transport services. (130 hours)

● UF0471: Driving and circulation of urban and interurban transport vehicles by public roads. (70 hours)

● UF0472: Operative and transport service security. (60 hours)

MF1463_2: (Cross) Transport planning and client relationships. (50 hours)

MF1464_2: Attention and information to bus or coach travelers. (50 hours)

MP0100: Non-work professional practice module for Bus Driving. (80 hours)

Linking with professional trainings:

Overcoming with positive evaluation of the training established in this certificate of professionalism allows the presentation to the tests that are called by the competent public administration to obtain the Certificate of Professional Aptitude of the bus, provided that the centers and the courses are authorized and approved according to the Royal Decree 1032/2007, 20 July of the Ministry of the Presidency, for which the initial qualification and the continuous training of the drivers of certain vehicles is regulated intended for road transport.

II. PROFESSIONAL PROFILE OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM

Competition Unit 1

denomination: PREPARE AND PERFORM THE MAINTENANCE OF THE FIRST LEVEL OF VEHICLES OF URBAN AND INTERURBAN TRANSPORT BY ROAD.

Level: 2

Code: UC1461_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria

RP1: Prepare and verify the technical status of the vehicle and its auxiliary equipment by carrying out the necessary checks to ensure optimum operating and safety conditions.

CR1.1 Basic vehicle safety inspections are carried out at the start of the service, ensuring its good status and operation, in accordance with the control sheets or forms.

CR1.2 The different equipment and auxiliary systems of the vehicle are proven to work with the required accuracy, performing the appropriate test, verification, control and commissioning operations.

CR1.3 The disfunctions found are resolved personally or in your case informing the department or competent person thereof.

CR1.4 The regulatory envelope, the necessary materials and instruments for the vehicle to be provided are proven to comply with the service characteristics and regulations in force.

CR1.5 The forms or control sheets of the checks made are completed legibly and, if appropriate, are delivered to the person or department responsible.

RP2: Detect and locate in-route breakdowns, applying established techniques and procedures, and proceeding to repair in simple cases to ensure the operational status of the vehicle.

CR2.1 Possible breakdowns or failures are promptly identified by removing, if appropriate, the vehicle to a safe place in order not to interfere with the circulation.

CR2.2 The vehicle is immobilized by orienting the wheels in case of ramps or slopes, stopping the motor immediately, placing the reflective reflective garment and securing it by means of the braking systems themselves.

CR2.3 The fault and/or position signaling is immediately lit and the hazard presenalization devices are placed in their case, disconnecting if applicable, the batteries.

CR2.4 The origin and causes of faults or faults are detected by accurately performing the appropriate checks and checks.

CR2.5 The repair of any faults or malfunctions found in your field of intervention is done in a thorough and precise manner or, where appropriate, the department or competent person is informed promptly, acting in accordance with the instructions received.

RP3: Collaborate in the preservation and preventive maintenance of the vehicle, applying the established procedures and instructions, in order to obtain its maximum performance and to perform the services safely.

CR3.1 The space for the performance of the different maintenance and maintenance operations of the vehicle is organized in an orderly and safe manner preparing the necessary materials and tools.

CR3.2 The regular maintenance and maintenance of the vehicle and equipment is carried out in a responsible manner, in accordance with the appropriate stages and sequences of performance, and following the established programs.

CR3.3 The cleaning and interior and exterior of the vehicle, which affect the safety and hygiene, are carried out periodically, using the materials and products.

CR3.4 The vehicle is driven to timely technical services (ITV, ancillary equipment, among others), for review on the basis of legally established deadlines and assumptions.

CR3.5 The established control documents and the maintenance tabs are completed accurately and legibly.

RP4: Adopt safety, occupational health and environmental standards in the execution of preventive maintenance and vehicle repair operations.

CR4.1 Personal and collective protection measures are found to be in line with those laid down in the safety standards of the workshop, depending on the anticipated risks inherent in the specific work.

CR4.2 The rules on occupational health and personal and collective security are applied while keeping the work area free of risks.

CR4.3 Contingencies are communicated as soon as necessary to enable them to be monitored and resolved.

CR4.4 Maintenance operations are carried out by observing the environmental protection rules included in the recovery of fluorinated greenhouse gases associated with air conditioning systems installed in motor vehicles, replacement, disposal, replacement of liquids (oil, brakes, among others) or other wastes that may be polluting.

Professional Context

Production media

Full vehicle, auxiliary equipment. Wipers, filters, lamps, fuses, cables, test tips, manometers, oils, fats. Signalling devices. Reflective vests. Calzos.

Products and results

Preparation and verification of the technical condition of the vehicle and its auxiliary equipment made. Preventive and corrective maintenance in your field of intervention.

Information used or generated

Manufacturer's technical manuals, with partial drawings where original values are given. Cutting manuals. Work orders. Reviews and maintenance sheets. Daily inspection sheets. Maintenance tabs. Environmental protection regulations.

Competition Unit 2

denomination: CONDUCT VEHICLE DRIVING AND OTHER OPERATIONS RELATED TO TRANSPORTATION SERVICES

Level: 2

Code: UC1462_ 2

Professional realizations and realization criteria

RP1: Driving the vehicle safely, responsibly and economically, performing the service efficiently, observing the compliance with the current regulations regarding both the transport of passengers and the different types of goods: perishable, dangerous and animals, among others.

CR1.1 The starting up of the vehicle is carried out by avoiding the sharp starts and high revolutions of the engine, going through the initial kilometers without forcing the engine, progressively, operating the different mechanisms with softness.

CR1.2 Driving is permanently adapted to the characteristics of the circulation, condition of the roads, atmospheric conditions, as well as to the characteristics of the vehicle and service, keeping the concentration permanently in order to carry out a driving based on the anticipation.

CR1.3 Engine revolutions are maintained on a regular basis in the economic zone of work, making timely changes; maintaining uniform and optimal average speeds.

CR1.4 Vehicle indicators are frequently observed during the journey, in order to control their operation and detect or correct possible dysfunctions.

CR1.5 The driving is adapted at all times to the standards, signs and other conditions governing the circulation, and the driving and rest times are carried out in accordance with the regulations in force.

CR1.6 Communication with the company is maintained on a regular basis, obtaining and providing detailed and up-to-date information on the state and development of the transport service, in accordance with the defined systems and procedures.

CR1.7 Approach maneuvers are performed taking into account the obstacles and characteristics of the area.

CR1.8 The transport plan, in normal circumstances, is met with punctuality and rigor, following the itineraries and horarioscarrying out the stops and controls according to the nature of the goods transported, (perishable, dangerous and animal among others) as established in the service sheet.

RP2: To process the documentation, in the field of its competence, corresponding to the transit of customs, following the procedures defined according to the type of operation and regulations in force.

CR2.1 The operations and formalities, in the field of their competence, to carry out the traffic control of the customs are carried out according to the established procedures.

CR2 .2. The necessary documentation is presented and completed, checking its processing.

CR2.3 The relevant procedures, in case of incidents, are carried out according to the usual procedures and/or putting them as soon as possible in the knowledge of the responsible company or authorities.

RP3: Act in the event of accidents or accidents in accordance with safety regulations and procedures to avoid risk factors and, where appropriate, apply first aid measures.

CR3.1 The appropriate procedures for the type and characteristics of emergency situations are put into practice quickly and calmly.

CR3.2 The vehicle is immobilized in safe place in order not to hinder the safety of the traffic at the place of the accident.

CR3.3 The accident or casualty is communicated in a clear and detailed manner to the competent and/or responsible authorities of the company or, where appropriate, to third parties.

CR3.4 In case of an accident, it remains or is returned to the place of the same if necessary, until the arrival of the agents or authorities, providing the necessary collaboration.

CR3.5 Basic first aid measures apply, if necessary, to those who are injured or sick.

CR3.6 Timely documentation relating to the accident or accident is completed, where appropriate, in accordance with the established notification processes and within the time limits set by the regulations.

Professional Context

Production media

Vehicles, auxiliary equipment. Tools equipment. Polimeters. Driver card, diagram discs. Vehicle and equipment documentation. Driver documentation. First aid kit.

Products and results

Safe, economical and effective driving. Completed documentation.

Information used or generated

Diagram disks. Road maps. Parts of accident. Service sheets. Transport documentation. Guided handling systems. Contingency plan for the transport of animals.

Competition Unit 3

Naming: PLANNING FOR TRANSPORT SERVICES AND ENGAGING WITH CLIENTS

Level: 2

Code: UC1463_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria

RP1: Plan the services by obtaining and interpreting all the necessary information and documents, in order to develop them in an efficient way and respecting the current regulations.

CR1.1 The information and documentation on the planned transport service program is accurately and accurately collected and interpreted, as well as the timely instructions transmitted by the company.

CR1.2 The transport plan, itineraries, routes, stages, is planned to guarantee an optimization of the times and the compliance of the current regulations.

CR1.3 The sources of internal or external information are consulted, if appropriate, in order to know and assess the road network in the area of action, road typologies, tracing and circulation intensities.

CR1.4 The required documents, depending on the type and mode of transport, meet, prepare, and in their case verify, accurately completing, if appropriate, the regulations established.

CR1.5 The driver card or, if applicable, the tachograph discs are used and retained in accordance with established regulations and procedures.

RP2: Prepare and check the technical and administrative documentation required to perform transport operations safely and effectively.

CR2.1 The driver's mandatory documentation and the vehicle's technical and administrative documentation is proven to be in effect before the vehicle is started.

CR2.2 The type and mode of transport insurance is checked to cover the implied risks in the transport of the same and is in force.

CR2.3 The transport card is checked to cover the scope of action and is of the type and mode of transport to be performed.

CR2.4 The necessary documents in case of vehicle incidents or accidents are proven to be those established and are prepared.

CR2.5 The documentation necessary to perform the customs transit is checked that it is in rule and, if not, it proceeds to its preparation.

CR2.6 The route book is completed according to the current regulations before starting the service.

RP3: Apply the regulations regarding the rights and duties of the carriers, related to aspects of the marketing of the transport in the economic and social field of the same.

CR3.1 The principles derived from EU rules for the carriage of goods by road are applied in all cases.

CR3.2 Service planning is performed taking into account the maximum duration of the specific working day and the driving and rest times.

CR3.3 The transport pricing classes and systems are applied and, where appropriate, the reductions in place are practised.

CR3.4 The nature of the activities of the transport services is in all cases appropriate to the available titles and authorizations.

CR3.5 Contract models are completed with the required accuracy and accuracy, relating to the obligations that each of them implies.

CR3.6 The regulatory regime for travel and travel expenses is met in all cases.

CR3.7 The functions performed by the transport auxiliaries are checked to be adjusted at all times to the instructions received.

RP4: Create, maintain and develop good business relationships with customers, applying appropriate communication and treatment techniques, in order to give a satisfactory picture of the company.

CR4.1 The good image of the brand and the company is transmitted by taking care of the personal aspect and maintaining due consideration at all times.

CR4.2 The vehicle is kept in perfect cleaning and order status, immediately correcting any anomalies that may occur.

CR4.3 The requested demands and clarifications are received with attention, giving them a clear, concise and educated response.

CR4.4 Possible complaints are addressed, assessing their characteristics and importance, in order to proceed with their resolution, if it is their responsibility, or to communicate promptly and diligently to those responsible for the company.

CR4.5 Information about the company's activities or services is provided in a clear and concise manner.

Professional Context

Production media

Driver card, diagram disks. Vehicle and equipment documentation. Driver documentation. Transport documentation.

Products and results

Scheduled Services. Completed documentation. Clients served.

Information used or generated

Service Sheets. Work orders. Control documentation (delivery notes, delivery notes, invoices, among others). Parts of incidents. Transport contracts. Transport insurance.

Competition Unit 4

Naming: PERFORM CARE AND INFORMATION ACTIVITIES FOR BUS OR COACH TRAVELERS

Level: 2

Code: UC1464_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP1: Control the entry and exit of passengers, making the issue and/or control of tickets, as well as the supervision of the loading and unloading of luggage, according to established procedures and complying with the current regulations to ensure the performance and control of the services.

CR1.1 The entry and exit of the passengers is facilitated by approaching the bus or coach as much as possible to the right edge of the road or darsena, gently making the stops and the start of the vehicle, avoiding sudden movements.

CR1.2 The opening and subsequent closing of the doors is performed by checking that they are free of obstacles and that the entry and exit of the passengers is effected by the place established to the effect.

CR1.3 The control and validation of the transport titles is carried out precisely and quickly, proceeding where appropriate, to the resolution of possible errors or problems, in accordance with the procedures established by the company.

CR1.4 The transport titles are issued according to the destinations expressed by the travellers, proceeding to their collection by applying the exact same rates and observing the fulfillment of the number of authorized places.

CR1.5 The status of the luggage is controlled, clearly and kindly informing the traveler of the anomalies observed in the luggage.

CR1.6 The baggage loading process is controlled to be performed in a balanced and orderly manner, respecting the safety instructions and the good use of the vehicle.

CR1.7 The amount of cash funds is withdrawn and checked, proceeding to its orderly placement at the site established for the purpose.

CR1.8 The funds raised are settled and delivered, adjusting to the procedures defined by the company, performing the calculations, detecting, analyzing and communicating the possible differences.

CR1.9 The control and registration administrative documents established in accordance with the procedures defined in the company are completed legibly, and delivered in a timely manner.

RP2: Understand and inform travelers, in the field of their competencies, by applying appropriate attention/communication techniques, in order to contribute to their safety, comfort, satisfaction and the proper functioning of the service.

CR2.1 The reception and treatment with the travellers are carried out with kindness, respect and correction at all times during the service, taking care of the aspect and personal conduct in accordance with the rules and procedures defined.

CR2.2 Useful and interesting information is provided to travellers in a clear and concise way, depending on the type of route and service, through the appropriate means of communication.

CR2.3 Travelers are controlled to avoid non-compliance with existing safety standards and safety measures and possible material damage to the vehicle.

CR2.4 In the necessary cases, precise resolution measures are taken with the appropriate correction and in accordance with the procedures established by the company.

CR2.5 The volume of the audiovisual equipment is graduated ensuring the maximum comfort of the passengers in the transport service.

CR2.6 The temperature of the air conditioning equipment as well as the interior lighting systems are connected and adjusted, ensuring the maximum comfort of the travelers.

RP3: Collect, and depending on your competence, resolve and/or channel complaints or complaints from travelers, according to the criteria and procedures established to ensure the quality of the service provided by the company.

CR3.1 The complaints, incidents or suggestions of the travellers are listened to carefully and in positive attitude, carrying out the pertinent questions in order to complete and/or to score the information provided by the same.

CR3.2 The nature of the claim is accurately identified, proceeding to its resolution or, where appropriate, informing the traveler in a clear and concrete manner of the alternatives and the process to be followed.

CR3.3 The book or claim sheets are delivered to travelers when they are in demand.

CR3.4 The claim or suggestion is collected and channeled, and if appropriate, the appropriate measures are taken in order to improve the service.

CR3.5 The incidents produced are transmitted promptly and in detail to the company.

Professional Context

Production media

Products and results

Completed Documentation. Travellers transported, observed and cared for. Tickets issued. Funds raised and delivered. Baggage loaded, unloaded and checked. Complaints and complaints dealt with.

Information used or generated

Work Orders. Parts of incidents. Book and claims sheets. Parts of accidents. Service sheets.

III. TRAINING OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM

FORMATIVE MODULE 1

denomination: FIRST LEVEL MAINTENANCE OF ROAD TRANSPORT VEHICLES

Code: MF1461_2

Professional qualification level: 2

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC1461_2 Prepare and perform first level maintenance of urban and inter-city road transport vehicles

Duration: 60 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Identify the components of the internal combustion engines, describing the formation and operation of the different assemblies of the same and their auxiliary systems.

CE1. 1 Identify the different parts and mechanisms of the vehicle, explaining in a basic way its mission and operation.

CE1.2 Identify existing engine classes, describing the fixed and mobile parts of the four-stroke engine with the required accuracy.

CE1.Describe the operation and characteristics of diesel, atmospheric and turbocharged thermal engines.

CE1. 4 Describe the mode of operation of the distribution, precisely differentiating the characteristics and functions of each of the mechanisms from which it consists.

CE1.5Differential the types of oils used for lubrication/lubrication of the engine indicating the main characteristics and utilities of the same.

CE1.6Explain the different components of the engine lubrication/grease systems and describe the main control instruments, explaining their mission and operation.

CE1. 7Explain the different components of the engine cooling systems, and describe the main control instruments, explaining their mission and operation.

CE1. 8 Describe the operation of the power and exhaust systems, pointing out the characteristics and functions of each of the elements that compose them.

CE1.9 To indicate the emissions caused by the means of transport and their impact on the environment, pointing to the regulations on the prevention of specific environmental risks, including the relative to the recovery of fluorinated greenhouse gases associated with the air conditioning systems installed in motor vehicles, as well as to the replacement, elimination, substitution of liquids (oil, brakes, among others) or other residues that could be polluting.

CE1.10 List the periodic maintenance operations to be performed on the engine accurately indicating the processes and time intervals for their performance.

C2: Analyze the power transmission systems and run-in trains to explain their mission, characteristics and operation with the required accuracy.

CE2. 1 Point out precisely the mission, characteristics and operation of the mechanisms and elements of the transmission.

CE2. 2 Characterize the different elements of the suspension and differentiate the existing systems, explaining the mission and the operation of the same.

CE2. 3 Describe the constitution, operation and qualities of steering systems in motor vehicles, with the required accuracy.

CE2.4 Determine the operating status of the steering and suspension systems through the analysis of the state of the tires.

CE2. 5 Describe the constitution, mission and operation of the brake systems used in the vehicles, with the required precision.

CE2.6 Describe basically the different components of the wheels and tires by differentiating the existing modes and their main uses.

CE2. 7 List the periodic maintenance operations to be carried out on the systems of force transmission and service accumulation trains, indicating the processes and time intervals for their performance.

C3: Perform small electrical installation basic maintenance operations according to established procedures.

CE3. 1 Identify and describe the main quantities and units of electrical measurement.

CE3.2 Identify the basic elements of the vehicle load and boot systems with the required accuracy.

CE3. 3 Identify the basic elements of the vehicle's auxiliary electrical systems unambiguously.

CE3. 4 In practical cases, duly characterised, the removal and assembly of the following vehicle elements shall be carried out:

-Faros and conventional pilots.

-Lamparous and fuses.

-Bocins and wipers.

-Conventional switches and switches.

-Wipers.

-Check system functional reset after repair.

-Perform basic maintenance of the facilities and media used in maintenance operations upon completion.

-Perform all maintenance operations in compliance with safety, personal health and environmental protection standards.

C4: Apply the vehicle's basic maintenance plan, and locate and diagnose simple mechanical breakdowns following established procedures.

CE4.1 Verify the operational status of the vehicle by carefully and carefully performing the appropriate controls.

CE4.2 Perform the basic preventive maintenance operations of the vehicle according to the guidelines or plan established in a responsible manner.

CE4.3 Describe the main breakdowns of the different parts or mechanisms of the vehicle in a basic way.

CE4.4 Apply different basic procedures to detect and diagnose vehicle breakdowns, following established procedures.

CE4.5 Establish the procedures for action and/or resolution before a specific vehicle breakdown accurately.

CE4.6 Meet the documents set for maintenance control in a readable form.

CE4.7 Perform basic maintenance of the facilities and media used in maintenance operations upon completion.

CE4.8 Perform all maintenance operations in compliance with safety, personal health and environmental protection standards.

Contents

1. Operation and basic maintenance of the elements that make up the engine system.

-The engine

* Engine types: internal combustion, Electrical, Rotative.

* Static components of the combustion engine: Balancing layer, cylinder head, motor block and crankcase.

* Mobile elements of the engine: Piston, rod, crankshaft, flywheel and distribution mechanism.

* Basic engine operation. Cycle of operation.

* Cylinder of an engine.

* Compression ratio.

* Number and disposition of cylinders.

* Power and torque of an engine. Torque curves.

* Fuel-specific consumption

* The Diesel engine. Operation and characteristics.

* Diesel engine work cycle.

-Distribution System

* Purpose of the distribution system.

* Description of system elements: Drive mechanism, camshaft, valves, springs or springs, taques and balancnes

* Operation of the distribution system.

* Calado and Irrigation

-Power System

* Power system mission.

* Fuel power circuit components: Deposit, pumps, and fuel filters.

* The injection pump. Mechanical and electronic injection system.

* Types of injection. Injector classes.

* Air power circuit: Overpower, fundamentals. The compressor and the turbocharger. Intercooler.

* Air filters.

* Basic maintenance of the power system.

-Escape circuit

* Escape circuit components: Collectors, silent, and catalyst.

* System operation.

-Lubrication System

* The object of the lubrication system.

* Elements that make up the lubrication system: Carter, filters, pump.

* System control: Pressure pressure gauge and level control.

* Operation of the oiling system.

* Oils and lubricants. Types and characteristics.

* Basic maintenance of the lubrication system.

-Cooling Circuit

* Finality of the cooling system.

* Cooling system types.

* Water cooling. Elements that constitute it: Pump of water, radiator and fan, glass of expansion.

* Engine temperature regulation: The thermostat.

* System control instrument: Thermometer, emergency signalling light.

* Operation of the cooling system.

* Refrigerant and antifreeze liquids. Types and characteristics.

* Basic maintenance of the cooling system.

2. Operation and basic maintenance of the mechanical motion transmission system.

-Transmission of the movement of the motor to the wheels.

-The clutch.

* Function and structures of the mechanical clutch.

* Set of clutch pressure.

* Clutch disk.

* Clutch acctioning.

* The clutch control system.

* Electrical and hydraulic clutches.

* Embrague automatic with electronic control.

-The gearbox.

* Function and structure of the gearbox.

* Gear trains.

* Transmission relations of the rate change.

* Synchronizers.

* Speed Command System. Characteristics of the exchange boxes.

-Auto change box.

* Automatic transmissions.

* Automatic step change.

* Automatic change by continuous variator.

* Automatic change of conventional gears.

-Transmission of the torque to the wheels.

* Transmission trees.

* Rear bridge.

* Different.

* Total Propulsion.

* Electronic control of total propulsion systems.

* Paliers.

-Basic maintenance of the transmission system.

3. Operation and basic maintenance of the components of the taxiing system

-The suspension

* Function and types of suspensions: mechanical, pneumatic, hydraulic and oleoneumatic.

* Elements of the suspension: Damping, crossbows, stabilizers, springs or springs, torsion bars.

* Pneumatic suspension. Operation and characteristics.

* The pneumatic bellows.

-The Address

* Essentials of the steering system.

* Composition and operation: Volante, steering column and gears.

* Geometry of the address.

* Address drops: Forward, output, drop, and convergence/divergence.

* The assisted address. Principle of operation.

-The Frenes.

* Function and structure of the brake system.

* Dynamics of braking. Drum brakes. Disc brakes. Parking brake.

* Features of the oleoneumatic braking circuit.

* pneumatic circuit of brakes, control and assistance. Pneumatic brake control system. Brake pump. Brake assist devices.

* Electronic control of the brakes. Brake systems with anti-lock device. Components of ABS systems. Traction control and stability combined with the ABS. Auxiliary devices of the ABS/ASR/ESP systems.

* The slowing down. Types: Electromagnetic Brake, Brake engine, retarder and intarder.

* Basic maintenance of the brake system.

-Wheels and Tyres

* Mission and function of wheels and tires.

* Elements that make up the wheel: Full and covered.

* Full. Characteristics and dimensions.

* Tyres. Composition, dimensions, drawing and nomenclature.

* Mounting/disassembly of wheels.

* Inflation pressure and its importance.

* Length and care of tires.

* Control of irregular wear associated with steering and suspension systems.

* Basic maintenance.

4. Operation and maintenance of the automotive electrical systems

-Basic electricity supplies and their application in the automotive industry

-Electrical magnitudes: Electrical current intensity, electrical voltage, and resistance

-Measurement Equipment: The Polymeter

-Continuous stream concept

-Electrical current generators: The alternator

-Stream Acumulators

-Battery, principle of operation. Electrical characteristics of the batteries. Battery coupling. Battery charging. Method of loading. Battery charger. Security rules

-Boot circuits. Boot Engine

-Control and signalling elements of the dashboard

-The lighting system:

* Lighting lights: position, junction, road and fog.

* Maneuver lights: intermitences, emergency, brake and reverse.

* Indoor lights: frame and interior lighting.

-Auxiliary electrical systems

-Fuel level indicator: components and operation.

-Wipers: components and their operation.

-Claxon: types, components, and operation.

-Lamparous and fuses lamp types: Conventional, halogen, pilots and

lighting

-ventilation and heating system. Vehicle air conditioning system and programming

-Basic electrical system maintenance

5. Basic mechanical maintenance operations

-Technical manual of the vehicle.

-Vehicle Maintenance Book: Review and periodic controls.

-Antipollution elements. Emissions produced and methods of purification.

-General security rules. Specific rules in car workshops.

-Regulatory of workshops.

-Environmental protection. Regulation on the recovery of fluorinated greenhouse gases. Waste.

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Module

Number of total hours of the module	Number of maximum hours susceptible distance
Formative module-MF1461_2	60	30

Access criteria for students

They will be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree that regulates the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this annex accompanies.

FORMATIVE MODULE 2

Naming: RATIONAL DRIVING AND OPERATIONS RELATED TO TRANSPORT SERVICES.

Code: MF1462_2

Professional qualification level: 2

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC1462_2: Perform vehicle driving and other operations related to transportation services.

Duration: 130 hours

FORMATIVE UNIT 1

Denomination: DRIVING AND CIRCULATING URBAN AND INTERURBAN TRANSPORT VEHICLES BY PUBLIC ROADS

Code: UF0471

Duration: 70 hours

Competition reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Relate the characteristics of the kinematic chain, the techniques and the operation of the safety devices to optimize fuel consumption, control the vehicle, minimize its wear and prevent malfunction.

CE1.1 Analyze the torque curves, power, specific consumption and the optimal use zone of the engine revolutions, explaining its influence on fuel consumption.

CE1.2 Interpret the cover diagram of the change box relationships, explaining their influence on engine performance and fuel consumption.

CE1.3 Select the best combination between speed, transmission ratio and vehicle inertia, interpreting the technical documentation to reduce fuel consumption and collaborate on braking actions.

CE1.4 Analyze the main brake systems, defining their main characteristics and use cases.

CE1.5 Explain cases of combined use of different brake systems, pointing out the main advantages of combined use.

CE1.6 List the actions to be performed in case of brake system failures, in order of priority, to stop the vehicle in the shortest possible distance and in safety conditions.

C2: Interpret the rules and signals that regulate the circulation as established by the current regulations and explain the rules of application to both the transport of passengers and the different types of goods (perishable, dangerous and animals among others).

CE2.1 Classify and interpret the circulation signals, identifying the order of priority between signals.

CE2.2 Define the characteristics of the different classes and use the public roads suitable for circulation with the required precision.

CE2.3 Identify the road markings on the road, each relating to its function.

CE2.4 Explain the laws and regulations in force regarding plates, signals and flags in vehicles, indicating the use cases of each one.

CE2.5 Describe the general rules and the classification of lighting and optical signalling systems explaining the use of each of them.

CE2.6 Define the requirements that drivers have to meet to circulate through public roads, classifying them according to their nature.

CE2.7 Identify the documents required by vehicles to circulate on public roads, explaining the function that one of them meets.

CE2.8 Explain the current rules of application to the transport of passengers and the different types of goods (perishable, dangerous and animals among others).

C3: Driving vehicles, circulating safely, respecting the rules, signs and legislation in force in the field of traffic and complying with the rules of application both for the transport of passengers and for the different types of goods (perishable, dangerous and animal, among others).

CE3.1 Indicate the possible longitudinal and lateral movements of the vehicle caused by an inadequate conduction in the different situations, relating them to the causes that cause them and the measures to adopt to attenuate them or prevent their appearance, associating them with their influence in the state of the load and in the comfort of the travelers.

CE3.2 Explain the rules to be observed in the shared use of the road, the use of specific routes and placement in the road, relating them to the safety of the road.

CE3.3 Explain the work of the cantilever and its influence on the actions of entry and franking, and in its case of arrest at intersections, squares and level steps to ensure the safety of the circulation.

CE3.4 Indicate the factors to be taken into account in the preparation and development of a trip, executing the same according to the rules of the good professional.

CE3.5 In a practical case of driving transport vehicles:

-Use vehicle controls, mechanisms and devices during the movement in an appropriate manner and in accordance with the conditions of the movement.

-Start the march and make sure that it can be done safely for other users, making the incorporation into the circulation safely.

-To carry out with sufficient advance manoeuvres involving lateral displacements, overtaking, changes of direction, changes of direction of the march, reversing, stopping, stopping and parking in a safe way and warning previously.

CE3.6 In a practical scenario, the plan of transport has been developed for certain itineraries and schedules, the stops and controls according to the nature of the goods transported: perishable, dangerous and animal, among others.

C4: Specify the variable factors that influence the safety of the driving, relating them to the systems incorporated in the vehicles to improve it, explaining the function of each one of them.

CE4.1 Define the behavior of the drivers in relation to the other users of the public roads, according to the rules of the good professional.

CE4.2 Identify elements and devices that influence good visibility, explaining their best operating conditions.

CE4.3 List the risks involved in night driving, explaining the special precautions to be taken.

CE4.4 Explain the risks of driving in curve, in adverse weather conditions and the behavior of the vehicle, defining the corrective measures to be taken by the driver.

CE4.5 Explain the factors that influence the adherence of the tires of the vehicles, describing the factors that influence the same in a favorable way.

CE4.6 Indicating systems that increase preventive, active and passive safety in vehicles that circulate on public roads, describing the mission of each of them.

Contents

1. Base and characteristics of the vehicle's kinematic chain

-Vehicle knowledge

-Vehicle technical documentation

-Power and specific consumption of an engine in relation to torque curve and revolutions

-Optimal use zone of the storytellers

-Optimizing fuel consumption

2. Gear dynamics in a vehicle

-Dynamic running of rigid, articulated vehicles and road trains

-Influence factors

* Resistance to rolling

* Aerodynamic resistance

* Pending Resistance

-Vehicle inertia and its importance in fuel economy

3. Handling of gear changes, brakes and idling

-Using the change of gears and their influence on consumption

-Speed change box relationship coverage diagrams

-Selecting the best running combination between speed and transmission ratio

-Use of speed box relationships based on vehicle load and road profile

-Combined brake and idle utilization

-Technical characteristics of braking systems

-Limits on brake and idle use

-Use of slowing and braking media on the down

-Actions to be taken in case of failure

4. Interpretation and application of traffic rules and signs

-Public Vies. Definition and classification

-Use of public roads.

-Circulation signs. Concept. Fundamentals and purpose

-Classification of the tokens

* Agents

* Circumstantial

* Luminous

* Verticals

* Marches

-Priority between tokens

-Signs in the vehicles. Object, meaning, and classes

-Application legislation and regulations regarding your signage

-Lighting and optical signalling. Object, meaning, and classes

-Disposition and use of lighting and optical signalling

-Driver documentation

* Driving permission

* Specific authorizations

* The Professional Aptitude Certificate (CAP)

-Documents for the circulation of vehicles ` through public roads

* Circulation permission

* Technical inspection card. Compulsory insurance

* Specific authorizations

-Documents relating to the load or passage

5. Description and influence of the forces applied in the movement of a vehicle.

-Forces that apply to moving vehicles and their influence on travelers and on the load

-Passage security and comfort

-Calibration of longitudinal and lateral movements

-Braking smoothness

-Vehicle stability

-On-the-fly behaviour of tankers and tank containers

6. Driving and driving through urban and interurban public roads

-Driving engine and equipment on track

-Dashboard. Description

-Vehicle Mands, Mechanisms, and Devices

-Observation: Position, speed and distance

-Maniworks

* Start-up

* Side offset

* Apaprons

* Address Changes

* Change of direction

* Stop

* Parking in general

* March Back

-cantilever work

-Road Sharing

-Placement on the driveway

-Using specific infrastructures (public spaces, reserved paths).

-Preventive security systems

* Active and passive security.

* Factors that influence driving

7. Preparing the transport plan

-Planning for the route and the activity

* Reading maps

* Browsers

* Itinerary, schedules, and calendar

* Parades, parking areas

* Vehicle Custody and Load

-Restrictions on circulation

FORMATIVE UNIT 2

Naming: TRANSPORT SERVICE OPERATIONAL AND SECURITY

Code: UF0472

Duration: 60hours

Competition reference: This training unit corresponds to RP2, RP3

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Relate the necessary documentation and required the procedures for the transit of international transport operations.

CE1.1 To explain basically the general framework of international road transport.

CE1.2 Describe the main characteristics of the international transport contract and the responsibilities and rights of the parties.

CE1.3 Indicate the necessary documentation for the international carriage of goods and passengers.

CE1.4 Point out the traffic characteristics and procedures and identify the checks to be carried out in a TIR operation, Community transit.

CE1.5 Relate the necessary documentation for the customs passage, complying with the current regulations.

C2: Assess emergency situations, determining in form and time the appropriate actions according to the different risk factors observed and the nature of the situation.

CE2.1 To comply with the friendly declaration of accident, explaining the procedures to be carried out later with the same.

CE2.2 Describe the behavior to be adopted in emergency situations after conducting a thorough evaluation among all possible, acting accordingly and advising relief services through the established pipeline.

CE2.3 Explain the measures to be taken in the prevention of the aggravation of accidents, leaving the vehicle in place safe and, if necessary, signalling it according to the current regulations.

CE2.4 Describe the evacuation systems of the occupants of the truck/passengers of the coach, ensuring the safety of the same.

CE2.5 Explain the relief measures to the injured in the application of the first socorros ensuring that they do not contribute to the aggravation of the injuries.

CE2.6 List possible reactions in case of aggression in a way that contributes to make the situation even worse.

CE2.7 Explain the measures to be taken in the event of fire, ensuring that road safety is not altered and neither property nor persons are endangered.

C3: Identify road risks, incidents and accidents at work, and occupational diseases, explaining the consequences of these risks in their economic and human dimensions.

CE3.1 List the main factors involved in road accidents, assessing the importance and frequency of each of them.

CE3.2 Explain the typology of accidents at work in the road transport sector, interpreting different statistics of accidents involving heavy vehicles or coaches.

CE3.3 List the material, economic and human consequences of road accidents, explaining with the required accuracy their influence in the different areas.

CE3.4 Explain the prevention measures of crime and trafficking of illegal immigrants, describing the implications for drivers, the lists of checks, and the applicable legislation.

CE3.5 Describe the main physical risks to which heavy vehicle/coach drivers are subjected, explaining the main occupational diseases.

CE3.6 Explain the importance of good physical and mental fitness in the exercise of driving vehicles, relating the main factors that alter them.

CE3.7 Explain the influence of stress and fatigue in driving vehicles by relating both factors to the main causes of road accidents.

CE3.8 Describe the effects of alcohol consumption and other drugs on the physical state of the driver explaining their influence on driving vehicles.

Contents

1. Regulations on road transport

-Land transport law and regulation

-Road transport and ancillary and complementary activities

-Regular passenger transport.

-Discretionary transport and different specific types of freight and passenger transport

-General provisions applicable to the transport of dangerous goods

-Transport control and inspection

-Sanctioning Regime

2. Operational of international transport

-International transport regulatory framework

-Community transport and third countries

-International transport services

-Bilateral and multilateral agreements and agreements

-Transport operator: Transitories

-Travel Agencies: Tourist and Discretionary Transports

-International Transport Authorizations

-The transport contract. Responsibilities and rights of the parties

-Customs Transit

* Community Transit

* TIR Regime

* Border Pass

-International Transport Documents

* Transport Letter (CMR)

* Roadmap

* TIR Notebook

* Unified customs documents

3. Methods of action in case of emergency

-Behavior in emergency situations

-Take Action in Case of Traffic Accident

-Intervention, awareness and road education

-Traffic rules and road safety

-Assessment of emergency situations

-Preventing the aggravation of accidents

-Warning to relief, agent and crowded services

-Aid to the injured and the application of the first socorros

-Reaction in case of fire. Adopt measures

-Firefighting

-Evacuation of passengers/occupants of the vehicle

-Ensure the safety of passengers/occupants

-Reactions in case of aggression

-Basic principles of friendly accident declaration

-The Accident Friendly Part

4. Road risks and accidents at work

-Tipologia of accidents at work in the transport sector

-The importance of compliance with Road Traffic and Safety standards

-Traffic accidents, the extent of the problem

-Traffic Accidents Statistics

-Implication of heavy vehicles

-Dynamics of an impact and human, material and economic consequences of the accident

-Risk groups

-Risk Factors

-Major types of risks

-Preventive driving

-Driving in adverse conditions

-Pollution and accidents:

* Environment and pollution

* Waste: Transfer and control

5. Physical risks and physical and mental fitness

-Ergonomic principles

* Movements and Risk Positions

* Physical condition

* Manipulation exercises and individual protections

-Driving, a decision-making task

-Attitudes and basic capabilities for safe driving

-Driver Physical Status

-Principles of healthy and balanced eating

-Effects of alcohol, medications, or any other substance that may change behavior

-Drugs or any substance that may change behavior

-Symptoms, causes, and effects of fatigue and stress

-Core role of the activity/rest cycle

6. Crime and trafficking of illegal immigrants

-General information

-Implication for drivers

-Prevention measures

-List of checks

-Legislation on the liability of carriers

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Units

Total duration in hours of the training units	Maximum number of susceptible hours distance
Formative unit 1-UF0471	70	30
	60	40

Sequence:

The training units for this module can be programmed independently

Access criteria for students

They will be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree that regulates the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this annex accompanies.

For access to training unit 1, the student must be in possession of one of the driving licences corresponding to the typology of the vehicles from which they are laid down in the requirements necessary for the professional exercise.

FORMATIVE MODULE 3

Naming: PLANNING FOR TRANSPORT AND CLIENT RELATIONSHIPS

Code: MF1463_ 2

Professional qualification level: 2

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC1463_2 Schedule transport services and relate to clients.

Duration: 50 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Define the economic environment of road transport and the organization of the market, as well as its influence in the economic and social field.

CE1.1 Identify the most relevant characteristics of the economic environment and the market that make up the professional area of road transport, explaining the interrelationship between them.

CE1.2 Explain the advantages and disadvantages of road transport to other systems, choosing the ideal one in different practical scenarios.

CE1.3 Identify the different types of road transport activities, self-employed or others, and auxiliary operations, explaining the main characteristics of each of them.

CE1.4 Describe the organization of the main types and specializations of transport companies (cisterns, controlled temperature, regular services, discretionary services, among others), explaining the functions of their basic departments and the relations between them.

CE1. 5 Explain the evolution of the sector (subcontracting, road-rail, among others), indicating the diversification of the benefits offered.

C2: Define the social environment of road transport, explaining its general regulation and the specific rules for the transport of goods and passengers.

CE2.1Indicate the maximum duration of the specific working day of the transport sector, pointing out the driving and rest times.

CE2.2 To explain the principles, the application and the consequences arising from the road transport of the current regulations dictated by the EU.

CE2. 3 Explain the use of the tachograph, indicating the penalties in case of non-use, inuse or inappropriate handling of the tachograph.

CE2.4 Interpreting the rights and obligations of the driver in terms of initial qualification and continuing training, explaining their influence on the good professional practice.

CE2.5 Describe the titles that they enable for the exercise of the transport, the authorizations of international transport, and the documents of passage of borders, transits or other special ones.

CE2. 6 Point out the nature and main characteristics of the transport contract, relate the contract models to the obligations involved in each contract and complete them with the required accuracy and accuracy.

CE2. 7 Determine on a given transport contract the rights and obligations of each of the parties involved in the contract.

CE2. 8 Explain the regulatory regime for stay and travel expenses by linking them to the means of payment.

C3: Describe and explain the procedures arising from the application of the current rules contained in the basic legal framework for road transport, linking the most common infringements with the penalties laid down in the legislation.

CE3. 1 Indicate the general characteristics of modal and intermodal transport, each explaining the accuracy required.

CE3.2 Point out the nature, purpose and modalities of the different types of insurance applicable to road transport, indicating the rights and obligations of the parties.

CE3. 3 Explain the procedures established in case of accidents or accidents, identifying the required documentation.

CE3.4 Indicate the different documents required for the transport by defining the specific application documentation in each case.

CE3. 5 Describe the administrative and control procedures and procedures applicable to the different documents.

CE3. 6 Conveniently classify different types of infringements, pointing out the tariffs corresponding to the penalties laid down by the regulations in force.

C4: Explain the importance of adopting positive attitudes during the development of work, maintaining behaviors that contribute to valuing the brand image of the company.

CE4.1 Describe the importance for the company of the quality of the delivery of the driver, assessing the influence of the different factors.

CE4. 2 List the different roles of the driver in the performance of their work, valuing the importance of each one of them.

CE4. 3 List the different possible partners of the driver, explaining different communication techniques and relation to them.

CE4.4 Explain different methods of organization and planning of work, following the rules of good professional practice.

CE4. 5 Describe the consequences of litigation in the commercial and financial fields and their influence on the operation of the company.

CE4.6 Relate and describe the performance parameters during the service to help optimize the image of the company.

C5: Apply customer support techniques in the commercial relationships of road transport and resolution of complaints and incidents.

CE5. 1 Describe the transport pricing classes and systems, applying the applicable tariffs and reductions in practical scenarios.

CE5. 2 Explain the main functions of road transport auxiliaries.

CE5. 3 Explain the basic procedures and techniques of customer support and claim collection.

CE5. 4 In a practical case of attention or management of a claim or incident:

-Listen carefully to the customer's complaint or incident, adopting a positive attitude.

-accurately define the nature and context of the incident.

-Rate the origin or the origin of the same.

-Rigorously delimit personal capacity for resolution.

-Communicate the client in intelligible form and precise alternatives and procedures for its resolution.

-Provide the book or claim sheets, if any.

-Transmit in a concise and concrete way the impact to the company.

Contents

1. Economic environment of road transport and the organisation of the market

-The transport sector in relation to other economic sectors. General feature: The environment and the market

-Transport Importance

-Transport modes: Multimodal transport, multi-mode transport operations

-Road transport to other modes of transport. Vents and drawbacks

-Core products and services

-Different activities of road transport (transport by hire, self-employed and ancillary transport activities)

-Exploitation forms:

* Business Associationism

* Small family businesses

* Small and medium-sized enterprises with employees

* Large companies

-Organization of the main types of transport companies and auxiliary transport activities. Departmental functions and interdepartmental relationships

-Goods and passenger transport specializations as: Service; nature of cargo

-Industry developments: Diversification of capabilities, subcontracting, multimodality

2. Social and legal environment for road transport and its regulation

-The tachograph: Driving and rest times

-Working time: Collective agreements, workers ' status, working time of workers engaged in mobile road transport activities

-The professional qualification of the driver: Initial and continuous training. Regulatory regulations

-Transport authorizations.

-The transport contract

* Features

* Types of contracts. Obligations of the parties

* Parts Responsibilities

* Fulfillment of the contract

-Transport insurance: Classification; obligations and duties of the parties. Civil liability

-Documentary and administrative processes in accidents or accidents

-Accompanying documents to the transport service

-Stay and travel expenses. Payment systems

-Sanctioning Procedure: Violations and Sanctions

3. Brand image of the transport company

-Driver Attitudes and Brand Image

-Importance to the company of the quality of delivery of the driver

-Litigation for breach of service and financial and commercial impacts

-The driver functions in your activity

-Different driver interlocutors within the company

4. Marketing of road transport and customer service

-Transport tarification. Classes

-Functions of transport operators and travel agents

-Complaints or Claims

* Active listening

* Verbal and non-verbal communication

-Customer satisfaction

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Module

Number of total hours of the module	Number of maximum hours susceptible distance
Formative module-MF1463_2	50	40

Access criteria for students

They will be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree that regulates the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this annex accompanies.

FORMATIVE MODULE 4

NAMING: ATTENTION AND INFORMATION TO BUS OR COACH TRAVELERS

Code: MF1464_2

Professional qualification level: 2

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC1464_2 Perform attention and information activities to bus or coach travelers.

Duration: 50 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Explain the main activities of the bus driver or coach concerning the access and abandonment of the passengers of the vehicle, the issue of tickets applying the current rates.

CE1.1 Explain the basic rules to facilitate the access and departure of passengers to the bus or coach in the most comfortable way and in conditions of safety.

CE1.2 Indicate the security measures to be observed before opening and closing the doors.

CE1.3 Describe basically the classes and charging systems of the passenger transport and relate the amount and validation of the tickets with the duration of the trip applying the current rates.

CE1.4 Explain accounting, collection and withdrawal of cash funds by performing calculations with the required accuracy.

CE1.5 Relate the administrative, control and registration documents established in accordance with the defined procedures.

CE1.6 Explain the current regulations and indicate the specific transport of specific groups (children, disabled, among others), relating them to the measures to be taken to ensure their safety.

CE1.7 Indicate the safety equipment on board the coach (seat belts, fire extinguishers, among others), relating them to the cases in which they are applicable.

C2: Plan the loading and unloading operations, optimizing the use of the space available in the vehicle, respecting the safety and occupational health standards and the optimal use of the vehicle.

CE2.1 Explain the forces that apply to moving vehicles by relating them to their influence on the load carried according to their nature.

CE2.2 Explain the use of the relationship of the gearbox according to the weight and volume of the load carried and the profile of the road following the rules of the good professional.

CE2.3 Calculate according to the current legislation, the payload and the volume of a vehicle or set of vehicles, carrying out practical scenarios for the distribution of the load.

CE2.4 Indicate the effects of the overload of a vehicle, relating to the pernicious effects it produces on the mechanical organs.

CE2.5 Relate the center of gravity of the vehicle, the types of packaging and the support of the load with the influence exerted on the stability of the vehicle.

CE2.6 Explain the current regulations regarding the loading of the coach.

CE2.7 Explain the processes and precautions of baggage loading according to their nature and taking into account the order of unloading of the same in relation to the destinations.

C3: Apply interpersonal communication techniques in direct contact situations with clients and explain the basic lines and general characteristics of customer service, using the means available to obtain user satisfaction.

CE3.1 Describe the function and characteristics of the driver in the frame of an appropriate customer service.

CE3.2 Relate the behaviors to be adopted for troubleshooting in communication.

CE3.3 List the attitudes and techniques favoring a fluid and positive oral communication.

CE3.4 Identify the peculiarities of body language, distinguishing precisely the different expressions of the face and body.

CE3.5 In a practical scenario of different communication and direct contact situations with the client, adapt the expression of the face and the body to the characteristics of each case

CE3.6 Explain the general lines of the policy of customer service in the transport companies.

CE3.7 Relate the main systems of collection and transmission of information, as well as of survey of the treatment of the customer, in a basic way.

C4: Apply the different communication and information systems in the transport activity, selecting the most appropriate in each case.

CE4.1 Identify the main common information and communication systems in the passenger transport sector.

CE4.2 Explain the national, European and international protocols for the use of information systems with the required precision.

CE4.3 Describe the main utilities of telematics in the transport sector, carrying out the sending and receiving of information through email with sufficient accuracy and speed.

CE4.4 Fluid and accurately run the following operations on a particular information system:

-System connection/disconnect.

-Selection of menu options.

-Query, validate, and override data.

-Advance pages/query fields.

-Output with requested data.

CE4.5 Develop the following on-board communication system usage and handling operations:

-Search and localization.

-Unit/base communication.

CE4.6 Identify transmission techniques in the use of broadcasters and other media.

CE4.7 In a practical way of transmitting and receiving information, through broadcasters and other means of communication, to use the procedures and operations in each case fluently.

C5: Interpret the techniques of attention and information to the client, describing different typologies of clients, their characteristics and the procedures of conflict resolution.

CE5.1 Describe the guidelines of conduct and positive attitudes in the general process of attention and information to the client.

CE5.2 To differentiate the motivations, needs and expectations of the clients in the transport services.

CE5.3 Distinguished customer typologies, identifying difficult customer characters or difficult situations and behaviors to adopt in front of them.

CE5.4 List the aspects or variables that define customer satisfaction in a transport service.

CE5.5 Identify and relate, in specific cases, the existing regulations regarding claims and resolution of conflicts planted by the clients.

CE5.6 Explain the management of possible conflicts between safe driving and the other functions of the driver, as well as the interaction with the travelers guaranteeing the safety of the circulation.

C6: Apply behavior guidelines and positive attitudes in the overall process of attention, customer information and complaints or complaints collection, with the required accuracy.

CE6.1 Identify the main procedures regarding conflict resolution.

CE6.2 Select the rules applicable to specific cases, identifying whether the claim raised is in line with the regulations.

CE6.3 Complaint claims sheets in specific case scenarios, identifying the structure of the case.

CE6.4 In a case of attention or management of a claim or incident:

-Collect and listen carefully to the customer's complaint or incident, adopting a positive attitude.

-accurately define the nature and context of the incident.

-Rate the provenance or provenance of the claim.

-Rigorously delimit personal capacity for resolution.

-Communicate the client in intelligible form and requires the alternatives and procedures for its resolution.

-Provide the book or claim sheets, if any.

-Transmit in a concise and concrete way the impact to the company.

Contents

1. Operational processes of the activity of passenger transport

-Organization of the job

-Security items for travelers

-Security rules in doors opening and closing

-Accessibility on buses.

-Expedition of tickets or tickets or validation of the same

-The transport of specific groups

-Fulfilling control and logging administrative documents

2. Load/unload management on the vehicle

-Forces applied to a moving vehicle. Influence on the load

-Maximum vehicle dimensions and dimensions

-Calculation of weight and volume of payload in a vehicle and the mechanical consequences

-Severity center. Influence on the behaviour of the vehicle and its stability

-Burden delivery

-Overload

-Packaging and load mooring

-Vehicle technical considerations regarding the load

-Cubication of the load according to its nature and destination.

-Load/unload order

3. Mechanisms and fundamentals of communication in the transport of passengers

-Communication elements

-Communication Processes

-Interpersonal communication and direct contact

-Obstacles in communication

-Attitudes and techniques favoring communication

-Active listening

-Information and communication services

-Information and communication telematics systems

-Search and localization systems

-Browsers. Circulation attendees

4. Customer support in the transportation of travelers

-Client types

-Clients ' motivations, needs and expectations

-Customer Service

-Customer satisfaction

-Fases of correct customer service

-The driver in the service frame

-The conflict and its resolution

-Claims Collection

-The claims sheet. Claim fulfillment

-Heal Claims

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Module

Number of total hours of the module	Number of maximum hours capable of distance
Formative module-MF1464_2	50	40

Access criteria for students

They will be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree that regulates the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this annex accompanies.

NON-WORKING PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE MODULE FOR BUS DRIVING

Code: MP0100

Duration: 80 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Collaborate on the basic preventive maintenance plan, following the instructions in the vehicle's technical manual and the company's written instructions.

CE1.1. Interpret the instructions and maintenance instructions identified by the company and the technical manual of the vehicle.

CE1.2. Execute the preventive maintenance plan by following the instructions in the plan.

C2: Diagnose possible vehicle and auxiliary equipment dysfunctions or anomalies by observing the vehicle's control indicators and mechanical behavior.

CE2.1. To locate the anomalies that have arisen through the observation and the mechanical action of the different systems.

CE2.2. Interpret the reading of the control panel's control lights unequivocally.

CE2.3. Verify that the levels of the liquids that make up the different systems conform to the technical specifications of the vehicle.

CE2.4. Check that the pressures of the different vehicle parts and components are in conformity with the optimum operating values laid down by the manufacturer.

C3: Collaborate in the repair of the vehicle by subsating the mechanical deficiencies detected, respecting at all times the measures of prevention and occupational health, as well as the regulations concerning the compliance with the environmental standards.

CE3.1. Fill in or complete the levels of the different systems until the optimum level of filling is achieved.

CE3.2. Replace the precise mechanical elements in the vehicle, so that we can make good operation.

CE3.3. Record in the maintenance control sheet in detail the operations performed.

CE3.4. Communicate to the company the anomalies detected and not repaired with the utmost diligence and readiness.

CE3.5. Comply with the safety measures required for the activity of the mechanical maintenance of vehicles.

CE3.6. Respect environmental regulations by taking appropriate action with the generation of waste produced.

C4: Participate in the vehicle's driving duties in a safe manner while respecting the rules, signs and legislation in force in the field of traffic and transport

CE4.1. Apply the travel plan by meeting established itineraries, schedules and stops.

CE4.2. Carry out the incorporation of the vehicle into the circulation in a progressive and safe manner.

CE4.3. Use the controls, mechanisms and devices of the vehicle with skill and dexterity during normal progression.

CE4.4. Carry out safe driving by observing and respecting at all times the signs of circulation, especially taking into account the position of the road, speed and distance.

CE4.5. Circular according to the dimensional characteristics of the vehicle, taking into account, its influence on the sweep effect.

CE4.6. Establish appropriate driving to prevent the movement of cargo and the discomfort of passengers in order to increase the safety of transport.

CE4.7. Perform the manoeuvres safely by warning the other users of the route in good time.

C5: Understand and deal with possible complaints or incidents following the procedure established by the company adopting a positive attitude.

CE5.1. Listen carefully to the complaint or incident by defining precisely and clearly the nature and context of the complaint.

CE5.2. Reformulate the complaint or incident in order to ensure the compression of the complaint.

CE5.3. Estimate the origin or origin of the claim by analyzing the basis of the claim.

CE5.4. Promptly resolve the incidents raised in the scope of capacity.

CE5.5. Communicate the alternatives or procedures of your resolution to the client in a clear and concise manner.

CE5.6. Facilitate the book or claim sheet if requested by the client

CE5.7. To process and transfer to the company the incidents that have occurred in the course of the service.

C6: Participate in the company's work processes, following the rules and instructions set out in the work center.

CE6.1 Behave responsibly in both human relationships and in the work to be done.

CE6.2 Respect the procedures and rules of the work center.

CE6.3 Diligently undertake the tasks according to the instructions received, trying to adapt to the work rhythm of the company.

CE6.4 Integrate into the production processes of the work center.

CE6.5 Use the established communication channels.

CE6.6 To respect at all times the measures of risk prevention, occupational health and environmental protection.

Contents

1. Running the preventive maintenance plan

-Interpretation of the vehicle's technical manual

-Interpretation of written instructions or checks flagged by the company

2. Basic diagnosis and maintenance of the vehicle and its equipment

-Performing visual controls

-Witness observation and dashboard indicators

-Measure of pneumatic pressure

-Basic maintenance of mechanical and electrical systems

-Fulfillment of maintenance forms

-Incident notification

-Tracking risk prevention, occupational health and environmental protection regulations

3. Study of the travel plan

-Using the personal calendar

-Reading and interpreting maps

-Selecting the itinerary (alternatives)

-Time and stop compliance

4. Circulation and application of driving techniques

-Selecting the right gear

-Speed regime adequation to the optimal tachometer area

-Speed-adequation to track circulances, traffic, signaling, and environmental conditions

-Attention control panel control systems

-Running maneuvers

-Driving without abrupt

-Trajectory calibration

5. Action in relation to complaints or incidents

-Fulfillment of forms established by the transport company

-Using the predicted communication channels

-Incident Fulfillment

6. Integration and communication in the workplace

-Responsible behavior in the job center.

-Respect to the procedures and rules of the workplace.

-Interpreting and diligently performing the instructions received.

-Recognition of the organization's production process.

-Using the communication channels established in the job center.

-Adequation to the work rate of the company.

-Tracking the regulations for risk prevention, occupational health and environmental protection.

IV. PRESCRIPTIONS OF TRAINERS

Modules

Training

Required Accreditation	Professional experience required in scope of the unit of
	With accreditation	No accrediting
MF1461_2: First-level maintenance of road transport vehicles	● Industrial Technical Engineer ● Higher Technical of the Professional Family of Transport and Maintenance of Vehicles.	1 year	3 years
MF1462_2: Rational driving and operations related to transport services	● Certificate of competence of teacher of road training or teacher of particular schools of drivers and professional training of passengers or specialized goods in the field of rational driving, based on safety standards, and environmental, first aid, equipment and means of fire extinguishing.	2 years	-
MF1463_2: Planning for transport and client relationships	● Top-grade technician in management of transport companies specializing in logistics and road transport. ● Certificates of professional training of travelers or specialized goods in logistics and road transport. ● Certificate of professionalism in the organization of the transportation of travelers specializing in logistics and road transport. ● Certificate of professionalism in the organization of transport and the specialized distribution in logistics and road transport. ● Certificate of professionalism of road freight traffic specialized in logistics and road transport.	1 year	3 years
MF1464_2: Attention and information to bus or coach travelers	● Top-grade technician in management of transportation companies specializing in logistics and road transport. ● Certificate of professional training for travellers specializing in logistics and road transport. ● Certificate of professionalism in the organization of the transportation of travelers specializing in logistics and road transport.	1 year	3 years

V. MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR SPACES, FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT

The Centres for the provision of bus driving courses must be authorised by the competent public authorities for the granting of public transport authorisations, in accordance with the provisions of Royal Decree 1032/2007 of 20 July 2007 governing the initial qualification and continuing training of drivers of certain vehicles intended for road transport.

Forming Space

45

Surface m2 15 pupils	Surface m2 20 pupils (R.D. 1032/2007)
	60
Complementary Activities Workshop	150	150
	40	40

Formend Space	M1	(*) M2	M3
	X	X	X	X
store	X

Forming Space

Equipment
Classroom.	-Audio-visual equipment. -PCs installed in network, cannon with projection and internet. -Specialty-specific Sofware. -Pizarra to write with a marker. -Rotafolios. -Classroom material. -Table and chair for the trainer. -Table and chairs for students.
Workshop of complementary activities to driving.	-Sectioned systems: or A four-cylinder, four-time, four-cylinder diesel engine. or Engine assembly, pump pump, and gearbox, all in normal size. o A vehicle differential, conic group set, and differential case. o A vehicle steering system, mechanical model. o A vehicle buffer, normal size. or A 12-volt battery, normal size. o A complete chassis, didactic set, with all the mechanical organs of the automobile to natural size. or An inline injection pump, for four-cylinder diesel engine, with power pump, tubes, and injectors. or A clutch system. o A cylinder with all the elements. or A normal-sized tire, for sample teaching of different measures. or A double-circuit hydraulic brake system. o A compressed air brake system.
Store.	-Estandel.

(*) For the impartition of the MF1462_2 Training module, rational driving and operations related to public transport services will be used on the public road and the following vehicles will be used:

Vehicle for category D1 permission category

-A vehicle adapted to the carriage of passengers whose number of seats is not less than 15 including that of the driver, with spare parts and accessories required by the rules in force and equipped with double controls.

Vehicle corresponding to the category of the class D1 + E permission

-A vehicle adapted to the carriage of passengers whose number of seats is not less than 15 including that of the driver, with spare parts and accessories required by the rules in force and equipped with double controls.

-An MMA trailer not less than 3 Tn

Vehicle corresponding to the class D permit category

-A bus with a length of not less than 12 m, with spare parts and accessories required by the current regulations, equipped with double controls.

Vehicle corresponding to the category D + E permission

-A bus with a length of not less than 12 m, with spare parts and accessories required by the current regulations, equipped with double controls.

-An MMA trailer not less than 3 Tn

It should not be interpreted that the different learning spaces identified must necessarily be differentiated by means of closure.

The facilities and equipment must comply with the corresponding industrial and sanitary sanitary regulations and will respond to measures of universal accessibility and safety of the participants.

The number of units that must be available for the tools, machines and tools specified in the training spaces, will be sufficient for a minimum of 15 students and must be increased, if necessary, to attend to the higher number.

In the event that the training is addressed to persons with disabilities, the adaptations and reasonable adjustments will be made to ensure their participation in equal conditions.

ANNEX IV

I. IDENTIFICATION OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM

Denomination: Driving of heavy goods vehicles by road

Code: TMVI0208

Professional Family: Transportation and Maintenance of Vehicles

Professional area: Driving of vehicles by road

Professional qualification level: 2

Professional reference qualification:

TMV455_2 Driving of heavy goods vehicles by road

(RD 1225/2010, October 1)

Relationship of competency units that configure the certificate of professionalism:

UC1461_2 Prepare and perform first level maintenance of urban and inter-city road transport vehicles.

UC1462_2 Perform vehicle driving and other operations related to transportation services.

UC1463_2 Schedule transport services and relate to clients.

UC1465_2: Monitor and/or perform load and unload of merchandise.

General competition:

Perform the driving of heavy goods vehicles by road in a safe, responsible and economical way, following the instructions received and applying the current regulations and regulations in the field of health, road safety and environmental, as well as supervising and/or carrying out the operations of loading, unloading and handling of goods according to defined procedures.

Professional Environment:

Professional scope:

It carries out its professional activity, both for its own account and for others, in small, medium and large companies, both public and private, for the transport of goods by road, either at national and international level. Your professional activity is subject to regulation by the competent authority

Productive Sectors:

It is located in the road freight sector.

Occupations or related jobs:

Driver of heavy goods vehicles by road.

8432.1042 Truck driver, in general.

8432.1024 Dangerous goods truck driver.

8432.1033 T.I.R. Truck Driver (International Transport).

8432.1015 Truck driver with trailer and/or tractor trailer.

Requirements required for professional exercise:

Driving licence of the class: C1, C1 + E, C, C + E (Traffic Law, Motor Vehicle Circulation and Road Safety, approved by Royal Legislative Decree 772/1997, of 30 May)

Professional Truck Aptitude Certificate (Royal Decree 1032/2007, July 20)

Duration of the associated training: 390 hours

Relationship of training modules and training units:

MF1461_2: (Cross) First level maintenance of road transport vehicles. (60 hours)

MF1462_2: (Cross) Rational driving and operations related to transport services. (130 hours)

● UF0471: Driving and circulation of urban and interurban transport vehicles by public roads. (70 hours)

● UF0472: Operative and transport service security. (60 hours)

MF1463_2: (Cross) Transport planning and client relationships. (50 hours)

MF1465_2: Goods pickup and delivery operations (70 hours)

MP0101: Non-work professional practice module of Driving Heavy Goods Vehicles by Road (80 hours)

Linking with professional trainings:

Overcoming with positive evaluation of the training established in this certificate of professionalism allows the presentation to the tests that are called by the competent public administration to obtain the Certificate of Professional Aptitude of the truck, provided that the centers and the courses are authorized and approved according to the Royal Decree 1032/2007, 20 July of the Ministry of the Presidency, for which the initial qualification and the continuous training of the drivers of certain vehicles is regulated intended for road transport.

II. PROFESSIONAL PROFILE OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM

Competition Unit 1

denomination: PREPARE AND PERFORM THE MAINTENANCE OF THE FIRST LEVEL OF VEHICLES OF URBAN AND INTERURBAN TRANSPORT BY ROAD.

Level: 2

Code: UC1461_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria

RP1: Prepare and verify the technical status of the vehicle and its auxiliary equipment by carrying out the necessary checks to ensure optimum operating and safety conditions.

CR1.1 Basic vehicle safety inspections are carried out at the start of the service, ensuring its good status and operation, in accordance with the control sheets or forms.

CR1.2 The different equipment and auxiliary systems of the vehicle are proven to work with the required accuracy, performing the appropriate test, verification, control and commissioning operations.

CR1.3 The disfunctions found are resolved personally or in your case informing the department or competent person thereof.

CR1.4 The regulatory envelope, the necessary materials and instruments for the vehicle to be provided are proven to comply with the service characteristics and regulations in force.

CR1.5 The forms or control sheets of the checks made are completed legibly and, if appropriate, are delivered to the person or department responsible.

RP2: Detect and locate in-route breakdowns, applying established techniques and procedures, and proceeding to repair in simple cases to ensure the operational status of the vehicle.

CR2.1 Possible breakdowns or failures are promptly identified by removing, if appropriate, the vehicle to a safe place in order not to interfere with the circulation.

CR2.2 The vehicle is immobilized by orienting the wheels in case of ramps or slopes, stopping the motor immediately, placing the reflective reflective garment and securing it by means of the braking systems themselves.

CR2.3 The fault and/or position signaling is immediately lit and the hazard presenalization devices are placed in their case, disconnecting if applicable, the batteries.

CR2.4 The origin and causes of faults or faults are detected by accurately performing the appropriate checks and checks.

CR2.5 The repair of any faults or malfunctions found in your field of intervention is done in a thorough and precise manner or, where appropriate, the department or competent person is informed promptly, acting in accordance with the instructions received.

RP3: Collaborate in the preservation and preventive maintenance of the vehicle, applying the established procedures and instructions, in order to obtain its maximum performance and to perform the services safely.

CR3.1 The space for the performance of the different maintenance and maintenance operations of the vehicle is organized in an orderly and safe manner preparing the necessary materials and tools.

CR3.2 The regular maintenance and maintenance of the vehicle and equipment is carried out in a responsible manner, in accordance with the appropriate stages and sequences of performance, and following the established programs.

CR3.3 The cleaning and interior and exterior of the vehicle, which affect the safety and hygiene, are carried out periodically, using the materials and products.

CR3.4 The vehicle is driven to timely technical services (ITV, ancillary equipment, among others), for review on the basis of legally established deadlines and assumptions.

CR3.5 The established control documents and the maintenance tabs are completed accurately and legibly.

RP4: Adopt safety, occupational health and environmental standards in the execution of preventive maintenance and vehicle repair operations.

CR4.1 Personal and collective protection measures are found to be in line with those laid down in the safety standards of the workshop, depending on the anticipated risks inherent in the specific work.

CR4.2 The rules on occupational health and personal and collective security are applied while keeping the work area free of risks.

CR4.3 Contingencies are communicated as soon as necessary to enable them to be monitored and resolved.

CR4.4 Maintenance operations are carried out by observing the environmental protection rules included in the recovery of fluorinated greenhouse gases associated with air conditioning systems installed in motor vehicles, replacement, disposal, replacement of liquids (oil, brakes, among others) or other wastes that may be polluting.

Professional Context

Production media

Full vehicle, auxiliary equipment. Wipers, filters, lamps, fuses, cables, test tips, manometers, oils, fats. Signalling devices. Reflective vests. Calzos.

Products and results

Preparation and verification of the technical condition of the vehicle and its auxiliary equipment made. Preventive and corrective maintenance in your field of intervention.

Information used or generated

Manufacturer's technical manuals, with partial drawings where original values are given. Cutting manuals. Work orders. Reviews and maintenance sheets. Daily inspection sheets. Maintenance tabs. Environmental protection regulations.

Competition Unit 2

denomination: CONDUCT VEHICLE DRIVING AND OTHER OPERATIONS RELATED TO TRANSPORTATION SERVICES

Level: 2

Code: UC1462_ 2

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP1: Driving the vehicle safely, responsibly and economically, performing the service efficiently, observing the compliance with the current regulations regarding both the transport of passengers and the different types of goods: perishable, dangerous and animals, among others.

CR1.1 The starting up of the vehicle is carried out by avoiding the sharp starts and high revolutions of the engine, going through the initial kilometers without forcing the engine, progressively, operating the different mechanisms with softness.

CR1.2 Driving is permanently adapted to the characteristics of the circulation, condition of the roads, atmospheric conditions, as well as to the characteristics of the vehicle and service, keeping the concentration permanently in order to carry out a driving based on the anticipation.

CR1.3 Engine revolutions are maintained on a regular basis in the economic zone of work, making timely changes; maintaining uniform and optimal average speeds.

CR1.4 Vehicle indicators are frequently observed during the journey, in order to control their operation and detect or correct possible dysfunctions.

CR1.5 The driving is adapted at all times to the standards, signs and other conditions governing the circulation, and the driving and rest times are carried out in accordance with the regulations in force.

CR1.6 Communication with the company is maintained on a regular basis, obtaining and providing detailed and up-to-date information on the state and development of the transport service, in accordance with the defined systems and procedures.

CR1.7 Approach maneuvers are performed taking into account the obstacles and characteristics of the area.

CR1.8 The transport plan, in normal circumstances, is met with punctuality and rigor, following the itineraries and schedules making the stops and controls according to the nature of the goods transported, (perishable, dangerous and animal among others) as established in the service sheet.

RP2: To process the documentation, in the field of its competence, corresponding to the transit of customs, following the procedures defined according to the type of operation and regulations in force.

CR2.1 The operations and formalities, in the field of their competence, to carry out the traffic control of the customs are carried out according to the established procedures.

CR2 .2. The necessary documentation is presented and completed, checking its processing.

CR2.3 The relevant procedures, in case of incidents, are carried out according to the usual procedures and/or putting them as soon as possible in the knowledge of the responsible company or authorities.

RP3: Act in the event of accidents or accidents in accordance with safety regulations and procedures to avoid risk factors and, where appropriate, apply first aid measures.

CR3.1 The appropriate procedures for the type and characteristics of emergency situations are put into practice quickly and calmly.

CR3.2 The vehicle is immobilized in safe place in order not to hinder the safety of the traffic at the place of the accident.

CR3.3 The accident or casualty is communicated in a clear and detailed manner to the competent and/or responsible authorities of the company or, where appropriate, to third parties.

CR3.4 In case of an accident, it remains or is returned to the place of the same if necessary, until the arrival of the agents or authorities, providing the necessary collaboration.

CR3.5 Basic first aid measures apply, if necessary, to those who are injured or sick.

CR3.6 Timely documentation relating to the accident or accident is completed, where appropriate, in accordance with the established notification processes and within the time limits set by the regulations.

Professional Context

Production media

Vehicles, auxiliary equipment. Tools equipment. Polimeters. Driver card, diagram discs. Vehicle and equipment documentation. Driver documentation. First aid kit.

Products and results

Safe, economical and effective driving. Completed documentation.

Information used or generated

Diagram disks. Road maps. Parts of accident. Service sheets. Transport documentation. Guided handling systems. Contingency plan for the transport of animals.

Competition Unit 3

Naming: PLANNING FOR TRANSPORT SERVICES AND ENGAGING WITH CLIENTS

Level: 2

Code: UC1463_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria

RP1: Plan the services by obtaining and interpreting all the necessary information and documents, in order to develop them in an efficient way and respecting the current regulations.

CR1.1 The information and documentation on the planned transport service program is accurately and accurately collected and interpreted, as well as the timely instructions transmitted by the company.

CR1.2 The transport plan, itineraries, routes, stages, is planned to guarantee an optimization of the times and the compliance of the current regulations.

CR1.3 The sources of internal or external information are consulted, if appropriate, in order to know and assess the road network in the area of action, road typologies, tracing and circulation intensities.

CR1.4 The required documents, depending on the type and mode of transport, meet, prepare, and in their case verify, accurately completing, if appropriate, the regulations established.

CR1.5 The driver card or, if applicable, the tachograph discs are used and retained in accordance with established regulations and procedures.

RP2: Prepare and check the technical and administrative documentation required to perform transport operations safely and effectively.

CR2.1 The driver's mandatory documentation and the vehicle's technical and administrative documentation is proven to be in effect before the vehicle is started.

CR2.2 The type and mode of transport insurance is checked to cover the implied risks in the transport of the same and is in force.

CR2.3 The transport card is checked to cover the scope of action and is of the type and mode of transport to be performed.

CR2.4 The necessary documents in case of vehicle incidents or accidents are proven to be those established and are prepared.

CR2.5 The documentation necessary to perform the customs transit is checked that it is in rule and, if not, it proceeds to its preparation.

CR2.6 The route book is completed according to the current regulations before starting the service.

RP3: Apply the regulations regarding the rights and duties of the carriers, related to aspects of the marketing of the transport in the economic and social field of the same.

CR3.1 The principles derived from EU rules for the carriage of goods by road are applied in all cases.

CR3.2 Service planning is performed taking into account the maximum duration of the specific working day and the driving and rest times.

CR3.3 The transport pricing classes and systems are applied and, where appropriate, the reductions in place are practised.

CR3.4 The nature of the activities of the transport services is in all cases appropriate to the available titles and authorizations.

CR3.5 Contract models are completed with the required accuracy and accuracy, relating to the obligations that each of them implies.

CR3.6 The regulatory regime for travel and travel expenses is met in all cases.

CR3.7 The functions performed by the transport auxiliaries are checked to be adjusted at all times to the instructions received.

RP4: Create, maintain and develop good business relationships with customers, applying appropriate communication and treatment techniques, in order to give a satisfactory picture of the company.

CR4.1 The good image of the brand and the company is transmitted by taking care of the personal aspect and maintaining due consideration at all times.

CR4.2 The vehicle is kept in perfect cleaning and order status, immediately correcting any anomalies that may occur.

CR4.3 The requested demands and clarifications are received with attention, giving them a clear, concise and educated response.

CR4.4 Possible complaints are addressed, assessing their characteristics and importance, in order to proceed with their resolution, if it is their responsibility, or to communicate promptly and diligently to those responsible for the company.

CR4.5 Information about the company's activities or services is provided in a clear and concise manner.

Professional Context

Production media

Driver card, diagram disks. Vehicle and equipment documentation. Driver documentation. Transport documentation.

Products and results

Scheduled Services. Completed documentation. Clients served.

Information used or generated

Service Sheets. Work orders. Control documentation (delivery notes, delivery notes, invoices, among others). Parts of incidents. Transport contracts. Transport insurance.

Competition Unit 4

Naming: MONITOR AND/OR PERFORM LOAD AND UNLOAD PROCESSES FOR GOODS

Level: 2

Code: UC1465_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP1: Prepare and verify the technical and administrative documentation necessary to perform the freight operations safely and effectively.

CR1.1 The driver's mandatory documentation and the vehicle's technical and administrative documentation is checked to be in force before the vehicle is started.

CR1.2 The type and mode of the goods insurance is checked to cover the implied risks in the transport of the goods, and is in force.

CR1.3 The transport card is checked to cover the scope of action, and is of the type and mode of transport to be performed.

CR1.4 The documents required for incident cases, or vehicle accidents, are proven to be established and prepared.

CR1.5 The documentation required to perform the transit of goods customs is in rule or is prepared.

RP2: Prepare the load operations, carrying out the control and organization of the distribution of the goods to be transported, in order to guarantee the safety of the transport and the optimization of the cargo space.

CR2.1 The accompanying goods and documentation are rigorously verified to be in line with the contracted service, carrying out appropriate qualitative and quantitative controls.

CR2.2 The observed incidences or anomalies are communicated as soon as possible to the corresponding personnel, in accordance with the established procedures.

CR2.3 The nature and characteristics of the goods being transported are precisely identified in their case, interpreting the signs of the packaging.

CR2.4 The load plan is defined or involved in its definition, taking into account safety, uniformity and sequence of discharge criteria.

CR2.5 The preparation of the stowage takes into account the distribution and balance of the loads, as well as the best use of the space of the means of transport.

CR2.6 Loading spaces, fittings and stowage and fastening materials are proven to be adapted to the nature and typology of the load and are in good condition.

RP3: Participate and/or perform the loading or unloading, handling of goods and ancillary tasks, applying the established techniques and procedures, and in accordance with the rules on the prevention of occupational risks.

CR3.1 The vehicle is positioned without hindering traffic or affecting road safety by ensuring its immobilization.

CR3.2 Goods loading or unloading activities are carried out in compliance with established schedules and other existing rules.

CR3.3 The loads that protrude from the vehicle are marked according to the current regulations.

CR3.4 The checks and controls on the state of the cargo during the journey are carried out in a rigorous manner to ensure the safety of the goods and the transport, taking the appropriate corrective measures as appropriate.

CR3.5 In partial downloads, the rest of the load is redistributed after each operation if necessary, in order to keep the load set in the vehicle balanced.

CR3.6 The different documents used and/or elaborated in the loading and unloading process are interpreted and duly completed.

RP4: Perform the loading and unloading of special goods in compliance with technical specifications and safety conditions.

CR4.1 The handling of crane in loading and unloading operations is performed with the required accuracy and safety conditions.

CR4.2 The loading, unloading and fastening of the vehicles carried (when driving the truck carrying vehicles), is carried out in all cases guaranteeing the immobility of the same.

CR4.3 The loading and unloading of goods in tank vehicles are carried out in compliance with the established technical specifications.

CR4.4 The transport of goods in directed temperature vehicles is carried out in compliance with the technical specifications and guaranteeing the maintenance of the same in perfect state of conservation.

CR4.5 Animal loading and unloading operations are carried out in compliance with the technical and administrative aspects laid down in the current regulations on the protection of animals during transport.

CR4.6 The cleaning and disinfection of goods vehicles, in the cases that are required, is verified to have been carried out in accordance with the applicable rules of application

Professional Context

Production media

Vehicles. Driver card, diagram discs. Vehicle and equipment documentation. Driver documentation. Forklift trucks, cranes, load holding means, pallets, packaging, loading tape. Signalling devices.

Products and results

Completed Documentation. Goods loaded, unloaded and transported.

Information used or generated

Work Orders. Control documentation (delivery notes, delivery notes, invoices, among others). Parts of incidents. Parts of accidents. Service sheets. Transport documentation. Book and claims sheets. Transport contracts. Transport insurance. Delivery notes and invoices.

III. TRAINING OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM

FORMATIVE MODULE 1

denomination: FIRST LEVEL MAINTENANCE OF ROAD TRANSPORT VEHICLES

Code: MF1461_2

Professional qualification level: 2

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC1461_2 Prepare and perform first level maintenance of urban and inter-city road transport vehicles

Duration: 60 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Identify the components of the internal combustion engines, describing the formation and operation of the different assemblies of the same and their auxiliary systems.

CE1.1 Identify the different parts and mechanisms of the vehicle, explaining in a basic way its mission and operation.

CE1.2 Identify existing engine classes, describing the fixed and mobile parts of the four-stroke engine with the required accuracy.

CE1.3 Describe the operation and characteristics of diesel, atmospheric and turbocharged thermal engines.

CE1.4 Describe the way the distribution works, precisely differentiating the characteristics and functions of each of the mechanisms from which it consists.

CE1.5 Differentiate the types of oils used for lubrication/lubrication of the engine indicating the main characteristics and utilities of the same.

CE1.6 Explain the different components of the engine lubrication/grease systems and describe the main control instruments, explaining their mission and operation.

CE1.7 Explain the different components of the engine cooling systems, and describe the main control instruments, explaining their mission and operation.

CE1.8 Describe the operation of the power and exhaust systems, pointing out the characteristics and functions of each of the elements that compose them.

CE1.9 To indicate the emissions caused by the means of transport and their impact on the environment, pointing to the regulations on the prevention of specific environmental risks, including the relative to the recovery of fluorinated greenhouse gases associated with the air conditioning systems installed in motor vehicles, as well as to the replacement, elimination, substitution of liquids (oil, brakes, among others) or other residues that could be polluting.

CE1.10 List the periodic maintenance operations to be performed on the engine accurately indicating the processes and time intervals for their performance.

C2: Analyze the power transmission systems and run-in trains to explain their mission, characteristics and operation with the required accuracy.

CE2.1 accurately point out the mission, characteristics and operation of the mechanisms and elements of the transmission.

CE2.2 Characterize the different elements of the suspension and differentiate the existing systems, explaining the mission and the operation thereof.

CE2.3 Describe the constitution, operation and qualities of steering systems in motor vehicles, with the required accuracy.

CE2.4 Determine the operating status of the steering and suspension systems through the analysis of the state of the tires.

CE2.5 Describe the constitution, mission and operation of brake systems used in vehicles, with the required accuracy.

CE2.6 Describe basically the different components of the wheels and tires differentiating the existing modalities and their main uses.

CE2.7 List the periodic maintenance operations to be carried out on the systems of force transmission and service accumulation trains, indicating the processes and time intervals for their performance.

C3: Perform small electrical installation basic maintenance operations according to established procedures.

CE3.1 Identify and describe the main quantities and units of electrical measurement.

CE3.2 Identify the basic elements of the vehicle load and boot systems with the required accuracy.

CE3.3 Identify the basic elements of the vehicle's auxiliary electrical systems unambiguously.

CE3.4 In practical cases, properly characterized, perform the disassembly and assembly of the following elements of the vehicle:

-Faros and conventional pilots.

-Lamparous and fuses.

-Bocins and wipers.

-Conventional switches and switches.

-Wipers.

-Check system functional reset after repair.

-Perform basic maintenance of the facilities and media used in maintenance operations upon completion.

-Perform all maintenance operations in compliance with safety, personal health and environmental protection standards.

C4: Apply the vehicle's basic maintenance plan, and locate and diagnose simple mechanical breakdowns following established procedures.

CE4.1 Verify the operational status of the vehicle by carefully and carefully performing the appropriate controls.

CE4.2 Perform the basic preventive maintenance operations of the vehicle according to the guidelines or plan established in a responsible manner.

CE4.3 Describe the main breakdowns of the different parts or mechanisms of the vehicle in a basic way.

CE4.4 Apply different basic procedures to detect and diagnose vehicle breakdowns, following established procedures.

CE4.5 Establish the procedures for action and/or resolution before a specific vehicle breakdown accurately.

CE4.6 Meet the documents set for maintenance control in a readable form.

CE4.7 Perform basic maintenance of the facilities and media used in maintenance operations upon completion.

CE4.8 Perform all maintenance operations in compliance with safety, personal health and environmental protection standards.

Contents

1. Operation and basic maintenance of the elements that make up the engine system.

-The engine

* Engine types: internal combustion, Electrical, Rotative.

* Static components of the combustion engine: Balancing layer, cylinder head, motor block and crankcase.

* Mobile elements of the engine: Piston, rod, crankshaft, flywheel and distribution mechanism.

* Basic engine operation. Cycle of operation.

* Cylinder of an engine.

* Compression ratio.

* Number and disposition of cylinders.

* Power and torque of an engine. Torque curves.

* Fuel-specific consumption

* The Diesel engine. Operation and characteristics.

* Diesel engine work cycle.

-Distribution System

* Purpose of the distribution system.

* Description of system elements: Drive mechanism, camshaft, valves, springs or springs, taques and balancnes

* Operation of the distribution system.

* Calado and Irrigation

-Power System

* Power system mission.

* Fuel power circuit components: Deposit, pumps, and fuel filters.

* The injection pump. Mechanical and electronic injection system.

* Types of injection. Injector classes.

* Air power circuit: Overpower, fundamentals. The compressor and the turbocharger. Intercooler.

* Air filters.

* Basic maintenance of the power system.

-Escape circuit

* Escape circuit components: Collectors, silent, and catalyst.

* System operation.

-Lubrication System

* The object of the lubrication system.

* Elements that make up the lubrication system: Carter, filters, pump.

* System control: Pressure pressure gauge and level control.

* Operation of the oiling system.

* Oils and lubricants. Types and characteristics.

* Basic maintenance of the lubrication system.

-Cooling Circuit

* Finality of the cooling system.

* Cooling system types.

* Water cooling. Elements that constitute it: Pump of water, radiator and fan, glass of expansion.

* Engine temperature regulation: The thermostat.

* System control instrument: Thermometer, emergency signalling light.

* Operation of the cooling system.

* Refrigerant and antifreeze liquids. Types and characteristics.

* Basic maintenance of the cooling system.

2. Operation and basic maintenance of the mechanical motion transmission system.

-Transmission of the movement of the motor to the wheels.

-The clutch.

* Function and structures of the mechanical clutch.

* Set of clutch pressure.

* Clutch disk.

* Clutch acctioning.

* The clutch control system.

* Electrical and hydraulic clutches.

* Embrague automatic with electronic control.

-The gearbox.

* Function and structure of the gearbox.

* Gear trains.

* Transmission relations of the rate change.

* Synchronizers.

* Speed Command System. Characteristics of the exchange boxes.

-Auto change box.

* Automatic transmissions.

* Automatic step change.

* Automatic change by continuous variator.

* Automatic change of conventional gears.

-Transmission of the torque to the wheels.

* Transmission trees.

* Rear bridge.

* Different.

* Total Propulsion.

* Electronic control of total propulsion systems.

* Paliers.

-Basic maintenance of the transmission system.

3. Operation and basic maintenance of the components of the taxiing system

-The suspension

* Function and types of suspensions: mechanical, pneumatic, hydraulic and oleoneumatic.

* Elements of the suspension: Damping, crossbows, stabilizers, springs or springs, torsion bars.

* Pneumatic suspension. Operation and characteristics.

* The pneumatic bellows.

-The Address

* Essentials of the steering system.

* Composition and operation: Volante, steering column and gears.

* Geometry of the address.

* Address drops: Forward, output, drop, and convergence/divergence.

* The assisted address. Principle of operation.

-The Frenes.

* Function and structure of the brake system.

* Dynamics of braking. Drum brakes. Disc brakes. Parking brake.

* Features of the oleoneumatic braking circuit.

* pneumatic circuit of brakes, control and assistance. Pneumatic brake control system. Brake pump. Brake assist devices.

* Electronic control of the brakes. Brake systems with anti-lock device. Components of ABS systems. Traction control and stability combined with the ABS. Auxiliary devices of the ABS/ASR/ESP systems.

* The slowing down. Types: Electromagnetic Brake, Brake engine, retarder and intarder.

* Basic maintenance of the brake system.

-Wheels and Tyres

* Mission and function of wheels and tires.

* Elements that make up the wheel: Full and covered.

* Full. Characteristics and dimensions.

* Tyres. Composition, dimensions, drawing and nomenclature.

* Mounting/disassembly of wheels.

* Inflation pressure and its importance.

* Length and care of tires.

* Control of irregular wear associated with steering and suspension systems.

* Basic maintenance.

4. Operation and maintenance of the automotive electrical systems

-Basic electricity supplies and their application in the automotive industry

-Electrical magnitudes: Electrical current intensity, electrical voltage, and resistance

-Measurement Equipment: The Polymeter

-Continuous stream concept

-Electrical current generators: The alternator

-Stream Acumulators

-Battery, principle of operation. Electrical characteristics of the batteries. Battery coupling. Battery charging. Method of loading. Battery charger. Security rules

-Boot circuits. Boot Engine

-Control and signalling elements of the dashboard

-The lighting system:

* Lighting lights: position, junction, road and fog.

* Maneuver lights: intermitences, emergency, brake and reverse.

* Indoor lights: frame and interior lighting.

-Auxiliary electrical systems

-Fuel level indicator: components and operation.

-Wipers: components and their operation.

-Claxon: types, components, and operation.

-Lamparous and fuses lamp types: Conventional, halogen, pilots and

lighting

-ventilation and heating system. Vehicle air conditioning system and programming

-Basic electrical system maintenance

5. Basic mechanical maintenance operations

-Vehicle technical manual.

-Vehicle Maintenance Book: Review and periodic controls.

-Antipollution elements. Emissions produced and methods of purification.

-General security rules. Specific rules in car workshops.

-Regulatory of workshops.

-Environmental protection. Regulation on the recovery of fluorinated greenhouse gases. Waste.

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Module

Number of total hours of the module	Number of maximum hours susceptible distance
Formative module-MF1461_2	60	30

Access criteria for students

They will be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree that regulates the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this annex accompanies.

FORMATIVE MODULE 2

Naming: RATIONAL DRIVING AND OPERATIONS RELATED TO TRANSPORT SERVICES

Code: MF1462_2

Professional qualification level: 2

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC1462_2: Perform vehicle driving and other operations related to transportation services.

Duration: 130 hours

FORMATIVE UNIT 1

Denomination: DRIVING AND CIRCULATING URBAN AND INTERURBAN TRANSPORT VEHICLES BY PUBLIC ROADS

Code: UF0471

Duration: 70 hours

Competition reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Relate the characteristics of the kinematic chain, the techniques and the operation of the safety devices to optimize fuel consumption, control the vehicle, minimize its wear and prevent malfunction.

CE1.1 Analyze the torque curves, power, specific consumption and the optimal use zone of the engine revolutions, explaining its influence on fuel consumption.

CE1.2 Interpret the cover diagram of the change box relationships, explaining their influence on engine performance and fuel consumption.

CE1.3 Select the best combination between speed, transmission ratio and vehicle inertia, interpreting the technical documentation to reduce fuel consumption and collaborate on braking actions.

CE1.4 Analyze the main brake systems, defining their main characteristics and use cases.

CE1.5 Explain cases of combined use of different brake systems, pointing out the main advantages of combined use.

CE1.6 List the actions to be performed in case of brake system failures, in order of priority, to stop the vehicle in the shortest possible distance and in safety conditions.

C2: Interpret the rules and signals that regulate the circulation as established by the current regulations and explain the rules of application to both the transport of passengers and the different types of goods (perishable, dangerous and animals among others).

CE2.1 Classify and interpret the circulation signals, identifying the order of priority between signals.

CE2.2 Define the characteristics of the different classes and use the public roads suitable for circulation with the required precision.

CE2.3 Identify the road markings on the road, each relating to its function.

CE2.4 Explain the laws and regulations in force regarding plates, signals and flags in vehicles, indicating the use cases of each one.

CE2.5 Describe the general rules and the classification of lighting and optical signalling systems explaining the use of each of them.

CE2.6 Define the requirements that drivers have to meet to circulate through public roads, classifying them according to their nature.

CE2.7 Identify the documents required by the vehicles to circulate through the public roads explaining the function that each one of them fulfills.

CE2.8 Explain the current rules of application to the transport of passengers and the different types of goods (perishable, dangerous and animals among others).

C3: Driving vehicles, circulating safely, respecting the rules, signs and legislation in force in the field of traffic and complying with the rules of application both for the transport of passengers and for the different types of goods (perishable, dangerous and animal, among others).

CE3.1 Indicate the possible longitudinal and lateral movements of the vehicle caused by improper driving in the different situations, relating them to the causes that cause them and the measures to be taken to mitigate them or prevent their appearance, associating them with their influence in the state of the load and in the comfort of the travelers.

CE3.2 Explain the rules to be observed in the shared use of the road, the use of specific routes and placement in the road, relating them to the safety of the road.

CE3.3 Explain the work of the cantilever and its influence on the actions of entry and franking, and in its case of arrest at intersections, squares and level steps to ensure the safety of the circulation.

CE3.4 Indicate the factors to be taken into account in the preparation and development of a trip, executing the same according to the rules of the good professional.

CE3.5 In a practical case of driving transport vehicles:

-Use vehicle controls, mechanisms and devices during the movement in an appropriate manner and in accordance with the conditions of the movement.

-Start the march and make sure that it can be done safely for other users, making the incorporation into the circulation safely.

-To carry out with sufficient advance manoeuvres involving lateral displacements, overtaking, changes of direction, changes of direction of the march, reversing, stopping, stopping and parking in a safe way and warning previously.

CE3.6 In a practical scenario, the plan of transport has been developed for certain itineraries and schedules, the stops and controls according to the nature of the goods transported: perishable, dangerous and animal, among others.

C4: Specify the variable factors that influence the safety of the driving, relating them to the systems incorporated in the vehicles to improve it, explaining the function of each one of them.

CE4.1 Define the behavior of the drivers in relation to the other users of the public roads, according to the rules of the good professional.

CE4.2 Identify elements and devices that influence good visibility, explaining their best operating conditions.

CE4.3 List the risks involved in night driving, explaining the special precautions to be taken.

CE4.4 Explain the risks of driving in curve, in adverse weather conditions and the behavior of the vehicle, defining the corrective measures to be taken by the driver.

CE4.5 Explain the factors that influence the adherence of the tires of the vehicles, describing the factors that influence the same in a favorable way.

CE4.6 Indicating systems that increase preventive, active and passive safety in vehicles that circulate on public roads, describing the mission of each of them.

Contents

1. Base and characteristics of the vehicle's kinematic chain

-Vehicle knowledge

-Vehicle technical documentation

-Power and specific consumption of an engine in relation to torque curve and revolutions

-Optimal use zone of the storytellers

-Optimizing fuel consumption

-

2. Gear dynamics in a vehicle

-Dynamic running of rigid, articulated vehicles and road trains

-Influence factors

* Resistance to rolling

* Aerodynamic resistance

* Pending Resistance

-Vehicle inertia and its importance in fuel economy

3. Handling of gear changes, brakes and idling

-Using the change of gears and their influence on consumption

-Speed change box relationship coverage diagrams

-Selecting the best running combination between speed and transmission ratio

-Use of speed box relationships based on vehicle load and road profile

-Combined brake and idle utilization

-Technical characteristics of braking systems

-Limits on brake and idle use

-Use of slowing and braking media on the down

-Actions to be taken in case of failure

4. Interpretation and application of traffic rules and signs

-Public Vies. Definition and classification

-Use of public roads.

-Circulation signs. Concept. Fundamentals and purpose

-Classification of the tokens

* Agents

* Circumstantial

* Luminous

* Verticals

* Marches

-Priority between tokens

-Signs in the vehicles. Object, meaning, and classes

-Application legislation and regulations regarding your signage

-Lighting and optical signalling. Object, meaning, and classes

-Disposition and use of lighting and optical signalling

-Driver documentation

* Driving permission

* Specific authorizations

* The Professional Aptitude Certificate (CAP)

-Documents for the circulation of vehicles ` through public roads

* Circulation permission

* Technical inspection card. Compulsory insurance

* Specific authorizations

-Documents relating to the load or passage

5. Description and influence of the forces applied in the movement of a vehicle.

-Forces that apply to moving vehicles and their influence on travelers and on the load

-Passage security and comfort

-Calibration of longitudinal and lateral movements

-Braking smoothness

-Vehicle stability

-On-the-fly behaviour of tankers and tank containers

6. Driving and driving through urban and interurban public roads

-Driving engine and equipment on track

-Dashboard. Description

-Vehicle Mands, Mechanisms, and Devices

-Observation: Position, speed and distance

-Maniworks

* Start-up

* Side offset

* Apaprons

* Address Changes

* Change of direction

* Stop

* Parking in general

* March Back

-cantilever work

-Road Sharing

-Placement on the driveway

-Using specific infrastructures (public spaces, reserved paths).

-Preventive security systems

* Active and passive security.

* Factors that influence driving

7. Preparing the transport plan

-Planning for the route and the activity

* Reading maps

* Browsers

* Itinerary, schedules, and calendar

* Parades, parking areas

* Vehicle Custody and Load

-Restrictions on circulation

FORMATIVE UNIT 2

Naming: TRANSPORT SERVICE OPERATIONAL AND SECURITY

Code: UF0472

Duration: 60hours

Competition reference: This training unit corresponds to RP2, RP3

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Relate the necessary documentation and required the procedures for the transit of international transport operations.

CE1.1 To explain basically the general framework of international road transport.

CE1.2 Describe the main characteristics of the international transport contract and the responsibilities and rights of the parties.

CE1.3 Indicate the necessary documentation for the international carriage of goods and passengers.

CE1.4 Point out the traffic characteristics and procedures and identify the checks to be carried out in a TIR operation, Community transit.

CE1.5 Relate the necessary documentation for the customs passage, complying with the current regulations.

C2: Assess emergency situations, determining in form and time the appropriate actions according to the different risk factors observed and the nature of the situation.

CE2.1 To comply with the friendly declaration of accident, explaining the procedures to be carried out later with the same.

CE2.2 Describe the behavior to be adopted in emergency situations after conducting a thorough evaluation among all possible, acting accordingly and advising relief services through the established pipeline.

CE2.3 Explain the measures to be taken in the prevention of the aggravation of accidents, leaving the vehicle in place safe and, if necessary, signalling it according to the current regulations.

CE2.4 Describe the evacuation systems of the occupants of the truck/passengers of the coach, ensuring the safety of the same.

CE2.5 Explain the relief measures to the injured in the application of the first socorros ensuring that they do not contribute to the aggravation of the injuries.

CE2.6 List possible reactions in case of aggression in a way that contributes to make the situation even worse.

CE2.7 Explain the measures to be taken in the event of fire, ensuring that road safety is not altered and neither property nor persons are endangered.

C3: Identify road risks, incidents and accidents at work, and occupational diseases, explaining the consequences of these risks in their economic and human dimensions.

CE3.1 List the main factors involved in road accidents, assessing the importance and frequency of each of them.

CE3.2 Explain the typology of accidents at work in the road transport sector, interpreting different statistics of accidents involving heavy vehicles or coaches.

CE3.3 List the material, economic and human consequences of road accidents, explaining with the required accuracy their influence in the different areas.

CE3.4 Explain the prevention measures of crime and trafficking of illegal immigrants, describing the implications for drivers, the lists of checks, and the applicable legislation.

CE3.5 Describe the main physical risks to which heavy vehicle/coach drivers are subjected, explaining the main occupational diseases.

CE3.6 Explain the importance of good physical and mental fitness in the exercise of driving vehicles, relating the main factors that alter them.

CE3.7 Explain the influence of stress and fatigue in driving vehicles by relating both factors to the main causes of road accidents.

CE3.8 Describe the effects of alcohol consumption and other drugs on the physical state of the driver explaining their influence on driving vehicles.

Contents

1. Regulations on road transport

-Land transport law and regulation.

-Road transport and ancillary and complementary activities

-Regular passenger transport.

-Discretionary transport and different types of freight and passenger transport.

-General provisions applicable to the transport of dangerous goods.

-Transportation control and inspection.

-Sanctions regime.

2. Operational of international transport

-International transport regulatory framework.

-Community transport and third countries.

-International transport services.

-Bilateral and multilateral agreements and agreements.

-Transport operator: Transitories.

-Travel agencies: Tourist and discretionary transport.

-International transport authorizations.

-The transport contract. Responsibilities and rights of the parties.

-Customs transit.

* Community Transit.

* TIR Regime.

* Border crossing.

-International Transport Documents.

* Carta de porte (CMR).

* Roadmap.

* TIR Notebook.

* Unified customs documents.

3. Methods of action in case of emergency

-Behavior in emergency situations.

-Take action in case of a traffic accident.

-Intervention, awareness and road education.

-Traffic rules and road safety.

-Assessment of emergency situations.

-Prevention of aggravation of accidents.

-Warning to relief services, agents and crowded.

-Aid to the injured and the application of the first socorros.

-Reaction in case of fire. Measures to be taken.

-Fire extinguishing.

-Evacuation of passengers/occupants of the vehicle.

-Ensure the safety of passengers/occupants.

-Reactions in case of aggression.

-Basic principles of the friendly accident declaration.

-The accident-friendly part.

4. Road risks and accidents at work

-Tipologia of accidents at work in the transport sector.

-The importance of compliance with Road Traffic and Safety standards.

-Traffic accidents, the magnitude of the problem.

-Traffic accident statistics.

-Implication of heavy vehicles.

-Dynamics of an impact and human, material and economic consequences of the accident.

-Risk groups.

-Risk factors.

-Main types of risks.

-Preventive driving.

-Driving in adverse conditions.

-Pollution and accidents:

* Environment and pollution.

* Waste: Transfer and control.

5. Physical risks and physical and mental fitness

-Ergonomic principles.

* Movements and positions of risk.

* Physical condition.

* Manipulation exercises and individual protections.

-Driving, a decision-making task.

-Attitudes and basic capabilities for safe driving.

-The physical state of the driver.

-Principles of healthy and balanced eating.

-Effects of alcohol, medications, or any other substance that may change behavior.

-Drugs or any substance that may change the behavior.

-Symptoms, causes, and effects of fatigue and stress.

-Basic role of the basic cycle activity/rest.

6. Crime and trafficking of illegal immigrants

-General information.

-Implication for drivers.

-Prevention measures.

-List of checks.

-Legislation on the liability of carriers.

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Units

Total duration in hours of the training units	Maximum number of susceptible hours distance
Formative unit 1-UF0471	70	30
	60	40

Sequence:

The training units for this module can be programmed independently

Access criteria for students

They will be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree that regulates the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this annex accompanies.

For access to training unit 1, the student must be in possession of one of the driving licences corresponding to the typology of the vehicles from which they are laid down in the requirements necessary for the professional exercise.

FORMATIVE MODULE 3

Naming: PLANNING FOR TRANSPORT AND CLIENT RELATIONSHIPS

Code: MF1463_ 2

Professional qualification level: 2

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC1463_2 Schedule transport services and relate to clients.

Duration: 50 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Define the economic environment of road transport and the organization of the market, as well as its influence in the economic and social field.

CE1.1 Identify the most relevant characteristics of the economic environment and the market that make up the professional area of road transport, explaining the interrelationship between them.

CE1.2 Explain the advantages and disadvantages of road transport to other systems, choosing the ideal one in different practical scenarios.

CE1.3 Identify the different types of road transport activities, self-employed or others, and auxiliary operations, explaining the main characteristics of each of them.

CE1.4 Describe the organization of the main types and specializations of transport companies (cisterns, controlled temperature, regular services, discretionary services, among others), explaining the functions of their basic departments and the relations between them.

CE1.5 Explain the evolution of the sector (subcontracting, road-rail, among others), indicating the diversification of the benefits offered.

C2: Define the social environment of road transport, explaining its general regulation and the specific rules for the transport of goods and passengers.

CE2.1 Indicate the maximum duration of the specific working day of the transport sector, pointing out the driving and rest times.

CE2.2 To explain the principles, the application and the consequences arising from the road transport of the current regulations dictated by the EU.

CE2.3 Explain the use of the tachograph, indicating the penalties in case of non-use, inuse or inappropriate manipulation of the tachograph.

CE2.4 Interpreting the rights and obligations of the driver in terms of initial qualification and continuing training, explaining their influence on the good professional practice.

CE2.5 Describe the titles that they enable for the exercise of the transport, the authorizations of international transport, and the documents of passage of borders, transits or other special ones.

CE2.6 To point out the nature and main characteristics of the contract of transport, to relate the models of contract with the obligations that each one implies and to fill them with the required accuracy and precision.

CE2.7 Determine on a given transport contract, the rights and obligations of each of the parties involved in the contract.

CE2.8 Explain the regulatory regime for travel and travel expenses related to the means of payment.

C3: Describe and explain the procedures arising from the application of the current rules contained in the basic legal framework for road transport, linking the most common infringements with the penalties laid down in the legislation.

CE3.1 Indicate the general characteristics of modal and intermodal transport, each explaining with the required precision.

CE3.2 Point out the nature, purpose and modalities of the different types of insurance applicable to road transport, indicating the rights and obligations of the parties.

CE3.3 Explain the procedures established in case of accidents or accidents, identifying the required documentation.

CE3.4 Indicate the different documents required for the transport by defining the specific application documentation in each case.

CE3.5 Describe the administrative and control procedures and procedures applicable to the different documents.

CE3.6 Conveniently classify different types of infractions, pointing out the tariffs corresponding to the penalties established by the regulations in force.

C4: Explain the importance of adopting positive attitudes during the development of work, maintaining behaviors that contribute to valuing the brand image of the company.

CE4.1 Describe the importance for the company of the quality of the delivery of the service of the driver, valuing the influence of the different factors.

CE4.2 List the different roles of the driver in the performance of their work, valuing the importance of each one of them.

CE4.3 List the different possible partners of the driver, explaining different communication techniques and relationship with them.

CE4.4 Explain different methods of organization and planning of work, following the rules of good professional practice.

CE4.5 Describe the consequences of litigation in the commercial and financial fields and their influence on the operation of the company.

CE4.6 Relate and describe the performance parameters during the service to help optimize the image of the company.

C5: Apply customer support techniques in the commercial relationships of road transport and resolution of complaints and incidents.

CE5.1 Describe transport pricing classes and systems, applying applicable tariffs and reductions in practical scenarios.

CE5.2 Explain the main functions of road transport auxiliaries.

CE5.3 Explain the basic procedures and techniques of customer support and claim collection.

CE5.4 In a practical case of attention or management of a claim or incident:

-Listen carefully to the customer's complaint or incident, adopting a positive attitude.

-accurately define the nature and context of the incident.

-Rate the origin or the origin of the same.

-Rigorously delimit personal capacity for resolution.

-Communicate the client in intelligible form and precise alternatives and procedures for its resolution.

-Provide the book or claim sheets, if any.

-Transmit in a concise and concrete way the impact to the company.

Contents

1. Economic environment of road transport and the organisation of the market

-The transport sector in relation to other economic sectors. General feature: The environment and the market

-Transport Importance

-Transport modes: Multimodal transport, multi-mode transport operations

-Road transport to other modes of transport. Vents and drawbacks

-Core products and services

-Different activities of road transport (transport by hire, self-employed and ancillary transport activities)

-Exploitation forms:

* Business Associationism

* Small family businesses

* Small and medium-sized enterprises with employees

* Large companies

-Organization of the main types of transport companies and auxiliary transport activities. Departmental functions and interdepartmental relationships

-Goods and passenger transport specializations as: Service; nature of cargo

-Industry developments: Diversification of capabilities, subcontracting, multimodality

2. Social and legal environment for road transport and its regulation

-The tachograph: Driving and rest times

-Working time: Collective agreements, workers ' status, working time of workers engaged in mobile road transport activities

-The professional qualification of the driver: Initial and continuous training. Regulatory regulations

-Transport authorizations.

-The transport contract

* Features

* Types of contracts. Obligations of the parties

* Parts Responsibilities

* Fulfillment of the contract

-Transport insurance: Classification; obligations and duties of the parties. Civil liability

-Documentary and administrative processes in accidents or accidents

-Accompanying documents to the transport service

-Stay and travel expenses. Payment systems

-Sanctioning Procedure: Violations and Sanctions

3. Brand image of the transport company

-Driver Attitudes and Brand Image

-Importance to the company of the quality of delivery of the driver

-Litigation for breach of service and financial and commercial impacts

-The driver functions in your activity

-Different driver interlocutors within the company

4. Marketing of road transport and customer service

-Transport tarification. Classes

-Functions of transport operators and travel agents

-Complaints or Claims

* Active listening

* Verbal and non-verbal communication

-Customer satisfaction

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Module

Number of total hours of the module	Number of maximum hours susceptible distance
Formative module-MF1463_2	50	40

Access criteria for students

They will be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree that regulates the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this annex accompanies.

FORMATIVE MODULE 4

Naming: MERCHANDISE COLLECTION AND DELIVERY OPERATIONS

Code: MF1465_2

Professional qualification level: 2

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC1465_2 Monitor and/or perform load and unload of merchandise.

Duration: 70 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Verify that the necessary technical and administrative documentation is in line with the type of service to be performed and the nature of the goods to be transported.

CE1.1 Point out in different practical scenarios the documentation to accompany the goods, depending on the nature of the goods.

CE1.2 Indicate the mandatory technical and administrative documentation that must always accompany the vehicle, regardless of the type of service.

CE1.3 Relate different types of freight authorizations with the policy areas of each of them.

CE1.4 Point out the necessary documents in case of an incident or accident of the vehicle, relating to the nature of the same.

CE1.5 Indicate the risks to be covered by road freight insurance, depending on the nature of the goods.

CE1.6 Point out the different types of packaging and packaging that are common in the carriage of goods by road.

CE1.7 Interpret the international symbology of labelling and apply the conditions and requirements of transport and handling derived from each one.

C2: Plan the loading and unloading operations by optimizing the use of the space available in the vehicle and respecting the safety and health standards and the proper use of the vehicle.

CE2.1 Set the load plan, taking into account the nature of the goods to be transported and the order to unload it.

CE2.2 Explain the forces that apply to moving vehicles by relating them to their influence on the load carried according to their nature.

CE2.3 Explain the use of the relationship of the gearbox according to the weight and volume of the load carried and the profile of the road following the rules of the good professional.

CE2.4 Calculate according to the current legislation, the payload and the volume of a vehicle or set of vehicles, carrying out practical scenarios for the distribution of the load.

CE2.5 Indicate the effects of the overload of a vehicle, relating to the pernicious effects it produces on the mechanical organs.

CE2.6 Relate the center of gravity of the vehicle, the types of packaging and the support of the load with the influence exerted on the stability of the vehicle.

CE2.7 Identify the main types of goods that require stowage, pointing out the main techniques and means of stowage, fastening and calce.

C3: Perform loading and unloading operations, and handling of goods, following the established plan and respecting the safety and health standards and the proper use of the vehicle.

CE3.1 Explain the verification processes of the state of the merchandise in the collection and delivery of the same.

CE3.2 Explain the procedures for signaling the vehicle loads according to the current regulations.

CE3.3 In a practical case of loading and unloading and handling of goods:

-Perform entoldie and desentolde processes following established procedures and ensuring the stability of the awning.

-Use different means of stowage, fastening, and handling of goods following established procedures.

-Perform the process of loading and unloading goods by using forklifts, cranes or other lifting means, following technical specifications.

-Run all operations, complying with safety and health and environmental standards.

C4: Explain and perform the processes of loading and unloading special goods, following established processes and in conditions of safety.

CE4.1 Describe the precautions to be observed for loading and unloading into a carrier.

CE4.2 Perform the loading and unloading of vehicles on a platform truck, following established procedures, ensuring their stability by employing the appropriate technical means.

CE4.3 Carry out loading and unloading processes for tank vehicles, following technical specifications.

CE4.4 Perform the preparation, basic maintenance, loading and unloading of the temperature-controlled vehicle, following established procedures.

CE4.5 Carry out loading and unloading in special transports and other specific types of transport.

CE4.6 Carry out the loading and unloading operations of animals in compliance with the technical and administrative aspects established in the current regulations regarding the protection of animals during transport.

CE4.7 Citar cases where it is necessary to carry out the cleaning and disinfection of the vehicles prior to loading them according to the nature of the goods to be transported.

CE4.8 Explain the applicable personal and environmental safety standards in special merchandise loading and unloading processes

Contents

1. Technical and administrative documentation

-Specific documentation relating to the provision of the service type

-Goods transport authorizations. Special authorizations

-Titles that enable for the exercise of transport

-Documents relating to incidents or accidents

* Written instructions

* Part of accidents

* Friendly Declaration of Accidents

-Transportation insurance, party responsibilities, and hedges

2. Planning for load/unload operations

-Vehicle maximum dimensions and dimensions

-Forces that apply to moving vehicles

-Calculation of the payload of a vehicle or a set of vehicles

-Calculation of useful volume and surface

-Classification and Handling of Goods

* Collection of goods

* Delivery of goods

-The Load Plan

* Delivery of the load

* Load/unload order

-Load Stability

-Consequences of Axis Overload

-Vehicle stability and center of gravity

3. Loading/unloading and Estiba/desestiba operations

-Main types of goods that require stowage

-Calce and stowage techniques

-Using stowage straps

-Verifying stowage devices

-Maintenance elements for load/unload and stow/esestiba operations

-Handling and stowage of packages

-Using the manipulation media

-Entoldado and desentoldado. Systems and methods

-Operation of the vehicle's technical equipment

4. Physical protection of goods

-Types of packaging and packaging and load supports

-Loading and protecting the load

5. Labelling and signalling

-Symbology and its meaning

-Specific Senalization

* Encoding

* Marked

-Vehicle signage in relation to the load

6. Loading and unloading of specific goods

-Conduct that the driver should observe before, during, and after the load

-Cisterns and containers, characteristics, description, and types

-Specific provisions relating to the use of tankers and tank containers

-Other special provisions concerning the use of tankers and tank containers

-Vehicle carriers. Anchorages

-Platforms. Trincaje

-Controlled temperature vehicles. Equipment

-Special and specific transports

-Transport of live animals

7. Labour and environmental safety standards

-Regulations applicable to load handling

-Major types of risks

-Prevention and security measures appropriate for different types of risk

-Goods Incompatibility

-Common load ban on a single vehicle or container

-Protective equipment

-Personal protective equipment

-Vehicle cleaning

-Vehicle Disinfection

-Hygiene conditions

-Waste: Application Measures

-Precautions to be taken in loading and unloading

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Module

Number of total hours of the module	Number of maximum hours susceptible distance
Formative module-MF1465_2	70	30

Access criteria for students

They will be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree that regulates the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this annex accompanies.

NON-WORKING PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE MODULE FOR THE DRIVING OF HEAVY GOODS VEHICLES BY ROAD

Code: MP0101

Duration: 80 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Collaborate on the basic preventive maintenance plan, following the instructions in the vehicle's technical manual and the company's written instructions.

CE1.1. Interpret the instructions and maintenance instructions identified by the company and the technical manual of the vehicle.

CE1.2. Execute the preventive maintenance plan by following the instructions in the plan.

C2: Diagnose possible vehicle and auxiliary equipment dysfunctions or anomalies by observing the vehicle's control indicators and mechanical behavior.

CE2.1. To locate the anomalies that have arisen through the observation and the mechanical performance of the different systems.

CE2.2. Interpret the reading of the control panel's control lights unequivocally.

CE2.3. Verify that the levels of the liquids that make up the different systems conform to the technical specifications of the vehicle.

CE2.4. Check that the pressures of the different vehicle parts and components are in conformity with the optimum operating values laid down by the manufacturer.

C3: Collaborate in the repair of the vehicle by subsating the mechanical deficiencies detected, respecting at all times the measures of prevention and occupational health, as well as the regulations concerning the compliance with the environmental standards.

CE3.1. Fill in or complete the levels of the different systems until the optimum level of filling is achieved.

CE3.2. Replace the precise mechanical elements in the vehicle, so that we can make good operation.

CE3.3. Record in the maintenance control sheet in detail the operations performed.

CE3.4. Communicate to the company the anomalies detected and not repaired with the utmost diligence and readiness.

CE3.5. Comply with the safety measures required for the activity of the mechanical maintenance of vehicles.

CE3.6. Respect environmental regulations by taking appropriate action with the generation of waste produced.

C4: Participate in the work of driving the vehicle in a safe way, respecting the rules, signs and legislation in force in the field of traffic and transport.

CE4.1. Apply the travel plan by meeting established itineraries, schedules and stops.

CE4.2. Carry out the incorporation of the vehicle into the circulation in a progressive and safe manner.

CE4.3. Use the controls, mechanisms and devices of the vehicle with skill and dexterity during normal progression.

CE4.4. Carry out safe driving by observing and respecting at all times the signs of circulation, especially taking into account the position of the road, speed and distance.

CE4.5. Circular according to the dimensional characteristics of the vehicle, taking into account, its influence on the sweep effect.

CE4.6. Establish appropriate driving to prevent the movement of cargo and the discomfort of passengers in order to increase the safety of transport.

CE4.7. Perform the manoeuvres safely by warning the other users of the route in good time.

C5: Understand and deal with possible complaints or incidents following the procedure established by the company adopting a positive attitude.

CE5.1. Listen carefully to the complaint or incident by defining precisely and clearly the nature and context of the complaint.

CE5.2. Reformulate the complaint or incident in order to ensure the compression of the complaint.

CE5.3. Estimate the origin or origin of the claim by analyzing the basis of the claim.

CE5.4. Promptly resolve the incidents raised in the scope of capacity.

CE5.5. Communicate the alternatives or procedures of your resolution to the client in a clear and concise manner.

CE5.6. Facilitate the book or claim sheet if requested by the client.

CE5.7. To process and transfer to the company the incidents that have occurred in the course of the service.

C6: Carry out the loading/unloading and stowage/esestiba plan in accordance with the procedures designated by the transport company, respecting at all times the safety and health and environmental standards.

CE6.1. Verify the status of the merchandise by noting or communicating any detected anomalies.

CE6.2. Use the most appropriate load/discharge handling means at the type of goods, in accordance with the technical specifications issued by the manufacturer.

CE6.3. Prepare the vehicle for the reception of the goods and the performance of the service, taking into account the typology of the service.

CE6.4. Stybar/dismiss, hold and handle goods in accordance with established procedures.

CE6.5. Signal the load of the vehicle using the current regulations.

CE6.6. Execute the loading/unloading activity relating to the special goods in accordance with the procedures laid down.

C7: Participate in the company's work processes, following the rules and instructions set out in the work center.

CE7.1. Behave responsibly both in human relationships and in the work to be done.

CE7.2. Respect the procedures and rules of the workplace.

CE7.3. Undertake the tasks with due diligence according to the instructions received, trying to adapt to the work rhythm of the company.

CE7.4. Integrate into the production processes of the workplace.

CE7.5. Use the established communication channels.

CE7.6. To respect at all times the measures of risk prevention, occupational health and environmental protection.

Contents

1. Running the preventive maintenance plan

-Interpretation of the vehicle's technical manual

-Interpretation of written instructions or checks flagged by the company

2. Basic diagnosis and maintenance of the vehicle and its equipment

-Performing visual controls

-Witness observation and dashboard indicators

-Measure of pneumatic pressure

-Basic maintenance of mechanical and electrical systems

-Fulfillment of maintenance forms

-Incident notification

-Tracking risk prevention, occupational health and environmental protection regulations

3. Study of the travel plan

-Using the personal calendar

-Interpretation of maps

-Selecting the itinerary

-Time and stop compliance

4. Circulation and application of driving techniques

-Selecting the right gear

-Speed regime adequation to the optimal tachometer area

-Speed-adequation to track circulances, traffic, signaling, and environmental conditions

-Attention control panel control systems

-Running maneuvers

-Driving without abrupt

-Trajectory calibration

5. Action in relation to complaints or incidents

-Fulfillment of forms established by the transport company

-Using the predicted communication channels

-Incident Fulfillment

6. Cargo/unloading operations of goods

-Manipulation of the entold/desentolde system

-Application of stow/esestiba methods, holding and handling of goods

-Reconditioning loads

-Using merchandise maintenance media

-Load Senalization

-Fulfillment the corresponding form in relation to the failures detected in the loads

7. Special goods loading/unloading operations

-Application of load processes in relation to the specific nature of the goods

-Compliance with current regulations based on the nature of the goods and the type of vehicle

8. Integration and communication in the workplace

-Responsible behavior in the job center.

-Respect to the procedures and rules of the workplace.

-Interpreting and diligently performing the instructions received.

-Recognition of the organization's production process.

-Using the communication channels established in the job center.

-Adequation to the work rate of the company.

-Tracking the regulations for risk prevention, occupational health and environmental protection.

IV. PRESCRIPTIONS OF TRAINERS

Modules

Training

Required Accreditation	Professional experience required in scope of the unit of
	With accreditation	No
MF1461_2: First-level maintenance of road transport vehicles.	● Industrial Technical Engineer. ● Superior Technical of the professional family of transportation and maintenance of vehicles.	1 year	3 years
MF1462_2: Rational driving and operations related to transport services.	● Certificate of competence of teacher of road training or teacher of particular schools of drivers and professional training of passengers or of specialized goods in the field of rational driving, based on safety standards, and environmental, in first aid, in equipment and means of fire extinguishing.	2 years	-
MF1463_2: Planning for transport and client relationships.	● Top-grade technician in logistics and road transport specialist transport business management. ● Certificates of professional training of travelers or specialized goods in logistics and road transport. ● Certificate of professionalism in the organization of the transportation of travelers specializing in logistics and road transport. ● Certificate of professionalism in the organization of transport and the specialized distribution in logistics and road transport. ● Certificate of professionalism of road freight traffic specialized in logistics and road transport.	1 year	3 years
MF1465_2: Goods pickup and delivery operations.	● Top-grade technician in management of transportation companies specializing in dangerous goods. ● Certificate of professional training of goods specialized in dangerous goods. ● Certificate of professionalism in the organization of transport and the specialized distribution of dangerous goods. ● Certificate of professionalism of road freight traffic specialized in dangerous goods.	1 year	3 years

V. MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR SPACES, FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT

The Centres for the provision of driving courses for lorries must be authorised by the competent public authorities for the granting of public transport authorisations, in accordance with the provisions of Royal Decree 1032/2007 of 20 July 2007 governing the initial qualification and continuing training of drivers of certain vehicles intended for road transport.

45

60

Forming Space	Surface m2 15 pupils	Surface m2 20 pupils (R.D. 1032/2007)
	60
Complementary Activities Workshop	150	150
Store	60	60

X

Formend Space	M1	(*) M2	M3
	X	X	X	X
X
X	X	X			X
X
X

Forming Space

Equipment
Classroom.	-Audio-visual equipment. -PCs installed in network, cannon with projection and internet. -Specialty-specific Sofware. -Pizarra to write with a marker. -Rotafolios. -Classroom material. -Table and chair for the trainer. -Table and chairs for students.
Workshop of complementary activities to driving.	-Sectioned systems: or A four-cylinder, inline, four-stroke diesel engine or Motor assembly, pump pump, and gearbox, all in normal size. o A vehicle differential, conic group set, and differential case. o A vehicle steering system, mechanical model. o A vehicle buffer, normal size. or A 12-volt battery, normal size. o A complete chassis, didactic set, with all the mechanical organs of the automobile to natural size. or An inline injection pump, for four-cylinder diesel engine, with power pump, tubes, and injectors. or A clutch system. o A cylinder with all the elements or A normal-sized tire, for sample teaching of different measures. or A double-circuit hydraulic brake system. o A compressed air brake
store.	-Estandel. -Machinery for load displacements (forklift trucks, hand pallet trucks, electric trucks). -Palletized load in sufficient quantity to be able to circulate with a real weight or mass in load, not less than 75% of the MMA. according to the type of vehicle to be used.

(*) For the impartition of the MF1462_2 Training module, rational driving and operations related to public transport services will be used on the public road and the following vehicles will be used:

-Vehicle adapted to the transport of goods whose technical characteristics in terms of masses and dimensions are not less than: 6 Tn of M.M. A, 6 m in length, equipped with double controls, and spare parts and accessories required by the current regulations (Vehicle corresponding to the category of the permit class C1).

-Vehicle assembly consisting of: (Vehicle corresponding to category C1 + E permit category):

● A vehicle for the transport of goods of technical characteristics of MMA not less than 6 Tn, a length of not less than 6 m.

● An MMA trailer not less than 3 Tn. The assembly must be not less than 10 m in length.

-A rigid truck with TIR, tauliner or semitauliner, not less than 18 Tn. of M.M. A, not less than 10 m in length with a width of 2,55 m, equipped with double controls with spare parts and accessories required by the current regulations (Vehicle corresponding to the class C permit category).

-A road train of M.M.A. not less than 36 Tn. with the spare parts and accessories required by the current regulations, consisting of: (Vehicles corresponding to the class C + E permit category).

-

● Road train case:

or a rigid two-or three-axle truck with TIR, tauliner or semitauliner, with a width of not less than 2,55 m, equipped with double controls and authorised to tow trailers and not semi-trailers.

or A trailer of at least two axles, of a width of not less than 2,55 m, the length of which is not less than 7 m or the length of the assembly is not less than 16 m.

● articulated vehicle case:

or A tractor-truck equipped with double controls.

or a semi-trailer vehicle, of a width not less than 2,55 m of at least two axles, so that the length of the assembly is not less than 15 m.

It should not be interpreted that the different learning spaces identified must necessarily be differentiated by means of closure.

The facilities and equipment must comply with the corresponding industrial and sanitary sanitary regulations and will respond to measures of universal accessibility and safety of the participants.

The number of units that must be available for the tools, machines and tools specified in the training spaces, will be sufficient for a minimum of 15 students and must be increased, if necessary, to attend to the higher number.

In the event that the training is addressed to persons with disabilities, the adaptations and reasonable adjustments will be made to ensure their participation in equal conditions.

ANNEX V

I. IDENTIFICATION OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM

Denomination: Maintenance of the motor and electrical systems, safety and comfort of agricultural machinery, extractive industries and building and civil works.

Code: TMVG0310

Professional family: Transportation and Maintenance of Vehicles

Professional area: Electromechanical vehicles

Professional qualification level: 2

Professional reference qualification:

TMV266_2 Maintenance of the engine and electrical systems, safety and comfort of agricultural machinery, extractive industries and building and civil works. (RD 815/2007 of 2 July)

Relationship of competency units that configure the certificate of professionalism:

UC0629_2: Maintain Diesel engines

UC0853_2: Maintain electrical, security and comfort systems, agricultural machinery, extractive industries and building and civil works.

General competition:

Perform maintenance operations of the engine and electrical and safety systems and comfort in agricultural machinery, extractive industries and building and civil works, applying the techniques and procedures established by the manufacturer, achieving the required quality and safety conditions.

Professional environment:

Professional scope:

Exercises its professional activity, both for its own account and for others, in small, medium and large companies, both public and private, manufacturing, optional transformations and maintenance of agricultural machinery, extractive industries and building and civil works.

Productive Sectors:

It is located in the sectors of sale, maintenance and repair of motor vehicles, motorcycles and mopeds, and of the construction industry of machinery and mechanical equipment, in the following subsectors or economic-productive activities: Manufacture of agricultural machinery, extractive industries and construction and civil works. Repair of agricultural machinery, extractive industries and construction and civil works. Assembly and assembly companies of systems, equipment and tools of agricultural machinery, extractive industries and building and civil works. Manufacture and distribution of spare parts. Distribution of diagnostic equipment.

Relevant Occupations and Jobs:

Electromechanical adjuster and/or repair of agricultural machinery in general.

Electromechanical repair of agricultural machinery, extractive industries and building and civil works.

Diesel injection equipment adjuster electromechanical.

Agricultural and industrial machinery verifier.

Operary of companies engaged in the manufacture of spare parts.

Vendor/Vendor for Spare Parts and Diagnosis Equipment

5220.1295 Dependent on auto parts and accessories.

7401.1070 Mechanical-Diesel engine adjuster (vehicles).

7401.1081 Mechanics-Engine adjuster in heavy, agricultural and/or self-propelled industrial machinery.

7401.1081 Mechanic-Agricultural machinery adjuster, in general.

7403.1160 Agricultural machinery repairman, in general.

8201.1066 Montador-Agricultural Machinery Adjuster, in general.

Duration of the associated training: 510 hours

Relationship of training modules and training units:

MF0629_2: (Transverse) Diesel Engines (210 hours)

● UF1617: Maintenance of thermal diesel engines (90 hours).

● UF1618: Maintenance of the lubrication, cooling and power systems of diesel engines. (90 hours).

● UF0917: Prevention of occupational and environmental risks in automotive (30 hours).

MF0853_2: Electrical, security and comfort systems, agricultural machinery, extractive industries and building and civil engineering. (250 hours)

● UF1619: Maintenance of load and boot equipment in agricultural machinery vehicles, extractive industries and building and civil works. (90 hours).

● UF1620: Maintenance of electrical circuits of the lighting, signalling, cabin and motor compartment systems of agricultural machinery vehicles, extractive industries and building and civil works. (60 hours).

● UF1621: Maintenance of air conditioning systems, audio equipment, telecommunications and multiplexed networks in vehicles of agricultural machinery, extractive industries and building and civil works. (70 hours).

● UF0917: (Transversal) Prevention of occupational and environmental risks in automotive (30 hours).

MP0348: Module of professional non-working practices of Motor Maintenance and electrical systems, safety and comfort of agricultural machinery, extractive industries and building and civil works. (80 hours)

Linking with professional trainings:

The training established in the training unit UF0917 of the training modules MF0629_2 and MF0853_2 of this certificate of professionalism, guarantees the level of knowledge necessary to obtain the qualification for the performance of the functions of the Prevention of Work Risks basic level, according to Annex IV of the regulation of the services of prevention, approved by the Royal Decree 39/1997, of January 17.

The personal accreditation for the marketing and handling of fluorinated gases and equipment based on them in vehicles, will be obtained by overcoming the contents established in the training unit UF1621 "Maintenance of the air conditioning systems, audio equipment, telecommunications and networks multiplexed in vehicles of agricultural machinery, extractive industries and building and civil works", of this certificate of professionalism, as provided in Royal Decree 795/2010, of June 16.

II. PROFESSIONAL PROFILE OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM

Competition Unit 1

Naming: MAINTAINING DIESEL ENGINES

Level: 2

Code: UC0629_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria

RP1: Run plot, machining, and welded joints by applying the necessary metrology and normalization techniques according to technical specifications.

CR1.1 The parts and mechanical sets needed for the development of the processes are performed and interpreted by applying the rules and requests of the client.

CR1.2 The layout and marking of the parts are made with the appropriate tools, applying the established techniques, and with the required precision.

CR1.3 The machining processes are executed (drilling, threaded, sawing, liming, among others), meeting technical specifications.

CR1.4 The measurements made in the metrology processes are performed according to the established processes, obtaining the appropriate range parameters.

CR1.5 The welded joints are made by preparing the edges, fixing and giving the proper stiffness to the elements to be joined, selecting the consumable and the values of the operating variables according to the base materials.

CR1.6 The welded joints are checked that they do not present hidden defects and the obtained cords are repassed and finished with the required quality.

RP2: Verify and control the operation of the engine and its systems, diagnosing breakdowns and identifying the causes that cause them, using the appropriate technical documentation and equipment, in safety conditions.

CR2.1 The technical documentation of the system object of maintenance is properly selected and interpreted.

CR2.2 The equipment and means necessary to perform the diagnosis are selected according to the manufacturer's technical specifications.

CR2.3 The parameter measurement is performed and the lubricant and coolant status is verified to determine the operating state of the engine and the systems.

CR2.4 The results obtained in the measurements are analyzed by comparing them with those set out in the technical specifications by determining the relevant maintenance actions.

CR2.5 The diagnosis of the fault is performed in the predetermined time, establishes its causes according to a reasoned process of cause-effect, without causing other breakdowns or damages.

CR2.6 The different repair alternatives are evaluated in each case.

CR2.7 Engine anti-pollution systems are proven to work within the established ranges.

CR2.8 The diagnostic process is properly documented.

RP3: Unmount, repair and mount the engine's mechanical assemblies or subassemblies, achieving their performance performance with the required quality and safety conditions.

CR3.1 The engine is removed and mounted according to the manufacturer's standards, and the corresponding adjustments are made and the set tightening pairs are applied, using the necessary equipment appropriately.

CR3.2 The separation of the cylinder head and the assembly on the block, cutting and cleaning is carried out according to the manufacturer's requirements, checking all the elements that constitute it and verifying the tightness of the internal circuits.

CR3.3 The rod-piston-segment assembly is disassembled and checks for replacing bulons, segments and casings in the necessary cases, performing the assembly in compliance with the standards of the good professional and following technical specifications.

CR3.4 The crankshaft, the banal and axial support casings are dismounted by checking their dimensional parameters, cleaning and checking the various conduits and determining the repair or replacement of the defective elements.

CR3.5 The distribution system is unmounted by verifying the status of its components and making the system point-to-system compliance with technical specifications.

CR3.6 Existing wear and tear are determined by the measurements made with the various instruments.

CR3.7 Maintenance operations are performed according to the established methods, making the corresponding adjustments, applying the quality regulations established by the manufacturer, without causing other breakdowns or damages.

CR 3.8 The basic maintenance operations of the work equipment and tools, as well as the facilities used, are carried out according to technical specifications.

RP4: Unmount, repair and mount lubrication and cooling systems, achieving performance with the required quality and safety.

CR4.1 In the pumps of the lubrication and cooling systems, when intervened, the pressure and flow values of the circulating fluids established by the manufacturer are restored.

CR4.2 The elements of the lubrication and cooling circuits are reviewed, cleaned and/or replaced according to the established methods, making the corresponding adjustments and applying the quality regulations established by the manufacturer.

CR4.3 The tightness and pressure of the circuits, as well as the correct recirculation of fluids are verified after the interventions performed.

CR4.4 The fluids are handled correctly, checking their condition and properly performing the change thereof, complying with the personal and environmental safety standards.

CR4.5 Operating parameters are adjusted and backed out by verifying that they comply with the requirements in the technical documentation.

RP5: Unmount, repair and mount the power system in Diesel engines, adjusting the parameters to obtain operating performance to all engine regimes with the required quality and safety conditions.

CR5.1 The necessary equipment and media are selected and made to be made to the point, interpreting the associated technical documentation.

CR5.2 Cleaning, tober changes, and injector taring, in the necessary cases, and the subsequent purging of the fuel circuit, are performed according to technical specifications, verifying that the fuel supply system presents a total absence of leakage and air intake, maintaining the flow and pressure within the margins indicated by the manufacturer.

CR5.3 The intake air temperature optimization system is verified to work according to the set parameters.

CR5.4 The injector pump is heated and put into phase following technical specifications in the required cases.

CR5.5 Fuel handling is performed with the precautions set, and the status of the filters is verified by replacing them in the required cases.

CR5.6 The signals from the engine management devices are verified to be the correct ones, checking that the electronic management units of the injection system meet the prescribed specifications.

CR5.7 On power circuits:

-The elements and subassemblies are reviewed, cleaned and replaced by the manufacturer's established dismantling and assembly methods and complying with the quality standards.

-Power and power system parameter settings and controls are performed with appropriate tools, media, and equipment, following manufacturer specifications.

CR5.8 The operating parameters of the injection pump, injectors, and the other elements of the power and power supply system are checked to be within the range specified by the manufacturer at the various stages of engine operation (start, post-start, heating, acceleration, full load and high and low cuts).

RP6: Unmount, repair and mount overpowering and anti-pollution systems in Diesel engines, adjusting the parameters to obtain operating performance to all engine regimes with the required quality and safety conditions.

CR6.1 The necessary equipment and media are selected and made to be made to the point, interpreting the associated technical documentation.

CR6.2 The oil pressure in the turbocharger is proven to be the required number of revolutions, with no abnormal noise and vibration.

CR6.3 The overpower system is verified to generate the expected blow pressure based on engine operating conditions and is maintained within the margins defined by the manufacturer.

CR6.4 The operating parameters of the engine's anti-pollution systems are backed out if necessary.

CR6.5 Power and power supply and power system subassemblies are reviewed, cleaned, and replaced following manufacturer-set disassembly and assembly methods and complying with quality regulations.

CR6.6 Power and power system parameter controls and settings are performed with the appropriate tools, media, and equipment, following manufacturer specifications.

RP7: Run all maintenance operations in accordance with occupational risk prevention rules.

CR7.1 The risks inherent in the specific work are extracted from the safety standards of the workshop, and it is proven that the measures of personal and collective protection are fulfilled.

CR7.2 Personal and collective security rules are respected while keeping the work area free of risks.

CR7.3 Contingencies are communicated as soon as necessary to enable them to be monitored and resolved.

Professional Context

Production media

Engine diagnosis bank, Diesel engine gas analyser, pump pump test bench, circuit tightness verification equipment. Compresimeters, manometers, alexometers, comparators, micrometers, electronic injection checking bench, nozzle cleaning machine, specific tools. Diesel engines. Lubrication systems. Cooling systems. Diesel power systems.

Products and results

Preventive, predictive and corrective maintenance of diesel engines, cooling systems, lubrication, and auxiliary systems. Disassembly and assembly of mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic and electronic elements or assemblies. Adjustment, control and measurement of parameters. Handling of equipment and documentation on any medium.

Information used or generated

Manufacturer's technical manuals, with partial drawings where original values are given. Total drawings. Parts listings to use, original and alternative. Cutting manuals. Management manuals for the different teams. Work orders. Media: graphics, writing and computer science.

Competition Unit 2

DENOMINATION: TO MAINTAIN THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS OF SAFETY AND COMFORT OF AGRICULTURAL MACHINERY, OF EXTRACTIVE INDUSTRIES AND OF CONSTRUCTION AND CIVIL WORK.

Level: 2

Code: UC0853_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria

RP1: Maintain the load and boot circuits by adjusting the required parameters to achieve the required functionality.

CR1.1 The selected technical documentation contains the necessary and sufficient information about the system to be maintained and permits its location and identification in an unambiguous manner in the vehicle.

CR1.2 The selected instruments or equipment are suitable to enable the diagnosis process to be carried out.

CR 1.3 The diagnosis of the breakdown establishes the causes according to a reasoned process of cause-effect.

CR1.4 The defective element is repaired or replaced by restoring the proper functionality of the circuit.

CR1.5 The operating parameters of the alternator-regulator are verified as stipulated by the manufacturer.

CR1.6 The operating parameters of the starter motor (consumption, heat engine drag speed, among others) are verified as stipulated by the manufacturer.

CR1.7 The coupling system of the starter motor, functions correctly, and in the necessary cases the appropriate adjustments are made.

CR1.8 The battery is verified with the appropriate equipment and it is proven that the load and unload parameters are the ones stipulated by the manufacturer, after checking the status of the connections.

CR1.9 The modifications or new installations are carried out in such a way that they do not cause anomalies in the original installations, or negative interactions in the operation of other systems, selecting the appropriate drivers and determining that the final energy balance meets and respects all the legal aspects and specifications of the manufacturer.

CR1.10 The basic maintenance operations of the work equipment and tools, as well as the facilities used are performed in each case.

RP2: Maintain electrical lighting, signalling, and auxiliary systems, using technical documentation and measuring and control instruments, in safety conditions.

CR2.1 The selected technical documentation contains the necessary and sufficient information about the system to be maintained and permits its location and identification in an unambiguous manner in the vehicle.

CR2.2 The selected instruments or equipment are appropriate to carry out the diagnosis process.

CR2.3 The health check of the various electrical parameters of the lighting, signalling, visibility, acoustic and information systems, allows to diagnose the system breakdowns to be maintained and the elements to be repaired or replaced according to a reasoned process of cause-effect.

CR2.4 The data obtained by the electronic management units are properly interpreted and allow the diagnosis of the breakdown to be performed.

CR2.5 Diagnosis does not cause other breakdowns or damage.

CR2.6 The defective element is replaced by restoring the system's own functionality and, in case of repair, ensures its reliability.

CR2.7 The intervention does not cause any deterioration in the working area, and has been dismantled and mounted correctly and without damaging the elements of the guarnishing and aesthetic, among others.

CR2.8 The controls and the adjustment of parameters on the circuits and equipment, after the repair, are restored by ensuring the correct operation and compliance of the regulations.

CR2.9 The modifications or new installations made do not cause anomalies in the original installations, or negative interactions in the operation of other systems, selecting the appropriate drivers and determining that the final energy balance meets and respects all legal aspects and specifications of the manufacturer.

CR2.10 The basic maintenance operations of the work equipment and tools, as well as the facilities used are performed in each case.

RP3: Maintain and/or mount systems related to temperature control in the room with the required quality and safety conditions.

CR3.1 The selected technical documentation contains the necessary and sufficient information about the system to be maintained and permits its location and identification in an unambiguous manner in the vehicle.

CR3.2 The selected instruments or equipment are appropriate to carry out the diagnosis process.

CR3.3 The tightness of the heating and air conditioning systems is verified and, if necessary, is backed out with the established means.

CR3.4 The checking of the parameters of the heating and air conditioning circuits (pressures, temperatures, flow rates, among others) makes it possible to diagnose the faults and the elements to be repaired or replaced according to a reasoned process of cause and effect.

CR3.5 The recharging of the air conditioning and air conditioning circuit is carried out with the appropriate equipment, and the pressure takes are carried out at the pre-fixed points, following the technical sequence stipulated by the manufacturer, respecting the environmental and personal safety standards.

CR3.6 The health check of the different electrical parameters of the heating and air conditioning systems as well as the interpretation of the data obtained by the electronic management units, allows to diagnose the breakdowns and the elements that have to be repaired or replaced according to a reasoned process of cause-effect.

CR3.7 The defective element is replaced by reestablishing the system's own functionality and in case of repair it ensures its reliability.

CR 3.8 The maintenance of the filters (dehumidifier, anti-pollution, among others) is done correctly, following the manufacturer's instructions.

CR3.9 The intervention does not cause deterioration in the working area, and has been dismantled and mounted correctly and without damaging the elements of the guarnishing and aesthetic, among others.

CR3.10 The installation of new equipment or modification of the existing equipment meets the technical and environmental specifications and the locations of locations recommended by the manufacturer are respected for the different elements, without interfering in the operation of other systems.

CR3.11 The controls and the adjustment of parameters on the circuits and equipment are restored after the repair, ensuring the correct operation and compliance of the regulations.

RP4: Maintain and/or mount different systems, security and comfort, with the required quality and safety conditions.

CR4.1 The installation of sound and communication equipment is carried out according to the customer's criteria and technical specifications of the manufacturer, respecting the current legality, ensuring that no interference occurs in other systems or vice versa.

CR4.2 The equipment is mounted and maintained without producing deterioration in the upholstered and garnishes, respecting the original characteristics of the vehicle.

CR4.3 The operation of the alarm system is verified in the different phases (connected, disconnected, fired and disconnected), observing the lights, flashing, "leds" of signaling, of operation and the emission of acoustic signals.

CR4.4 The installation and maintenance of the alarm respects the characteristics of the vehicle (guarnados, upholstered, among others) and its operation does not interfere in other systems of the same.

CR4.5 The seating regulation system is verified, checking that the controls and positioning are required.

CR4.6 The checkup of the different electrical parameters in the system of seat regulation as well as the interpretation of the data obtained by the electronic management unit allows us to diagnose the breakdown and the elements to be repaired or replaced according to a reasoned process of cause-effect.

CR4.7 The controls and the adjustment of parameters on the circuits and equipment are restored after the repair, ensuring the correct operation and compliance of the regulations.

RP5: Run all maintenance operations of electrical, safety and comfort systems, in accordance with the standards of occupational and environmental risk prevention.

CR5.1 The anticipated risks inherent in the specific work are extracted from the safety standards of the workshop, and it is proven that the personal and collective protection measures are required.

CR5.2 Personal and collective safety standards are respected while keeping the work area free of risks.

CR5.3 Contingencies are communicated as soon as necessary to enable them to be monitored and resolved.

CR5.4 The maintenance operations of electrical, safety and comfort systems are performed in accordance with environmental regulations.

Professional Context

Production media

Polarimeter, thermometer, manometer, oscilloscope, headlight adjustment equipment, diagnostic equipment, equipment for charging and verifying air conditioning systems, fluid leak detectors, equipment of electrician tools, specific tools of the manufacturer. Small material (cables, terminal connectors, resistors, among others). Lighting, manoeuvring and signalling circuits. Control and auxiliary circuits (fuel indicator, windscreen wipers, among others). Temperature control equipment of the passenger compartment (heating, air conditioning, air conditioning), sound and communication systems, security systems for persons and goods (alarms, among others), information systems and on-board computers (electronic management systems).

Products and results

Preventive, predictive, corrective and installation maintenance of new electronic electrical equipment. Disassembly and assembly of electrical and safety elements or assemblies and comfort. Adjustment, control and parameters.

Information used or generated

Manufacturer's technical manuals, with partial drawings where original values are given. Cutting manuals. Management manuals for the different teams. Work orders. Media: graphic, written or magnetic and computer.

III. TRAINING OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM

FORMATIVE MODULE 1

Naming: DIESEL ENGINES

Code: MF0629_2

Professional qualification level: 2

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC0629_2: Maintain Diesel engines

Duration: 210 hours

FORMATIVE UNIT 1

Naming: MAINTENANCE OF DIESEL THERMAL ENGINES.

Code: UF1617

Duration: 90 hours

Competition reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP2, and RP3.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Use technical drawing techniques to interpret drawings and drawings by applying normalization, in practices that involve performing basic machining operations (drilling, sawing, threading, liming, ...) in metal materials.

CE1.1.Draw the sketch of the piece to be machined, determining the shapes, dimensions and surface finish.

CE1.2 Define the sequence of operations to be performed and the tools, machines, and tools required to perform the part.

CE1.3 Determine the operating parameters for machine machining.

CE1.4 Perform metrology processes with the specific tools and tools.

C2: Operate with media, equipment, tools, and machines to perform basic machining operations,

CE2.1 In practical, duly characterized, assumptions that involve measurements (linear, angular, threads, among others), perform different measurement procedures with gauge, micrometer, comparator, thicknesses gages, threads of threads, explaining its operation.

CE2.2 Perform manual machining, sawing, liming, drilling, threading, and metal cutting.

-Properly handle the required machining tools.

-Adjust the finished finish to measures and rules given in sketch or plane.

CE2.3 Perform the basic electrical welding processes with coated electrode, in those assemblies and metal structures that are not linked to the safety of things or people.

-Handle the welding equipment properly.

-Prepare the edges and fasteners of the parts to be welded.

-Get the prescribed features in the executed welds.

-Apply the rules of use and security during the welding process.

CE2.4 Diagnose the status of welded joints, verifying the absence of cracks and/or breakages.

C3: Describe the constitution and operation of two-and four-time diesel engines, so that they can be properly maintained and repaired.

CE3.1 List the different components of the two and four diesel engines, relating them to the function that they meet and analyze their differences.

CE3.2 Explain the thermodynamic cycle of two-and four-stroke diesel engines.

CE3.3 Perform the theoretical and actual diagrams of the diesel engines.

-Explain the theoretical and practical pressure-volume diagram of a four-time diesel engine.

-Perform and interpret the distribution diagrams of the engines.

-Describe in poly cylindrical motors, the arrangement of the cylinders and the order of ignition in engines online and in uve.

CE3.4 Explain and relate to each other, Caliber, Stroke, Cylindrical, Compression Ratio, Power and Par Engine.

CE3.5 Explain the reglages, adjustments and set to point to be made in the assembly of the motors: set to point of the distribution, adjustment of taques, axial clearance of the crankshaft, pairs of tightening.

CE3.6 Explain the precautions and standards to be taken into account in the disassembly and assembly of the motors (shape of loosening and tightening of the cylinder, assembly of segments, assembly of pistons, assembly of rods and casings ...).

CE3.7 Compare the values of the parameters obtained in the checks with the given in the technical documentation, to determine the elements to be repaired, watered, or replaced.

CE3.8 The process of diagnosing the existing faults in the engine must be properly documented.

C4: Diagnose diesel engine breakdowns, possible or real, and repair them, using diagnostic techniques, equipment, test tools, and manufacturer manuals.

CE4.1 Carry out the necessary tests to determine possible internal engine breakdowns, verify the compression, the draught of the distribution, the presence of anomalous noises, etc.

CE4.2 Interpret the data obtained in the tests and list possible breakdowns and their causes.

CE4.3 Describe the disassembly and assembly process of the complete diesel engine by selecting the necessary means, tools, and tools.

CE4.4 Perform the sequence of unmount and mount operations, following the one set in the technical documentation to repair or replace the defective part.

CE4.5 Check the mounting parameters (tightening, holgures, draught points) according to the technical specifications.

CE4.6 Check the functionality of the repair, absence of leaks and those inherent safety values, for delivery of the repaired engine.

CE4.7 Explain the causes of the breakdown and the repair process.

CE4.8 Verify the quality of the repairs made, thus ensuring the safety of the special vehicle manipulator and the operability to work.

C5: Perform periodic and preventive maintenance of different types of diesel thermal engines.

CE5.1 Get and interpret the necessary data using the different media where you can present the information to perform the periodic maintenance.

CE5.2 Set the items subject to periodic maintenance on the engine either for the time elapsed since the last time or for the kilometers/hours of work.

CE5.3 Perform periodic maintenance operations such as changing the elements of the distribution subject to wear: strap, tensioners and rollers, preheating plugs, filters, etc.

CE5.4 Fill in the work parts by scoring the replacement materials and repair times by comparing them to the manufacturer's standard.

CE5.5 Explain the causes of the wear and the repair process.

CE5.6 Explain the security and cleaning rules to be taken into account in the repair process.

CE5.7 Verify the quality of the repairs made, thus ensuring the safety of the special vehicle manipulator and the operability to work.

C6: Unmount, repair, and mount engine mechanical assemblies or subassemblies.

CE6.1 Extract the engine from its compartment, separate the cylinder head, cut from the bench, crankshaft and pistons, using the appropriate tools and equipment.

CE6.2 Disassembly of the distribution system, check of holgures, reglages, repair if appropriate and assembly respecting the technical specifications of the manufacturer and getting the start up correctly.

CE6.3 Perform repairs or replacement of defective parts in bench, crankshaft, pistons and culata/s, and rear assembly, obtaining the torque and holguras prescribed by the manufacturer.

CE6.4 Check gasket tightness and ensure the quality of the repair.

Contents

1. Standardisation of planes and metrology

-Normalization ISO standards, DIN.

-Technical design applied to the maintenance of diesel engines.

-Representation systems, scales, sections, acotation.

-Sets and explosiones of sets.

-Manuals and technical instructions on the various media in which they can be presented (paper, digital, Internet ...)

2. Measures, measurement and metrology systems

-Measures and units of measurement applicable in mechanics.

-Unit and equivalency systems.

-Metrology, direct measurement devices and by comparison.

-Adjustments and tolerances.

-Element measurement and diagnostic processes.

3. Basic machining and welding

-Serrading, limated, drilling and riveting techniques.

-Unmountable join techniques. Types of threads. Threaded techniques. Types of turnstiles.

-Characteristics of the steels, aluminum, bronze.

-Thermal treatments and parts conformation.

-Types of welding and welding materials.

-Welding techniques. Types of electrodes. Input materials and decapants. Preparation of the welding edges.

-Electrical welding and welding equipment.

4. Diesel cycle engines

-Two-and four-stroke engines.

-Diesel cycle engines, main types

-Thermodynamics. Theoretical and real cycles.

-Curves features of the engines, the distribution diagram.

-Monocionic motors.

-Police engines.

-Motor torque corrective systems, variable geometry collector, variable distribution, compressors and turbochargers.

-The distribution of the engine, different constructions, particularities.

-Work and control diagrams of the distribution.

-Bancada and culata technology.

-Reglages and marks. Put to point.

-Elements subject to wear, measurement, assessment and corrective measures.

-New materials and technologies used in engine construction.

5. Preventive maintenance

-Periodic maintenance sheets described by manufacturers.

-Vehicle maintenance card and guarantees.

-Basic engine maintenance operations.

-Parts of the company. Times and materials used.

-Quality verifications on maintenance and repair operations.

FORMATIVE UNIT 2

Denomination: MAINTENANCE OF THE LUBRICATION, COOLING, AND POWER SYSTEMS OF THE DIESEL ENGINES.

Code: UF1618

Duration: 90 hours

Competition reference: This training unit corresponds to RP4, RP5, and RP6.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Describe the constitution and operation of the lubrication systems of the diesel thermal engines.

CE1.1 Explain the characteristics of lubricants used in diesel engines:

-Explain the properties of motor oils, differences between synthetic, semi-synthetic and mineral and their applications, viscosity index.

-Know the API and ACEA classification of lubricants.

-Check with densimeter and refract the relationship between the concentration of antifreeze and the protection achieved.

CE1.2 Describe the lubrication system of a diesel engine, listing the components that form it and the function it performs each, verifying its correct operation.

-Describe the function of the pump and the overpressure valve, describe different types, and verify their operation.

-Explain the function of the filter, the valve by pass and the check valve, and know its inner workings and circuit.

-Describe oil pressure control, oil temperature control and oil change control systems.

-Explain the relationship with other systems, hydraulic tensioners, hydraulic taques, distribution variators etc.

C2: Describe the cooling system of a diesel engine by listing the components that make it and the function that each one performs.

CE2.1 Know the different types of antifreeze/refrigerants and their applications.

CE2.2 Explain refrigerant liquid specifications for thermal, type and regulatory engines (UNE, SAE).

CE2.3 Explain the operation of the bimetallic thermostat and the circuit pressurization valve.

CE2.4 Describe engine temperature control systems.

CE2.5 Check the operation of the elements that form in the engine temperature control system (fan thermocontact, temperature thermocontact).

C3: Describe the power systems of the Diesel cycle engine, analyzing the different circuits that make them.

CE3.1 Explain the characteristics, types and properties of commercial oil.

CE3.2 Identify and explain the function of each of the elements that make up the fuel circuit, from the filling circuit to the pump pump.

CE3.3 In the injection system by line pumps, rotary and pump-pump, describe its operation, its essential parts and the operation of the injectors.

CE3.4 Identify the subset of the indirect injection feed and its characteristics.

CE3.5 Identify the direct injection feed subset and its characteristics.

CE3.6 Describe the architecture of the electronic management in the different types of injection, in-line, rotary pumps, by common rail and pump injector.

CE3.7 Describe the operation and management of verification and diagnosis equipment, the EOBD protocol and its main functions.

C4: In practical scenarios on the maintenance of diesel engines for direct electronic injection by rotary pump, common rail (common rail) and pump-pump, perform the following operations with due precision.

CE4.1 Check for specific input and output signals from the Control Unit's diesel engines. Get the most representative oscilloms.

CE4.2 Unmount, check, and mount the accelerator pedal sensor

CE4.3 Check for fuel, power and return lines, filters, decanting systems and return coolers and gasoil feed heaters.

CE4.4 Check the brake and clutch pedal drive switches.

CE4.5 On a direct injection engine by rotating pump verify and in your case disassemble and mount the particular elements of these motors (injector lift sensor, dispenser, slide position sensor ...)

CE4.6 On a direct injection engine by common rail check and in your case disassemble and mount the particular elements of these motors (injectors, pressure regulator, pressure sensor, disconnection of the third piston of the high pump ...).

CE4.7 Verify the flow rate of the injectors over a direct injection engine per common rail (common rail).

CE4.8 On a direct injection engine by injection pump group verify and in your case disassemble and mount the particular elements of these engines (pump pump group, two-stage pump).

CE4.9 Check and replace the electrovalve regulating a variable geometry turbocharger.

CE4.10 Check the communication of the motor management control unit with the rest of the control units (ABS, immobilizer, dashboard, climatizer ...)

CE4.11 Perform the reading of the control unit breakdown memory, perform the erasure and perform a dynamic test to verify the success in the repair and the absence of breakdowns.

C5 Analyze engine performance, assessing the influence it has on performance and exhaust gas formation, over-power and anti-pollution systems.

CE5.1 Describe the anti-pollution systems in diesel engines, analyzing the various elements that make it up:

-The catalyst, the broadband diesel lambda probe.

-The EGR (exhaust gas recirculation) system. The cooling of the recirculating exhaust gases.

-The particle filter, the importance of the temperature of the combustion and exhaust gases, regeneration process, additives in the fuel.

CE5.2 Explain the importance of over-feeding in the Diesel cycle engines of the special vehicles and the different systems.

-Explain the operation of the turbocharger fixed and variable geometry and its mechanical and electronic regulation systems, analyze the differences.

-Explain the particularities of the volumetric compressor.

-The importance of the air cooler (intercooler), air temperature control aspirated and blown and control of the operating pressures.

-The importance of lubrication in turbochargers.

-Analysis of the absence of external elements and/or dirt on the suction pipes.

CE5.3 Unmount, check, clean, and mount the EGR exhaust recirculation system.

CE5.4 Unmount and mount a particle filter.

CE5.5 Verify the anti-pollution systems of the engine, checking its proper operability.

CE5.6 Unmount, check and repair or replace turbo compressor.

C6: Unmount, repair, and mount the diesel engine power and power systems.

CE6.1 Describe the disassembly, mounting, and possible settings, following a logical order.

CE6.2 Select the specific means, tools, and tools required to perform these operations, after the failure has been identified.

CE6.3 In practical assumptions about maintenance of the power and combustion system of a diesel engine for mechanical injection, perform the following operations with due precision, restoring the values of the parameters to those indicated by the technical specifications:

-Check the perfect circuit tightness.

-Purgling or priming the fuel supply circuit, eliminating all other air in the circuit.

-Perform the check and subsequent replacement of the stop electrovalve in pump pumps.

-Verify and analyze the correct operation of the power pump.

-Unmount and mount the engine pump pump, performing the operation of draught and phase-on, following a logical order of disassembly-assembly.

-Adjust mechanical advancement mechanisms, minimum hot and cold idle and maximum speed.

-Verify the preheating system and post-warm function.

-Check, unmount, and mount the heaters.

-Unmount and mount the precameras on a disassembled butt.

-Unmount and mount the injectors:

-Check and adjust the opening pressure.

-Verify the spray and shape of the jet.

-Check for tightness.

-Replace the nozzles.

-Perform these operations taking into account the importance of cleaning when handling all components of the injectors.

-Unmount and mount a turbocharger.

-Verify the turbo-tightness of the turbo and the entire pneumatic circuit, pipes and air cooler (intercooler).

-Control the efficiency of the air cooler (intercooler).

CE6.4 Perform the proper management of waste generated during repair processes.

Contents

1. Engine lubrication

-Lubricants, types, properties and characteristics, classification, and maintenance intervals.

-lubrication systems. Types of crankcase.

-Types of pumps and motion transmission.

-Oil fritters.

-Oil filter technology.

-Oil pressure control and internal engine pressure control.

-System for degassing and recycling oil vapors.

-Regular system maintenance.

2 Engine Cooling

-Air or water cooling system.

-Types of heat exchangers.

-Types of fans and their transmission.

-Refrigerant fluids, characteristics and maintenance, importance of antifreeze concentration

-Control of engine operating temperature, piloted thermostats.

-Operation and constitution of electrical elements and associated circuits.

-Regular system maintenance.

3 Fuel power injection diesel engines

-Fuel tank. Level aphorator.

-Power, mechanical and electrical pumps.

-Manual Purge Pump.

-Filtering of the fuel and water decanters. Types of filters.

-Power pipes and assemblies of these.

-Refrigerators and gas-oil heaters.

-Rotary Pumps:

-Main types.

-Characteristics and auxiliary systems.

-Operating principle.

-Calado of the different types.

-Rotary Pumps with electronic control.

-Online Pumps:

-Characteristics and auxiliary systems.

-Operating principle.

-Dossier and caling of the online pump.

-Online pumps with electronic control.

-Precameras and particularities.

-Injection pressure.

-Precameras and particularities.

-Injection pressure.

-Direct injection:

-particularities.

-Injection pressure.

4. Direct diesel electronic injection

-Evolution, types and principle of operation.

-Identification of components.

-Sensors, Control Unit and actuators.

-Self-diagnosis systems.

-EOBD protocol, multiplexed communication lines.

-Unmount, mount, and repair processes.

-Common rail systems (common rail).

-Systems by electronic group pump injector, characteristic types.

5. Overpowering, Turbocompressors and Compressors

-Operating principle, characteristics and types, differences between turbocharger and compressor.

-Systems for regulating the pressure of blowing, fixed and variable geometry.

-Main checks on the system and its components.

-Admission air cooling systems.

-Diagnosis of leaks and major breakdowns in overpowering circuit pipes.

6. Anti-pollution in diesel engines

-The opacimeter, parameter interpretation.

-Standard for exhaust gases in diesel engines, the EURO V standard.

-The exhaust gas recirculation system (EGR, AGR).

-Principle of operation and identification of components.

-Cooling of recirculating exhaust gases.

-The catalysts.

-The particle filter (FAP)

-Temperature and differential pressure probes.

-The cycle of regeneration, fuel additive.

-Identifying components and main checks

FORMATIVE UNIT 3

Naming: PREVENTION OF OCCUPATIONAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL RISKS IN AUTOMOTIVE

Code: UF0917

Duration: 30 hours

Competition reference: This training unit corresponds to the RP7.

Assessment capabilities and criteria

C1: To analyze the prevention and safety measures regarding the actions of the handling of the installations and equipment, contained in the safety plans of the companies of the sector.

CE1.1 Specify the aspects of prevention and safety regulations related to the risks arising from the handling of installations and equipment.

CE1.2 Identify and evaluate risk factors and associated risks.

CE1.3 Describe the requirements of the work areas and the procedures for their preparation, determining the specific occupational risks involved and their corrective actions.

CE1.4 Analyze first aid requirements in different accident scenarios.

CE1.5 Define the rights and duties of the employee and the company in terms of prevention and safety.

C2: Act according to the security plan using the company's security and prevention measures.

CE2.1 Apply preventive and corrective measures to the identified risks, including the selection, conservation and correct use of the individual and collective protective equipment.

CE2.2 Apply the action protocols to possible emergencies, such as:

-Identify people in charge of specific tasks.

-Report the disfunctions and the dangerous cases observed.

-Proceed for the evacuation of buildings in accordance with established procedures, in case of emergency.

CE2.3 Adopt the basic sanitary measures, first aid techniques and transfer of accidents in different accident scenarios.

C3: Apply the company's environmental protection and waste recycling measures.

CE3.1 Specify aspects of environmental regulations related to the risks arising from the activity of the workshop, such as noise, vibration, and the handling of combustible products, lubricants, paints and solvents, combustion gases, welding gases, waste materials, lijas, electrodes, etc.

CE3.2 Identify and assess the associated environmental risk and risk factors.

CE3.3 Apply preventive and corrective measures to the risks identified, including the correct handling of products and their storage, use of individual and collective protective equipment.

CE3.4 Apply the action protocols to possible emergencies, such as:

-Evacuate the work zone

-Report the disfunctions and the dangerous cases observed.

CE3.5 Apply Selective Collection of Waste:

-Identify containers and clean points.

-Respect the signage and waste recycling protocols.

CE3.6 Maintain work zones in order and cleaning to prevent incidents.

Contents:

1. Basic concepts about health and safety at work

-Work and health.

-Professional risks.

-Risk factors.

-Consequences and damages derived from the job:

-Work accident.

-Professional illness.

-Other pathologies derived from work.

-Economic and operational impacts.

-Basic regulatory framework for occupational risk prevention:

-The labor risk prevention law.

-The prevention services regulation.

-Scope and legal bases.

-Health and safety directives at work.

-Public agencies related to health and safety at work:

-National agencies.

-Autonomous bodies.

2. General risks and their prevention

-Risks in the management of tools and equipment.

-Risks in handling systems and installations.

-Risks in the storage and transport of loads.

-Risks in handling products and waste.

-Risks associated with the working environment:

-Exposure to physical, chemical or biological agents.

-The fire.

-Risks derived from workload:

-Physical fatigue.

-Mental fatigue.

-Job dissatisfaction.

-Protecting workers ' health and safety:

-Collective protection.

-Individual protection.

3. Acting in emergencies and evacuation

-Types of accidents.

-Primary evaluation of the crashed.

-First aid.

-Socorrism.

-Emergency situations.

-Emergency and evacuation plans.

-Support information for emergency action.

4. Environmental risks and waste handling

-Risks arising from the storage and handling of fuels, fats and lubricants.

-Risks associated with noise, vibration and combustion gases produced in the workshop.

-Action protocols to mitigate environmental risks.

-Types of waste generated.

-Storage in containers and bags, waste signalling.

-Waste management.

-Order maintenance and cleanup of the work zone.

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Units

40

20

Total duration in hours of the training units	Number of maximum hours susceptible distance
Formative unit 1-UF1617	90	40
20
40
40	40	20

Sequence:

To access the Formative Unit 2, the Formative Unit 1 must have been exceeded.

The Formative Unit 3, can be programmed independently.

Access criteria for students

They will be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree that regulates the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this annex accompanies.

FORMATIVE MODULE 2

DENOMINATION: ELECTRICAL, SAFETY AND COMFORT SYSTEMS, AGRICULTURAL MACHINERY, EXTRACTIVE INDUSTRIES AND BUILDING AND CIVIL WORKS.

Code: MF0853_2

Professional qualification level: 2

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC0853_2: Maintain electrical, security and comfort systems, agricultural machinery, extractive industries and building and civil works.

Duration: 220 hours

FORMATIVE UNIT 1

Naming: MAINTENANCE OF LOAD AND BOOT EQUIPMENT ON SPECIAL VEHICLES.

Code: UF1619

Duration: 90 hours

Competition reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Apply and explain the most relevant laws and rules of electricity to the resolution of electric circuits of continuous current, defining the magnitudes and units of measurement associated with the electrical phenomenon.

CE1.1 Explain the graphical symbology of the electrical schemes and Identify the electrical schemes of the circuits in the corresponding manuals, Localizing and identifying the elements in the corresponding scheme.

CE1.2 Explain the phenomenon of current generation by electrochemical effect and identify the elements that make up a battery.

CE1.3 Describe the basic principles of electromagnetism, explaining and analyzing:

-The phenomenon of electrical current generation by electromagnetic means.

-the phenomenon of electromagnetic emissions of electrical circuits and their disturbances in electronic circuits.

-Undesired effects produced by electromagnetic inductions within the wiring.

-The operation of the different electromagnetic elements of a vehicle (relays, sensors, motors, electrovalves, horns, ignition coils, etc.)

CE1.4 Analyze the functionality of basic electronic-electronic assemblies, related to different vehicle systems, explaining:

-The functionality and properties of different components of an electronic circuit.

-More usual sensors and actuators, and the application thereof in the corresponding electronic circuits.

-Applications of basic electronic-electronic assemblies, describing the principles of logical electronics and their application to the digital technique.

CE1.5 Perform basic electrical circuit assemblies, using the required electrical/electronic elements, on a model or vehicle panel, explaining:

-The rules and methods used in performing the circuits.

-The rules for specific use and security of the mounted circuit.

-Logical sequence of operations for the conduct of circuits.

-Connect the appropriate measuring means to the circuit and interpret the measures obtained.

-Check the functionality of the performed circuit.

C2: Identify breakdowns and maintain the starter motor and the elements associated with the boot circuit in a manner appropriate to its characteristics, using the appropriate equipment, means and diagnostic techniques.

CE2.1 Select and interpret technical documentation on the boot circuit.

CE2.2 Describe the characteristics and constitution of the boot circuits by performing a system sketch.

CE2.3 Identify and describe the parameters to be measured to perform the appropriate tests based on the breakdown symptoms.

CE2.4 Set the correct sequence of the unmount and mount operations of the sets and elements.

CE2.5 Replace the induced, stator, brushes, and boot relay.

CE2.6 Replace defective cabling and other system elements.

CE2.7 Test the test bench start engine and replace the defective elements.

CE2.8 Explain the safety and cleaning rules to be taken into account in the repair process.

CE2.9 Verify the quality of the repairs performed, checking the specified operating parameters.

C3: Identify breakdowns and maintain the electric charging system in a way that is appropriate to its characteristics, analyzing the operation of the system, using the appropriate equipment, means and diagnostic techniques.

CE3.1 Select and interpret technical documentation on the load circuit.

CE3.2 Describe the characteristics and constitution of the load circuits with alternator by performing a system sketch, identifying and describing the key points and the parameters to be measured to perform the appropriate tests according to the breakdown symptoms.

CE3.3 Set the correct sequence of the unmount and mount operations of the sets and elements.

CE3.4 Replace the rotor, stator, brushes, and the alternator diodes plate.

CE3.5 Test the alternator on test bench and replace the defective items.

CE3.6 Perform the electrical charge of the battery boot and standard downloads to evaluate your status.

CE3.7 Explain the safety and cleaning rules to be taken into account in the repair process.

CE3.8 Verify the quality of the repairs performed, checking the specified operating parameters.

C4: Specify a small modification or a new installation to be carried out on the vehicle load system, selecting the materials, components and elements necessary to perform it.

CE4.1 Define the load circuit from the vehicle scheme.

CE4.2 Perform the necessary calculations to select the materials.

CE4.3 Determine the materials required for the installation.

CE4.4 Successfully connect the elements that make up the load circuit.

CE4.5 Connect correctly to the circuit the precise apparatus, to perform the appropriate measurement.

CE4.6 Recognize the parameters to be measured in the circuits.

CE4.7 Check that the system works according to the criteria set.

C5: Successfully handle electrical equipment (polymeters, oscilloscopes, diagnostic equipment, etc.) used in the maintenance of vehicle systems.

CE5.1 Identify typical characteristics of measuring devices (range, sensitivity, accuracy, etc.).

CE5.2 Interpret technical documentation of equipment, measuring devices and means of diagnosis.

CE5.3 Calibrate and adjust the measuring devices.

CE5.4 Measure the parameters of the circuits by determining the connection of the measuring device.

CE5.5 Use correctly and responsibly the media and measuring devices.

Contents

1. Electricity and electromagnetism applied to vehicle load and start systems

-Measures and Units

-Electric load. Condenser

-Electricity classes. Static and dynamic electricity.

-Electric field. Electrical potential. Potential difference

-Current Intensity. Effects of the electric current.

-Electrical resistance

-Ohm Law, Applications

-Serial, parallel, and mixed-coupling resistances

-Kirchoff Laws

-Serial, parallel, and mixed condensers

-Energy stored by a capacitor

-Power and Power

-Joule Effect

-Motion production by electromagnetic effect.

-Power production procedure by rotating motion.

-Electromagnetic and inductive disturbances in circuits.

-Electrical and electronic measurement devices.

-Test Lamp

-Polymeter types

-Polymeter applications

-The oscilloscope and its handling

-Diagnostic teams

2. Electrical and electronic components technology

-Fuses and intensity limiters

-Resistance and reostats. Dependent or special resistors

-Condensers

-Rels

-Semiconductor diodes. Transistors. Thyristors. IGBT's

-Operational Amplifiers

-Microprocessor Notions

3. Electrical installation and symbology

-Electrical Cables and Fixes

-Central connections, mass points, and fuse box

-Terminals and Connectors

-Electrical and flat symbology

-Interpretation of electrical schemes

4. Boot Engine

-Start engine operating principle

-Counter-electromotive force in the boot engines

-Boot engine components

-Coaxial and sliding-induced boot engine

-Booting and running the boot engine

-Boot engine command systems

-Reducing and Gear System

-Features of the boot engines

-Curves features of the boot engines

-Nominal voltage and power of the boot engines

5. Car accumulators

-Disolutions and electrolytes

-The electrolysis

-Battery of accumulators. Evolution of the boot batteries.

-Structure and components of a lead accumulator.

-Loading and unloading a battery. Self-discharge.

-Battery electrical characteristics

6. Maintenance and verification of the boot system

-Verification of the boot circuit

-Verification and control of the components of the starter motor (induced, stator, brush cap, others)

-Bank and vehicle boot engine tests

-Battery chargers. Fast and training loads

-Recommendations for loading accumulators

-Spontaneous downloading and overloading of a accumulator

-Measure of electrolyte density.

-Measure of battery voltage.

-Specific materials, equipment, tools and tools for the maintenance of load and boot systems.

7. Load circuit with alternator

-Load Circuit

-Principle of operation of the alternator

-Alternator structure and components

-Operation of the rectifier bridge

-Excitation circuit

-Alternate features of the alternator

-Power balance of the alternator

-Alternator runs: types

8. Load Regulators

-Need of regulation

-Contact Regulators

-Electronic help for contact regulators

-Fully transistorized electronic regulators

-Electronic regulators built into the alternator

-New Generation Electronic Regulators

9. Maintenance and verification of the load system

-Installing and maintaining the alternator

-Bank alternator test

-Verification and control of the alternator

-Verification and control of the regulator

-Full load circuit verification

FORMATIVE UNIT 2

Denomination: MAINTENANCE OF ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS OF THE LIGHTING, SIGNALLING, CAB AND MOTOR COMPARTMENT SYSTEMS OF THE SPECIAL VEHICLES.

Code: UF1620

Duration: 60 hours

Competition reference: This training unit corresponds to the RP2.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Describe the operation and identify the faults of the interior lighting systems (housing, guantera, doors, etc.) and exterior (population, crossing, road, fog, etc.) of the special vehicle using suitable diagnostic techniques and equipment.

CE1.1 Explain the operation of the interior lighting system and the elements that compose it, and interpreting the layout and drawing of the circuits if necessary, taking into account the conditions of the lighting and the power-off and the timing and ramps if any.

CE1.2 Unmount and mount the elements that make up the interior lighting system in order to be able to replace the element that is broken, following the manufacturer's instructions and safety standards.

CE1.3 Explain the operation of exterior lighting, as well as the different systems and elements that compose it by interpreting diagrams and drawing croquis of the circuits if necessary.

CE1.4 Choose and configure the most appropriate control and measurement means for each type of circuit to be checked.

CE1.5 Discover operational breakdowns by analyzing the causes and reproducing the effects by acting on them using the most appropriate means.

EC1.6 Unmount and mount the elements that make up the exterior lighting system in order to be able to replace the element that is broken, respecting the manufacturer's requirements and safety standards.

C2: Analyze the operation and identify the faults of the external signalling systems (intermittent, emergency lights, stop, acoustic indicator, etc.) and interior (witnesses, odometers, buzzers, messages on screen, word synthesis etc.) of the special vehicle using appropriate diagnostic techniques and equipment.

CE2.1 Explain the operation of the exterior signaling and its systems and components, interpreting schemas and drawing croquis of the circuits if necessary.

CE2.2 Analyse the lighting systems explaining the constitution and operating characteristics of the different systems, as well as the elements that compose it by interpreting diagrams and drawing croquis of the circuits if necessary.

CE2.3 Discover operational breakdowns by analyzing the causes and reproducing the effects by acting on them.

CE2.4 Unmount and mount the elements that make up the system in order to be able to replace the item that is broken down.

C3: Perform the maintenance and/or replacement of elements or assemblies of the lighting and manoeuvring circuits and signalling, thereby restoring its previous operating conditions.

CE3.1 The defective element is replaced by resetting the functionality of the system and ensures its functionality, after performing the timely check.

CE3.2 The intervention is carried out in such a way that it does not cause deterioration in the work area near, disassembled and mounted correctly and without damaging the elements of the guarnished, aesthetic or other.

CE3.3 The controls and the adjustment of parameters on circuits and equipment are carried out in such a way as to ensure compliance with the regulations.

CE3.4 The basic maintenance operations of the work equipment and tools, as well as the facilities used, are carried out according to technical specifications.

CE3.5 Explain the causes of the breakdown and the repair process.

CE3.6 Explain the safety and cleaning rules to be taken into account in the repair process.

CE3.7 Verify the quality of the repairs made, thus guaranteeing the operability to work.

C4: Describe the operation and identify breakdowns of the electrical devices in the cab and the engine compartment of the special vehicle using appropriate diagnostic techniques and equipment.

CE4.1 Analyze the auxiliary devices by explaining the constitution and operating characteristics of the different systems, as well as the elements that compose it by interpreting diagrams and drawing croquis of the circuits if necessary.

CE4.2 Discover operational breakdowns by analyzing the causes and reproducing the effects by acting on them.

CE4.3 Unmount and mount the elements that make up the system in order to be able to replace the item that is broken down.

C5: Maintain and/or replace elements or assemblies of the electrical auxiliary devices of the cab and the engine compartment, thereby restoring its previous operating conditions, as well as the assembly of new equipment.

CE5.1 The defective element is replaced by resetting the functionality of the system and ensures its functionality.

CE5.2 The intervention is carried out in such a way that it does not cause deterioration in the working area near, disassembled and mounted correctly and without damaging the elements of the guarnished, aesthetic or other.

CE5.3 The controls and the adjustment of parameters on circuits and equipment are carried out in such a way as to ensure compliance with the regulations.

CE5.4 The basic maintenance operations of the work equipment and tools, as well as the facilities used, are carried out according to technical specifications.

CE5.5 The modification made is proven not to cause anomalies in the original installations, nor negative interactions in the operation of other systems (electronic noise, mass loops, among others).

CE5.6 The chosen conductors, the joints made and the other electrical elements used are verified by checking that they comply with the technical specifications.

CE5.7 The modification that is made or the new installation is proven to meet and respect all legal aspects and manufacturer's specifications.

CE5.8 The installed equipment is checked to work according to the specifications set by the manufacturer.

CE5.9 The installation is located and fixed on the body, checking that it is not going to produce noises or deteriorate.

CE5.10 Explain the assembly process of the new installation, as well as its particularities and manner of use if there is.

CE5.11 Explain the causes of the breakdown and the repair process.

CE5.12 Explain the security and cleaning rules to be taken into account in the repair process.

CE5.13 Verify the quality of the repairs carried out, thus guaranteeing the operability to work.

Contents

1. Maintenance and adjustment of exterior lighting and signalling

-Fotometry and units of measurement

-Asymmetric beam lighting

-Faros. Arrangement of headlamps

-Halogen Lamp and Other Types

-Position, stop, and reverse lights

-Intermitency Lights

-Additional Fars

-Lighting installation

-Effects of voltage variation on the lighting circuit

-Electronic help for the lighting circuit:

-Auto-on of position lights

-Audible-lit acoustic warning

-Automatic change to the crosswalk

-LDR Fotorresistors

-Regulation of headlamps

-Verification and control of the lighting circuit.

-Intermitter Circuit

-Electronic intermitment center

-Emergency intermittent device

2. maintenance of electrical devices for the use of driving aids

-The claxon. Arrangement of the horns

-Verification and control of the claxon circuit.

-Wipers. Automatic stop devices

-Two or more speeds

-Intermittent Wiper Device

-Verification and control of wiper systems

-Lava windscreen

-Clean-lava lunets and clean-lava projectors

-Current auxiliary Tomas.

3. Board board and control computer

-Control indicators

-Fuel Level Indicator

-Other level indicators (hydraulic brake circuit, oil level indicator, cooling liquid level indicator)

-Oil Pressure and Temperature Indicators

-refrigerant liquid temperature indicators

-Other acoustic and light warning devices

-Velocimeter and storytellers

-Set of dashboard

-Control Computer

-Verification and control of the dashboard.

4. Maintenance of the electrical devices of the passenger compartment

-Door electromagnetic locks

-Electric lift systems

-Courtesy lights and inner room lighting

-Cigarette-Encender and Time Clock

-Security belt alarm systems

-Alarm and anti-theft systems

5. Maintenance of the electrical devices of the engine chest

-Fuel electric pump

-Cooling fan engine

-Spark distributor, spark plug cables

-Caldeo plugs for diesel engines

-Electromagnetic-Embrague

-Electromagnetic Brake

6. Cabling and Protections Maintenance

-Electrical Cabling. Protective tapes. Connectors.

-Connection and fuse box

-Electrical Schemes

-Mass Circuit

-Fuses and intensity limiters

-Deworming and suppression of interference.

FORMATIVE UNIT 3

Denomination: MAINTENANCE OF AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS, AUDIO EQUIPMENT, TELECOMMUNICATIONS, AND MULTIPLEXED NETWORKS IN SPECIAL VEHICLES.

Code: UF1621

Duration: 70 hours

Competition reference: This training unit corresponds to RP3 and RP4.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Identify the components of the air conditioning system, (ventilation, heating and air conditioning) by analyzing its operation, using the appropriate diagnostic techniques, equipment and means.

CE1.1 Describe ventilation and heating systems

Ce1.2 Graphically reintroduce, using sketches or diagrams, system blocks

CE1.3 Identify the systems and components in the special vehicle or model.

CE1.4 Select specific equipment and tools required for assembly, disassembly, and verifications

CE1.5 Perform logical sequence diagrams of the fault diagnosis process

CE1.6 Describe the constitution of the air conditioning and air conditioning system using a block diagram explaining the operation of the system.

CE1.7 Explain the operation of each of the components.

CE1.8 Explain the process of emptying, carrying out vacuum and coolant loading and the safety and environmental standards to be observed.

CE1.9 Identify the air conditioning or air conditioning system in the special vehicle or model of the elements to be checked by selecting the parameters to be measured.

C2: Operate with materials, equipment, tools and specific tools necessary to replace and/or repair the elements or equipment that make up the air conditioning system, as well as perform its maintenance and correct any possible breakdowns.

CE2.1 Perform the disassembly and assembly of sets or elements of the systems.

CE2.2 Perform system item checks.

CE2.3 Check the proper functioning of the air conditioning system, once both its hydraulic part and its electrical parts are identified.

CE2.4 Perform operations according to the technical specifications, applying the safety standards in the work processes.

CE2.5 Prepare and calibrate measuring equipment and instruments.

CE2.6 Perform the check and read team connections for the various parameters by giving the measurement values with the appropriate approach

CE2.7 Perform periodic maintenance of the air conditioning system, change of filters, belt change, pressure checking, temperatures and operating parameters.

CE2.8 Detect coolant leaks from both refrigerant gases and liquid heat carriers and correct the detected leaks.

CE2.9 Handle vacuum pump, gauge bridge, recovery-recycling equipment for gases, scales and metering.

CE2.10 Manipulate coolant load equipment, bottles, and service valves without causing any leakage into the atmosphere.

CE2.11 Compare the values of the parameters obtained in the checks with the given in technical documentation to determine the elements to be repaired or replaced.

CE2.12 Explain the safety and environmental standards to be taken into account in the repair process.

CE2.13 Verify the quality of the repairs made, thus ensuring the operability to work.

C3: Mounting and maintaining audio, video and telecommunications equipment and maintaining the installation of the same, operating in a distrely manner with materials, equipment, tools and specific tools necessary to replace and/or repair the elements.

CE3.1 Explain the characteristics of the equipment and its purpose.

CE3.2 Describe the assembly and disassembly process of the equipment elements. CE3.3 To correctly locate the components of the equipment in the compartment, performing the correct disassembly and mounting of the guards, panels and consoles of the special vehicle cabin, taking into account:

-Preinstallation of the manufacturer. New wiring and connections.

-Spaces available for the location of the items, taking into account that they must be installed in a location where it does not interfere with the cabin series components and can be easily handled.

-Successfully position the speakers, displays, antenna, anti-parasitic capacitors, etc.

CE3.4 Make the connection of the different components of the equipment taking into account the protection of the circuit with the appropriate fuse and the viewness of the installation, hiding in the way possible the wiring of the system.

CE3.5 Repair breakdowns in audio, video and telecommunications equipment, using diagnostic techniques appropriate to the broken down system and explaining the causes and effects of the most common breakdowns.

CE3.6 Use the appropriate measuring instruments.

CE3.7 Check the functionality of the system according to its capabilities.

CE3,8Verify the quality of the repairs made, thus guaranteeing the operability to work.

C4: Interpret the technical documentation (multiplexed network topography, electrical schemes and bus tracking through them), identify the electronic systems connected to the bus and the general functionality of each one to determine, in each case the signals they receive from different sensors and the ones they exchange with other systems.

CE4.1 Explain the data multiplexing phenomenon.

CE4.2 Conversion of the value of the data into binary (the bit and the byte).

CE4.3 General characteristics of the various protocols used in automotive.

CE4.4 Means used for data transmission (the bus).

CE4.5 The frame and time value of the time spent in the transmission of the frame according to the speed of the protocol used.

C5: Diagnose, analyze, and repair faults of electronically controlled systems in the various automobiles equipped with multiplexed networks by selecting and using the most appropriate means.

CE5.1 Identify the breakdown and choose the most appropriate means of measurement and self-diagnosis for your analysis.

CE5.2 Get and interpret the information and parameters provided by the self-diagnostic team

CE5.3 Relating the mechanical parameters to be controlled with the electrical signals revealed by the means of self-diagnosis.

CE5.4 Correct the detected problem and check that it has been solved by using the self-diagnostic means, if necessary.

CE5.5 Correct configuration and/or programming problems in the electronic systems that require it, describing:

-The procedure to enable/disable functions that make up the configuration of a calculator.

-The procedure to update the software version of a calculator.

Contents

1. Air conditioning in vehicles

-Climate processes: Cool, heat, dehumidize, renew and filter the air.

-Heat, temperature and pressure units.

-Status changes. Sensitive and latent heat.

-Fundamental gas laws.

-Thermal and functional description of an air conditioning system.

-Theoretical cold cycle on Mollier diagram.

-Refrigerants and oils

-Thermodynamic properties of R-134 a and other gases used.

-Types of oils and gas compatibility. Properties of oils.

-Handling and handling of refrigerant gases.

-Environmental and security rules

-Refrigerant gas charging, recovery and recycling station.

2. Environmental impact of refrigerants and relevant environmental regulations

-Climate change, Kyoto and Montreal protocols

-Depletion of ODP Ozone Layer.

-Atmospheric heating and greenhouse effect of the PCA gases.

-Using alternative refrigerants.

-European Regulation: Regulation (EC) No 1005/2009 of the European Parliament, Directive 2006 /40/EC of the European Parliament

Regulation (EC) No 842/2006

-Spanish Regulations: Royal Decree 795/2010

3. The cold system

-Types and characteristics of compressors.

-Electromagnetic-Embrague.

-The condenser, heat exchange parts.

-The electrofan and its management.

-Dehydrating filters.

-Liquid accumulators.

-Reevaporators and dampers.

-Expansion valves and evaporator.

-The basic outline of a climatizer.

-Functions of the floodgates.

-Manguages, fittings, O-rings, service valves.

-particle filters, activated carbon, plasma and antipollen filters.

4. Maintenance of control devices and control of the air conditioning

-Basic electrical scheme.

-Fuses and main relays.

-Separate Presostats.

-Presostat trinary, quadinay.

-Pressure probes.

-Antiice termostat.

-Mechanical thermostats.

-PTC and NTC of outdoor and housing temperature, temperature probe of air mixture and evaporation.

-Solar radiation probe.

-Relative humidity probes.

-Electronic fan speed variants.

-Electric motors and servo motors and air-gate tires.

-Climaters panel.

-The organizational architecture of the air conditioning and communication with central motor management.

5. Diagnosis of breakdown and repair processes

-Equipment and tools: Manometer bridge, vacuum pump, polymeter.

-Gas extraction, recycling and loading processes.

-Make empty on the circuit or separate components.

-Cleaning of circuits and components.

-Empty tightness control.

-Load or addiction of oil and dyes to the system.

-Pressure and temperature checks and system performance.

-Detection of leaks with electronic detector and by means of ultraviolet lamps.

-Most common averias: loss of gas and electrical breakdowns.

-Diagnosis by means of pressure gauge bridge and temperatures.

-Menus of malfunctions incorporated in diagnostic machines.

6. Mounting and maintaining audio, video, and multimedia equipment

-Features of sound equipment and its technology.

-Preview, Amplification, and Equalization.

-Altboxes and boxes. Sound pressure and performance.

-Interpretation of assembly and cabling schemes.

-Features of video, multimedia and technology equipment.

-Screens and Interfaces for console video.

-Interpretation of assembly and cabling schemes.

-Telecommunications equipment.

-Voice, message, tele help system.

-Guided systems via GPS.

-Communications via Bluetooth.

-Interpretation of assembly and cabling schemes.

7. Assembly and maintenance of data transmission means. Multiplexed

-Data transmission modes.

-Media and transmission paths:

-Cable, optical fiber

-Ultrasounds, infrared, radio-frequency.

-Binary system. Encoding of the data.

-Generalities on Multiplexing of Information.

-The digital information frame.

-More automotive employees protocols:

-I2C, KL, VAN, LIN, CAN, MOST, and FLEXRAY

-CAN Protocol, its particularities.

-Principles, and general architecture

-CAN Standard

-Diagnostic, analysis and repair of vehicles equipped with CAN bus

-Reading memory and diagnosing failures.

-Dynamic sign record.

-Configuring the multiplexed network.

-Modifying the configuration on the systems that allow it.

-Updating the software version of the calculators and code learning.

-OBD (On Board Diagnostic).

FORMATIVE UNIT 4

Naming: PREVENTION OF OCCUPATIONAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL RISKS IN AUTOMOTIVE

Code: UF0917

Duration: 30 hours

Competition reference: This training unit corresponds to the RP5.

Assessment capabilities and criteria

C1: To analyze the prevention and safety measures regarding the actions of the handling of the installations and equipment, contained in the safety plans of the companies of the sector.

CE1.1 Specify the aspects of prevention and safety regulations related to the risks arising from the handling of installations and equipment.

CE1.2 Identify and evaluate risk factors and associated risks.

CE1.3 Describe the requirements of the work areas and the procedures for their preparation, determining the specific occupational risks involved and their corrective actions.

CE1.4 Analyze first aid requirements in different accident scenarios.

CE1.5 Define the rights and duties of the employee and the company in terms of prevention and safety.

C2: Act according to the security plan using the company's security and prevention measures.

CE2.1 Apply preventive and corrective measures to the identified risks, including the selection, conservation and correct use of the individual and collective protective equipment.

CE2.2 Apply the action protocols to possible emergencies, such as:

-Identify people in charge of specific tasks.

-Report the disfunctions and the dangerous cases observed.

-Proceed for the evacuation of buildings in accordance with established procedures, in case of emergency.

CE2.3 Adopt the basic sanitary measures, first aid techniques and transfer of accidents in different accident scenarios.

C3: Apply the company's environmental protection and waste recycling measures.

CE3.1 Specify aspects of environmental regulations related to the risks arising from the activity of the workshop, such as noise, vibration, and the handling of combustible products, lubricants, paints and solvents, combustion gases, welding gases, waste materials, lijas, electrodes, etc.

CE3.2 Identify and assess the associated environmental risk and risk factors.

CE3.3 Apply preventive and corrective measures to the risks identified, including the correct handling of products and their storage, use of individual and collective protective equipment.

CE3.4 Apply the action protocols to possible emergencies, such as:

-Evacuate the work zone

-Report the disfunctions and the dangerous cases observed.

CE3.5 Apply Selective Collection of Waste:

-Identify containers and clean points.

-Respect the signage and waste recycling protocols.

CE3.6 Maintain work zones in order and cleaning to prevent incidents.

Contents

1. Basic concepts about health and safety at work

-Work and health.

-Professional risks.

-Risk factors.

-Consequences and damages derived from the job:

-Work accident.

-Professional illness.

-Other pathologies derived from work.

-Economic and operational impacts.

-Basic regulatory framework for occupational risk prevention:

-The labor risk prevention law.

-The prevention services regulation.

-Scope and legal bases.

-Health and safety directives at work.

-Public agencies related to health and safety at work:

-National agencies.

-Autonomous bodies.

2. General risks and their prevention

-Risks in the management of tools and equipment.

-Risks in handling systems and installations.

-Risks in the storage and transport of loads.

-Risks in handling products and waste.

-Risks associated with the working environment:

-Exposure to physical, chemical or biological agents.

-The fire.

-Risks derived from workload:

-Physical fatigue.

-Mental fatigue.

-Job dissatisfaction.

-Protecting workers ' health and safety:

-Collective protection.

-Individual protection.

3. Acting in emergencies and evacuation

-Types of accidents.

-Primary evaluation of the crashed.

-First aid.

-Socorrism.

-Emergency situations.

-Emergency and evacuation plans.

-Support information for emergency action.

4. Environmental risks and waste handling

-Risks arising from the storage and handling of fuels, fats and lubricants.

-Risks associated with noise, vibration and combustion gases produced in the workshop.

-Action protocols to mitigate environmental risks.

-Types of waste generated.

-Storage in containers and bags, waste signalling.

-Waste management.

-Order maintenance and cleanup of the work zone.

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Units

30

Total duration in hours of the training units	Maximum number of susceptible hours distance
Formative unit 1-UF1619	90	30
20
20
	20	30	20
20	20

Sequence:

The formative units of this module must be imparted according to the sequence established by their order, except the formative unit 4 that can be programmed independently.

Access criteria for students

They will be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree that regulates the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this annex accompanies.

MODULE OF NON-LABOR PROFESSIONAL PRACTICES FOR THE MAINTENANCE OF THE MOTOR AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, SAFETY AND COMFORT OF AGRICULTURAL MACHINERY, EXTRACTIVE INDUSTRIES AND BUILDING AND CIVIL WORKS.

Code: MP0348

Duration: 80 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Repair the engines and their auxiliary systems, in a real working situation.

CE1.1 Diagnose engine failure by taking data provided by the client and those contributed by the diagnosis techniques.

CE1.2 Elaborate the script on the stages of disassembly, assembly, and verification of the elements.

CE1.3 Fill in the work parts with the hours employed and the materials.

CE1.4 Verification of quality controls on repair performed.

CE1.5 skillfully handle the tools and tools needed to perform the repair.

CE1.6 Maintain the order and cleanup of the job.

CE1.7 Perform the repair according to the orders received.

C2: Participate in customer support processes, accompanying the manager.

CE2.1 Log relevant data to perform maintenance and/or repair of the customer's electronic vehicle systems.

CE2.2 Handle in a real situation, work parts and repair technical manuals.

CE2.3 Fill in the work parts and albarans after the work has been done.

C3: Participate in warehouse management, parts ordering, and consumable products.

CE3.1 Perform the warehouse inventory, if any.

CE3.2 Fill in the documents used in the order items with the available means, scoring if the codes, quantities and denominations are required.

C4: Participate in the diagnosis and repair of electrical and electronic breakdowns of vehicles in a real situation.

Ce4.1 Diagnose and analyze the presented failures.

CE4.2 Perform the unmount and mount sequence of the involved elements.

CE4.3 Follow the guidelines established by the company or command staff, in relation to the repair procedures.

CE4.4 Perform relevant checks to ensure customer repair and to ensure the safety of the vehicle.

C5: Participate in the company's work processes, following the rules and instructions set out in the work center.

CE5.1 behave responsibly both in human relationships and in the work to be done.

CE5.2 Respect the procedures and rules of the workplace.

CE5.3 Undertake with diligence the tasks according to the instructions received, trying to adapt to the work rhythm of the company.

CE5.4 Integrate into the production processes of the work center.

CE5.5 Use the established communication channels.

CE5.6 To respect at all times the measures of risk prevention, occupational health and environmental protection.

Contents

1. Engine repair

-Diagnosis of breakdowns with electronic equipment.

-Fulfillment of parts of work and parts orders.

-Unmount and mount for repair.

-Self-control of quality in repair.

2. Customer support processes.

-Handling of personal data.

-Opening tab to the vehicle.

-I treat customers.

-Valuation of the information received.

3. Warehouse management.

-Inventory.

-Handling of parts and consumable materials catalogs.

4. Vehicle maintenance and repair of faults.

-Data collection for maintenance.

-Data collection and diagnosis of breakdowns.

-Parts Request

-Fulfillment of work parts and albarans.

5. Handling and care of technical documentation, tools and tools

-Using the technical documentation responsibly.

-Realizing the required tarados from the specific useful ones.

-Maintenance and special care of machine tools.

-Care and cleanup of the manual tool.

-Order and classification of the tool and the specific tools.

-Order and cleaning at the job.

-Respect for personal spaces in the workplace.

-Management, procedures and storage of waste in the workplace.

6. Repair processes in special vehicles

-Use of available media.

-Tests to perform the diagnosis of breakdowns.

-Documentation associated with item tightening pairs.

-Order and cleaning of components, spare parts, tools and tools.

-Verification of repairs made.

-Management, procedures and storage of the generated waste.

-Order and cleaning of the job.

-Employment of safety standards in repair processes.

7. Integration and communication in the workplace

-Responsible behavior in the job center.

-Respect to the procedures and rules of the workplace.

-Interpreting and diligently performing the instructions received.

-Recognition of the organization's production process.

-Using the communication channels established in the job center.

-Adequation to the work rate of the company.

-Tracking the regulations for risk prevention, occupational health and environmental protection.

IV. PRESCRIPTIONS OF TRAINERS

Training Modules

Required Accreditation	Professional experience required in scope of the unit of
	With accreditation	No accreditation
MF0629_2: Diesel engines.	● Licensed, Engineer, Architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. ● Diplomate, Technical Engineer, Technical Architect or corresponding degree degree or other equivalent titles. ● Professional family of transportation and maintenance of vehicles ● Certificates of professionalism level 3 of the professional area Electromechanical of vehicles of the professional family Transport and maintenance of vehicles.	2 years	4 years
MF0853_2: Electrical, security and comfort systems, agricultural machinery, extractive industries, and building and civil work.	● Licensed, Engineer, Architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. ● Diplomate, Technical Engineer, Technical Architect or corresponding degree degree or other equivalent titles. ● Professional family of transportation and maintenance of vehicles ● Certificates of professionalism level 3 of the professional area Electromechanical of vehicles of the professional family Transport and maintenance of vehicles.	2 years	4 years

V. MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR SPACES, FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT

Forming Space

Surface m2 15 pupils	Surface m2 25 pupils
45		60
Vehicle Workshop *	320

Formend Space	M1	M2
X	X
	Vehicle Workshop *	X	X

Forming Space

Equipment
Classroom.	-Audio-visual equipment. -PCs installed in network, cannon with projection and internet. -Specialty-specific Sofware. -2 Pizarras to write with a marker. -Rotafolios. -Classroom material. -Table and chair for the trainer. -Table and chairs for students.
Vehicle Workshop *.	-Entry door and height ship height to 5 m minimum. -Work banks with screws. -Sierras, limes, gramiles, plot tips, threaded, male, terrajas and manneals, calibers, micrometers, gages of threads and thicknesses, comparator clock. -Calibers, indoor and outdoor micrometers, alexometers. -Vehicle lifts (4 columns and minimum of 6 Tm). -Multimeter and amperimetric clamp. -Extractors of pulleys and toothed wheels. -Morts pinching cuffs. -Bridge to hang the engine in the vehicle. -250 Kg pen crane. (best 1500 Kg). -Hydraulic (and pneumatic) Cats. -Burrtits. -Used oil collection. -Pull-out engine -pneumatic and electrical impact gun equipment, ½ ", ¾" and 1 ". -5Tm crane bridge. -Full force de-multipliers. -Full set of manual presses. -Game of fluid pressure meters. -Game of flowmeters for fluids. -100 Tm fixed press. -Portable, electric and battery lamps. -Machinery and welding consumables. -Lash manufacturing equipment and its consumable game. -Fill pumps for hydraulic fluids. -Tester for hydraulic fluids. -Temperature meters and meters. -Air pressure gauges. -Universal diagnostic equipment for machinery. -Teaching machines for electricity-electronic vehicles. -Teaching machines for electronic power systems, active and passive safety systems, comfort and communication systems between units of control. -Oscyloscopes -Bank-alternator verification equipment and boot engines. -Test Lamp. -Electronic system diagnosis equipment. -Electronic system diagnosis software. -Battery loader -Battery checker. -Pressure and vacuum equipment. -Headlight adjustment equipment. -Refrigerant gas charging, recovery and recycling station. -Refrigerant and waste gas bottles. -Electronic leak and ultraviolet detector. -Contact and infrared thermometers. -Workrooms for tools and parts. -Games of all types of manual keys. -Games of all types of keys for large turnstiles. -Game of all sorts of pliers and jaws. -All types of special tips, torx, allen, etc. -Set all types of screwdrivers. -Destrop. -Clean point and containers. Daily cleaning tools. -Store products and tools. Locker room with lockers. Lavajos, Botiquín. -Specific installations: Line of compressed air, Aspiration of combustion gases and points of light within walking distance for the connection of tools and electrical tool.

* The machinery to be used for the maintenance of its engines and auxiliary systems: mixed retroexcavator of wheels; mini backhoe of rubber bands; backhoe of chains; articulated excavator shovel of wheels; buldozer; level bike; agricultural tractor; grain harvester; packer; grain seed, may be rented.

It should not be interpreted that the different learning spaces identified must necessarily be differentiated by means of closure.

The facilities and equipment must comply with the corresponding industrial and sanitary sanitary regulations and will respond to measures of universal accessibility and safety of the participants.

The number of units that must be available for the tools, machines and tools specified in the training spaces, will be sufficient for a minimum of 15 students and must be increased, if necessary, to attend to the higher number.

In the event that the training is addressed to persons with disabilities, the adaptations and reasonable adjustments will be made to ensure their participation in equal conditions.

ANNEX VI

I. IDENTIFICATION OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM

Denomination: Maintenance of systems for the filming and transmission of agricultural machinery, extractive industries and building and civil works, their equipment and tools.

Code: TMVG0210

Professional family: Transportation and Maintenance of Vehicles

Professional area: Electromechanical vehicles

Professional qualification level: 2

Professional reference qualification:

TMV265_2 Maintenance of systems for the production and transmission of agricultural machinery, extractive industries and building and civil works, their equipment and tools (RD 815/2007 of 2 July)

Relationship of competency units that configure the certificate of professionalism:

UC0849_2: Maintain the systems of management and suspension of agricultural machinery, extractive industries and building and civil works.

UC0850_2: Maintain the transmission and brake systems of agricultural machinery, extractive industries and building and civil works.

UC0851_2: Mounting and maintaining systems for the operation of equipment and tools for agricultural machinery, extractive industries and construction and civil engineering.

UC0852_2: Mounting and maintaining equipment and tools for agricultural machinery, extractive industries and building and civil works.

General competition:

Perform maintenance and assembly operations of equipment in fluid systems, transmission, brakes, suspension and direction of agricultural machinery, extractive industries and building and civil works, applying the techniques and procedures established by the manufacturer.

Professional environment:

Professional scope:

This professional is mainly active in small, medium and large companies, both public and private, manufacturing, optional transformations and maintenance of agricultural machinery, extractive industries and building and civil works.

Productive Sectors:

It is located in the sectors of sale, maintenance and repair of motor vehicles, motorcycles and mopeds, and of the construction industry of machinery and mechanical equipment, in the following subsectors or economic-productive activities: Manufacture of agricultural machinery, extractive industries and construction and civil works. Repair of agricultural machinery, extractive industries and construction and civil works. Assembly and assembly of systems, equipment and tools of agricultural machinery, extractive industries and building and civil works. Manufacture and distribution of spare parts. Distribution of diagnostic equipment.

Relevant Occupations and Jobs:

Operary of companies engaged in the manufacture of spare parts.

Vendor/Vendor for Spare Parts and Diagnosis Equipment

Electromechanical repair of agricultural machinery, extractive industries and building and civil works.

Electromechanical workshop for the manufacture of agricultural machinery, extractive industries and building and civil works.

Electromechanical of maintenance of agricultural machinery, extractive industries and building and civil work.

5220.1295 Dependent on auto parts and accessories.

7401.1100 Mechanical-Adjuster engines and injection equipment (diesel and gasoline).

7401.1034 Automotive maintenance and repair mechanics, in general.

general.

7401.1081 Mechanics-Engine adjusters in heavy, agricultural and/or self-propelled industrial machinery.

8201.1055 Montador-adjuster of mechanical groups and motors in automotive.

8201.1066 Agricultural machinery adjusters in general.

Duration of the associated training: 680 hours

Relationship of training modules and training units:

MF0849_2: Systems of management and suspension of agricultural machinery, extractive industries, and building and civil works. (160 hours)

● UF1608: Maintenance and repair of steering systems in special vehicles. (60 hours)

● UF1609: Maintenance and repair of suspension systems and running trains on special vehicles. (70 hours)

● UF0917 (Transversal) Prevention of occupational and environmental risks in automotive (30 hours)

MF0850_2: Transmission and brake systems for agricultural machinery, extractive industries, and building and civil works. (170 hours)

● UF1610: Maintenance and repair of transmission systems in special vehicles. (90 hours)

● UF1611: Maintenance and repair of brake systems on special vehicles. (50 hours)

● UF0917 (Cross-sectional) Prevention of occupational and environmental risks in vehicle maintenance (30 hours)

MF0851_2: Systems of operation of equipment and tools of agricultural machinery, of extractive industries and of construction and civil work. (230 hours)

● UF1612: Maintenance and repair of systems for hydraulic actuation of equipment, tools and implements of special vehicles. (90 hours)

● UF1613: Maintenance and repair of the pneumatic drive systems of the equipment, tools and implements of the special vehicles. (50 hours)

● UF1614: Maintenance and repair of electrical and electronic systems of equipment, tools and implements of special vehicles. (60 hours)

● UF0917 (Cross-sectional) Prevention of occupational and environmental risks in vehicle maintenance (30 hours)

MF0852_2: Equipment and tools of agricultural machinery, extractive industries and building and civil works. (130 hours)

● UF1615: Assembly of equipment, tools and implements of special vehicles (30 hours)

● UF1616: Maintenance and repair of equipment, tools and implements of special vehicles. (70 hours)

● UF0917 (Cross-sectional) Prevention of occupational and environmental risks in vehicle maintenance (30 hours)

MP0347: Non-working professional practice module for the maintenance of systems for the production of agricultural machinery, extractive industries, construction and civil engineering, equipment and tools (80 hours)

Linking with professional trainings:

The training established in the training unit UF0917 of this certificate of professionalism, guarantees the level of knowledge necessary to obtain the performance of the functions of the Prevention of Work Risks basic level, according to Annex IV of the regulation of the services of prevention, approved by the Royal Decree 39/1997, of January 17.

II. PROFESSIONAL PROFILE OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM

Competition Unit 1

DENOMINATION: TO MAINTAIN THE SYSTEMS OF MANAGEMENT AND SUSPENSION OF AGRICULTURAL MACHINERY, OF EXTRACTIVE INDUSTRIES AND OF CONSTRUCTION AND CIVIL WORK.

Level: 2

Code: UC0849_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria

RP1: Make the diagnosis of faults in the management systems, by using the means, the technical documentation and the appropriate measuring and control instruments, which allow the identification of the fault and the causes that produce it, in safety conditions.

CR1.1 The technical documentation and the measuring and control devices are selected, used and allowed to verify that the suspension and steering systems meet the different parameters, as well as the reversibility conditions required by the manufacturer in the cases stipulated.

CR1.2 Tires, tiles, chains and rollers are checked to have the required dimensions and meet the technical specifications and pre-set operation.

CR1.3 The oil cooling radiators of the steering systems are verified, noting that they allow this to be maintained within the pre-set operating temperature ranges.

CR1.4 The pump and valve, in the tractor or articulated machine, are verified to meet the operating parameters, achieving the direction and the angle of articulation of the tractor or the stipulated machine, taking into account the steering wheel rotation.

CR1.5 The diagnosis of the breakdown establishes its causes according to a reasoned process of cause-effect, does not cause other breakdowns or damages, is performed in the predetermined time and if necessary, different alternatives of repair are evaluated.

CR1.6 The data obtained by the electronic management units are properly interpreted and together with the information appearing on the dashboard screen and the use of the "Program/Reset" button, they allow the diagnosis of the breakdown and the memory of the historical memory to be performed.

RP2: Maintain and adjust parameters in steering systems (wheels or chains), obtaining the accuracy, driving reliability and stability of the vehicle pre-fixed by the manufacturer.

CR2.1 The parameters of tightness, pressures, dimensions, torque, assembly and conservation are taken into account and the state of use and behavior of the wheels or chains is determined.

CR2.2 The running gear of the machine or tractor is replaced or repairs, depending on the dimensions, anchorage and wear state of the tiles, chains and rollers.

CR2.3 The imbalances and vibrations in the steering and filming system are corrected when necessary to check their absence in all cases.

CR2.4 Slides, abnormal noises and fluid losses in steering systems are corrected when necessary to check their absence in all cases.

CR2.5 Disassembly, mounting and replacement of steering and/or running system elements is performed in accordance with the manufacturer's established procedures and quality standards.

CR2.6 The total tightness and the set pressure values are backed out of the assisted-address fluid circuits.

CR2.7 System parameter tuning is performed to reset the nominal values of the address geometry.

CR2.8 The fluids are handled (filling, replacing, among others), taking into account the properties of the fluids and respecting the personal and environmental safety standards.

RP3: Make the diagnosis of breakdowns in the suspension systems, by using the means, the technical documentation and the appropriate measuring and control instruments, that allow the identification of the fault and the causes that produce it in safety conditions.

CR3.1 The technical documentation and the measuring and control devices are selected, used and allowed to verify that the suspension and steering systems meet the different parameters, as well as the reversibility conditions required by the manufacturer in the cases stipulated.

CR3.2 The operating parameters of the suspension system are checked to be within the margins prescribed by the manufacturer.

CR3.3 The system of leveling the tractor or the machine is verified to meet the established range of loaded and unloaded machines.

CR3.4 The diagnosis of the breakdown establishes its causes according to a reasoned process of cause-effect, does not cause other breakdowns or damages, is performed in the predetermined time and if necessary, different alternatives of repair are evaluated.

CR3.5 The data obtained by the electronic management units are properly interpreted and together with the information appearing on the dashboard screen and the use of the "Program/Reset" button allow the diagnosis of the breakdown and the memory of the historical memory to be performed.

RP4: Get the correct operation of the suspension systems, to ensure the stability of the vehicle in all conditions.

CR4.1 The operating parameters of the suspension system are found to be within the margins established by the manufacturer.

CR4.2 The interventions made in the suspension system remove noise, vibration and wear and wear, allowing other systems (steering, brakes, among others) to act with full efficiency.

CR4.3 The elastic elements and shock absorbers are replaced in accordance with the manufacturer's established procedures and quality standards.

CR4.4 The repairs performed on the suspension wave systems and height regulation systems, ensure the work pressures and the tightness of the circuits.

CR4.5 The interventions made on the tractors and machines with cabin inclination for work on the slope, make the inclination of the cabin fit to the angle of inclination of the terrain.

CR4.6 The interventions made in the electronically governed suspension systems ensure that the operating parameters of the control unit are within the limits prescribed by the manufacturer.

CR4.7 The interventions made in the electronically governed suspension systems ensure continuity and operability in the electrical circuit.

CR4.8 The basic maintenance operations of the work equipment and tools, as well as the facilities used, are performed in each case.

RP5: Run all repair operations in accordance with the safety and health rules.

CR5.1 The anticipated risks inherent in the specific work are identified in the safety standards of the workshop and the measures of personal and collective protection are checked.

CR5.2 The personal and collective security rules apply to the area of risk-free.

CR5.3 Contingencies are communicated as soon as necessary to enable them to be monitored and resolved.

Professional Context

Production media

Optical control bank, elevators, pits, test benches of suspension systems, comparator clocks, magnetic supports, calibers, micrometers, flow meters, manometers, polymeters, hydraulic "tester", specific equipment for checking associated electronic systems, manual tool equipment of the electromechanical. Fluid-assisted mechanical steering systems. Wheels and tires. Rolling trains (chains). Cabin levelling systems. Suspension systems: conventional, hydropneumatic, piloted.

Products and results

Preventive, predictive and corrective maintenance of the systems for the transmission of pneumatic, hydraulic, steering and suspension forces and running trains. Disassembly and assembly of mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic and electronic elements or assemblies. Parameter adjustment and control.

Information used or generated

Manufacturer's technical manuals, with partial drawings where original values are given. Cutting manuals. Management manuals for the different teams. Work orders. Media: graphic, written or magnetic and computer.

Competition Unit 2

DENOMINATION: TO MAINTAIN THE TRANSMISSION AND BRAKE SYSTEMS OF AGRICULTURAL MACHINERY, EXTRACTIVE INDUSTRIES AND BUILDING AND CIVIL WORKS.

Level: 2

Code: UC0850_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria

RP1: Make the diagnosis of breakdowns in brake systems by using the means, the technical documentation and the appropriate measuring and control instruments to identify the breakdown and the causes that produce it, in safety conditions.

CR1.1 The selected technical documentation, allows you to relate plans and specifications to the system object of the repair.

CR1.2 The anomalous noises and fluid losses in the brake systems are corrected when necessary to check their absence in all cases.

CR1.3 The measurement and control devices are used to verify that the brake systems comply with the pre-set parameters, as well as the operating conditions set by the manufacturer.

CR1.4 Effective braking is ensured according to the technical standards, verifying the tightness of the circuit.

CR1.5 The diagnosis of the fault establishes its causes according to a reasoned process of cause-effect, does not cause other breakdowns or damages, is performed in the predetermined time, and if necessary different alternatives of repair are evaluated.

CR1.6 The data obtained from the electronic management units are properly interpreted and together with the information appearing on the dashboard screen and the use of the "Program/Reset" button, they allow the diagnosis of the breakdown and the memory of the historical memory to be performed.

RP2: Maintain the braking system and the assemblies and subassemblies that constitute the braking system, achieving the prescribed efficiency of any operating system and the different loading conditions.

CR2.1 The mechanical and/or friction elements (dry or oil bath) in the braking system are replaced or repaired by restoring the correct operation of the braking system, its efficiency and the absence of noise, vibration and fluid losses.

CR2.2 The pressures indicated by the manufacturer, are obtained in the control circuit, the total absence of leaks is checked and a perfect filling of the same, in the necessary cases.

CR2.3 The generators, actuators, amplifiers and force regulators (pressure pumps, regulators, limiters, among others), are adjusted and comply with the manufacturer's technical specifications.

CR2.4 The intervention made ensures the correct operation of the auxiliary brake systems (parking, trailer brakes, among others), with motor stopped and with the engine running and speed metide, taking into account the different types of vehicles and the case object of the maintenance.

CR2.5 The elements and subassemblies of the braking system are reviewed, cleaned, repaired and/or replaced by the methods of assembly, disassembly and quality regulations established by the manufacturer.

CR2.6 The basic maintenance operations of the work equipment and tools, as well as the facilities used are carried out in each case.

CR2.7 The fluids are handled (filling, replacing, among others), taking into account the properties of the fluids and respecting the personal and environmental safety standards.

RP3: Make the diagnosis of breakdowns in transmission systems by using the means, the technical documentation and the appropriate measuring and control instruments to identify the breakdown and the causes that produce it, in safety conditions.

CR3.1 The selected technical documentation allows you to relate plans and specifications to the system that is the object of the repair.

CR3.2 Slides, anomalous noises and fluid losses in force transmission systems are corrected when necessary, checking their absence in all cases.

CR3.3 The use of measuring and control devices enables the verification that the forces transmission systems comply with the pre-set parameters, as well as the operating conditions established by the manufacturer.

CR3.4 The torque converter, the servo-transmission, the control and reversing block, the differentials and the transmissions, comply with the specified power and speed transmission specifications, taking into account engine revolutions and established reductions.

CR3.5 The high pressure valve of the converter, and pump safety valve work at the stipulated pressures, protecting the elements to which they are associated from the pressure peaks produced by the change of flow due to the engine revolutions or the obstruction of the radiator.

CR3.6 The temperature of the oil cooling radiators is checked to be maintained within the preset operating ranges.

CR3.7 The diagnosis of the fault establishes its causes according to a reasoned process of cause-effect, does not cause other breakdowns or damages, is performed in the predetermined time, and if necessary different alternatives of repair are evaluated.

CR3.8 The data obtained from the electronic management units are properly interpreted and together with the information appearing on the dashboard screen and the use of the "Program/Reset" button, they allow the diagnosis of the breakdown and the memory of the historical memory to be performed.

RP4: Maintain the mechanical and hydraulic power transmission systems and the assemblies and subassemblies that constitute them, adjusting the operating parameters according to the manufacturer's specifications.

CR4.1 The mechanical elements of the gearbox are replaced and/or adjusted, allowing the smooth and precise connection of the different gears, removing anomalous noises and vibrations, also verifying that there are no lubricant leaks.

CR4.2 The operating parameters of the transmission systems (including the electronically governed) are within the margins established by the manufacturer, correcting in the cases necessary to achieve its correct operation.

CR4.3 The repairs and adjustments made to the friction clutch system and its control device ensure the total absence of vibrations, noises and slides.

CR4.4 Maintenance carried out on automatic gearbox ensures the absence of noise, vibration, leakage and anomalous temperatures.

CR4.5 The performance program of the control unit of the automatically governed automatic exchange boxes is developed according to the schedule of the manufacturer.

CR4.6 The replacement, adjustment, or repair of transmission trees, joints, homokinetic joints, and transmission system disk packages, eliminates holguras, imbalances, trepidations, and fluid losses.

CR4.7 The torque converter has no noises, vibrations, no leaks, and the operating temperature is within the intended margins.

CR4.8 The replacement or repair of elements, as well as the controls and parameter adjustments are made with the tools, means and equipment suitable, following the procedures established by the manufacturer, restoring the functionality of the mechanical and hydraulic systems, and the electronic management.

CR4.9 The data obtained by the electronic management units are properly interpreted and together with the information appearing on the dashboard screen and the use of the "Program/Reset" button, as well as the use of measuring and control devices, they can be used to verify that the damage has been remedied and the memory of the historical memory has been erased.

RP5: Run all repair operations in accordance with the safety and health rules.

CR5.1 The anticipated risks inherent in the specific work are identified in the safety standards of the workshop and the measures of personal and collective protection are checked.

CR5.2 The personal and collective security rules apply to the area of risk-free.

CR5.3 Contingencies are communicated as soon as necessary to enable them to be monitored and resolved.

Professional Context

Production media

Elevators, pits, brake fluid recharging equipment, comparator clocks, magnetic supports, calibers, micrometers, flow meters, manometers, polymeters, hydraulic "tester", systems test benches, manual electromechanical tool equipment, specific equipment for checking associated electronic systems. Clutches and converters. Gearbox (conventional, automatic, four by four, among others). Servotranmissions. Transmission elements (axes, semi-axles, joints, joints, disk packages, among others). Spreads. Conventional brake systems, tires, parking, trailer and electric.

Products and results

Preventive, predictive and corrective maintenance of pneumatic and hydraulic transmission and brake systems. Disassembly and assembly of mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic and electronic elements or assemblies. Parameter adjustment and control.

Information used or generated

Manufacturer's technical manuals, with partial drawings where original values are given. Cutting manuals. Management manuals for the different teams. Work orders. Media: graphic, written or magnetic and computer.

COMPETITION UNIT 3

DENOMINATION: TO ASSEMBLE AND MAINTAIN SYSTEMS FOR THE OPERATION OF EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS FOR AGRICULTURAL MACHINERY, EXTRACTIVE INDUSTRIES AND CONSTRUCTION AND CIVIL ENGINEERING.

Level: 2

Code: UC0851_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria

RP 1: Verify and in your case restore continuity and functionality in fluid circuits using the appropriate technical means and following established procedures.

CR1.1 The hydraulic or pneumatic circuit is reworked, restoring the operation of the system to which it is associated.

CR1.2 The tightness of the different circuits is ensured, strictly respecting the original elements, means and specifications set by the manufacturer.

CR1.3 The operating parameters (pressure, flow rate, operating cycles, temperature, among others) are verified to remain within the margins foreseen after the intervention in the circuit.

CR1.4 The measurement of the different parameters is done by choosing the correct point, using the appropriate means and under the conditions set by the manufacturer.

CR1.5 The correct regulation of valves, actuators and sensors restore the functionality prescribed in the circuits, verifying that the auxiliary machinery, the "ripers", cations, shovels, "retros", bottles, mills, plows, among others, develop the route and the power established for the different engine regimes.

CR1.6 Circuits are filled up to the determined level according to technical specifications.

CR1.7 The fluids are handled (filling, replacing, among others), taking into account the properties of the fluids and respecting the personal and environmental safety standards.

RP2: Perform the diagnosis of faults in the systems of operation of the equipment and tools, of machinery by means of the use of the means, the technical documentation and the instruments of measurement and control appropriate that allow to identify the fault and the causes that produce it, in conditions of safety.

CR2.1 The selected technical documentation is interpreted and allows to relate planes and specifications to the system object of the diagnosis.

CR2.2 The measurement and control devices are used properly and allow to verify that the agricultural, loading and moving systems of land and their tools and equipment meet the predetermined parameters, as well as the operating conditions established by the manufacturer.

CR2.3 The winged, stop, and flip parameters are noted on the front and rear excavator-loader equipment, which in all work and stop situations are correct, and meet the programming specifications on the machines equipped with these systems.

CR2.4 The specifications of inclination, level and height programmed in the different working situations, it is verified that they are met in the blades and blades of the trawlers and the movement of lands.

CR2.5 The diagnosis of the fault establishes its causes according to a reasoned process of cause-effect, does not cause other breakdowns or damages, is performed in the predetermined time and, if necessary, different alternatives of repair are evaluated.

CR2.6 The data obtained by the electronic management units are properly interpreted and together with the information appearing on the dashboard screen and the use of the "Program/Reset" button, they allow the diagnosis of the breakdown and the memory of the historical memory to be performed.

RP3: Mounting and maintaining the systems of operation of the equipment and tools, of machinery achieving the prescribed efficiency in all the working and stopping conditions.

CR3.1 The selected technical documentation is interpreted and allows to relate plans and specifications to the system object of maintenance.

CR3.2 The parameters of tightness, pressures, temperature, dimensions, torque, assembly and conservation are respected in the processes, as well as the state of use and behavior of the equipment and tools.

CR3.3 The imbalances, vibrations, power losses, retentions, trepidations, stops and abnormal noises in the systems of operation of equipment and tools, are corrected when it is necessary to check their absence in all cases.

CR3.4 The disassembly, assembly and replacement of elements, subassemblies and assemblies of the equipment and apparatus actuation systems is performed in accordance with the established procedures and quality standards of the manufacturer.

CR3.5 The new system assembly respects the energy, pressure and flow balance required for the prescribed operation of the other systems.

CR3.6 The total tightness and the adjustment of the parameters of the systems are performed in the fluid circuits of the systems, thereby restoring the nominal values stipulated by the equipment manufacturer.

CR3.7 The interpretation of the data obtained by the electronic management units, as well as the use of measuring and control devices, make it possible to verify that the damage has been remedied, making the memory of the historical memory clear in the necessary cases.

CR3.8 The properties of fluids are taken into account in the handling of fluids (filling, replacement, among others) and compliance with personal and environmental safety standards.

CR3.9 The basic maintenance operations of the work equipment and tools, as well as the facilities used are performed in each case.

RP4: Run all repair operations in accordance with safety and health rules.

CR4.1 The anticipated risks inherent in the specific work are identified in the safety standards of the workshop and the measures of personal and collective protection are checked.

CR4.2 The personal and collective security rules apply to the area of risk-free.

CR4.3 Contingencies are communicated as soon as necessary to enable them to be monitored and resolved.

Professional Context

Production media

Elevators, pits, calibers, micrometers, flow meters, manometers, polymeters, hydraulic "tester", systems test benches, manual electromechanical tool equipment, specific equipment for checking associated electronic systems, specific tools, extractors, among others. Systems for the actuation of ground levelling equipment. Systems for the actuation of ground and arid motion and load equipment. Systems for the operation of agricultural equipment and tools.

Products and results

Preventive, predictive and corrective maintenance of systems for the operation of agricultural, cargo and land movement equipment and tools. Disassembly and assembly of mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic and electronic elements or assemblies. Parameter adjustment and control.

Information used or generated

Manufacturer's technical manuals, with partial drawings where original values are given. Cutting manuals. Management manuals for the different teams. Work orders. Media: graphic, written or magnetic and computer.

COMPETITION UNIT 4

DENOMINATION: TO ASSEMBLE AND MAINTAIN EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS OF AGRICULTURAL MACHINERY, EXTRACTIVE INDUSTRIES AND BUILDING AND CIVIL WORKS.

Level: 2

Code: UC0852_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria

RP1: Perform the diagnosis of breakdowns and/or wear on equipment and machinery tools by using the means, the technical documentation and the appropriate measuring and control instruments to identify the breakdown and/or wear and the causes that produce it in safety conditions.

CR1.1 The selected technical documentation is interpreted and allows to relate plans and specifications to the equipment and tools that are the object of the diagnosis.

CR1.2 The measurement and control devices and visual inspections are used properly and allow to verify that the equipment and tools comply with the pre-set parameters, as well as the operating conditions established by the manufacturer.

CR1.3 The specifications of inclination, level, height, load and cut programmed in the different working situations, it is found that the blades and blades of the tractor and the movement of lands are met.

CR1.4 The structural and section dimensions of the stipulated material, and the dimensional state of the teeth and blades is checked to be met in the blades, cocks, ripers, bibalbas, plows, grills, discs, blades, and other equipment and tools.

CR1.5 The diagnosis of the breakdown or attrition establishes its causes according to a reasoned process of cause-effect, does not cause other breakdowns or damages, is performed in the predetermined time and if necessary different alternatives of repair are evaluated.

CR1.6 The pre-set operating parameters are found to be met in the sowing, processing and harvesting equipment.

RP2: Keep the tools and equipment of machinery achieving the prescribed efficiency in all the working and stopping conditions.

CR2.1 The selected technical documentation is interpreted and allows to relate plans and specifications to equipment that are the object of maintenance.

CR2.2 The dimensions, torque, assembly, and conservation parameters are met in the processes according to the manufacturer's requirements.

CR2.3 Equipment or tools of the machinery or tractor, as well as the assemblies and subassemblies that constitute them, are replaced or repaired according to the dimensions, anchorage and wear state of the bars, discs, teeth, " ripers, " among others.

CR2.4 Imbalances, vibrations, retentions, trepidations, stops, abnormal noises and fluid losses in equipment and tools are corrected when necessary to check their absence in all cases.

CR2.5 The disassembly, assembly and replacement of elements, subassemblies and assemblies of the tools and equipment, of agricultural machinery and of public works, is carried out in accordance with the established procedures and the quality standards of the manufacturer.

CR2.6 The tuning of equipment and tools parameters is performed to enable the manufacturer to reset the nominal values stipulated by the manufacturer.

CR2.7 The data obtained by the measuring and control devices, as well as in the visual inspections are analyzed and allow to verify that the breakdown has been remedied.

CR2.8 The handling of fluids (filling, replacement, among others) is carried out taking into account the properties of the fluids and the safety and environmental standards are respected.

CR2.9 The interventions made in the planting, treatment and harvesting equipment ensure compliance with the pre-fixed operating parameters.

RP3: Perform the necessary operations for the assembly of equipment and machinery tools, fulfilling the technical specifications and requests of the client, achieving the prescribed efficiency in all the working conditions.

CR3.1 The existing technical information relating to: manufacturer's information, mounting regulations and current legislation is selected and interpreted, and if necessary, the drawings and drawings are prepared to perform optional transformations.

CR3.2 The different spare parts, "kit", parts and accessories necessary to proceed to the adaptation and/or assembly are properly selected and prepared.

CR3.3 The assembly of the elements is performed according to technical specifications and complying with the standards of the vehicle manufacturer.

CR3.4 Machinery equipment and tools are mounted in compliance with technical specifications.

CR3.5 The new equipment assembly does not cause any interactions or operating failures on other systems.

CR3.6 The final operativity of the set is checked and verified to comply with current regulations and client conditions.

CR3.7 The basic maintenance operations of the work equipment and tools, as well as the facilities used are performed in each case.

RP4: Run all repair operations in accordance with safety and health rules.

CR4.1 The anticipated risks inherent in the specific work are identified in the safety standards of the workshop and the measures of personal and collective protection are checked.

CR4.2 The personal and collective security rules apply to the area of risk-free.

CR4.3 Contingencies are communicated as soon as necessary to enable them to be monitored and resolved.

Professional Context

Production media

Elevators, pits, calibers, micrometers, flow meters, manometers, polymeters, hydraulic "tester", systems test benches, manual electromechanical tool equipment, specific equipment for checking associated electronic systems, specific tools, extractors, among others. Equipment and equipment for levelling the ground. Equipment and tools for moving and loading ground and arid. Elements of equipment for loading, starting and moving land: Retros, bottles, cocks, shovels, "ripers", among others.

Agricultural laboring equipment and tools. Elements of the agricultural work equipment: grills, plows, discs, mills, sowers, among others.

Products and results

Preventive, predictive and corrective maintenance of equipment and tools for agricultural, cargo and land movement. Disassembly and assembly of mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic and electronic elements or assemblies that are part of the agricultural equipment and tools and the machinery of public works. Parameter adjustment and control. Assembly of new equipment and tools at the request of the client. Assembly of related equipment and systems.

Information used or generated

Manufacturer's technical manuals, with partial drawings where original values are given. Cutting manuals. Management manuals for the different teams. Work orders. Media: graphic, written or magnetic and computer.

III. TRAINING OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM

FORMATIVE MODULE 1

DENOMINATION: MANAGEMENT AND SUSPENSION SYSTEMS OF AGRICULTURAL MACHINERY, EXTRACTIVE INDUSTRIES AND CONSTRUCTION AND CIVIL WORKS.

Code: MF0849_2

Professional qualification level: 2

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC0849_2: Maintain the systems of management and suspension of agricultural machinery, extractive industries and building and civil works.

Duration: 160 hours

FORMATIVE UNIT 1

DESIGNATION: MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF STEERING SYSTEMS IN SPECIAL VEHICLES.

Code: UF1608

Duration: 60 hours

Competition reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1 and RP2.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Identify and locate the elements that make up the steering systems of the special vehicles, understanding their operation and mission in the steering system.

CE1.1 Analyze the steering systems, (mechanical, hydraulic, servo-assisted) explaining its geometry and the constitution and operating characteristics of the different systems, (control device, servo assistance, regulation), as well as the elements or mechanisms that compose it.

CE1.2 Identify, in special vehicles, the components of the steering and orientation system of the vehicle, indicating the elements to be checked and those susceptible of adjustment and/or maintenance.

CE1.3 Analyze the correct operation of the steering system elements using the specific tools and tools and handling the documentation provided by the manufacturer.

C2: Locate the faults of the steering systems of the special vehicles, using the appropriate diagnostic techniques and the necessary material means.

CE2.1 Analyze and identify the possible holguras and vibrations in the steering system produced by the wear of elements, as well as the performance of the replacement of the affected elements following a logical order, verifying and finally checking the quality of the repair (correction of said holgures, verifying the absence of leaks, applying the torque marked by the manufacturer).

CE2.2 Check and verify the hydraulic system of the steering, verifying the absence of leaks (revisiting checkpoints, joining elements, etc.) and analyzing the operating pressures of the different valves, thus diagnosing if the data obtained are the values established by the manufacturer.

CE2.3 Analyze and identify electrical and/or electronic breakdowns with the diagnosis team, performing verification of the components identified by the team and proceeding to its replacement if on site.

C3: Make the necessary repairs to the steering system of the special vehicles, using the appropriate repair techniques and the necessary material means.

CE3.1 Perform the replacement of the damaged elements of the steering system, verifying that the new part meets the manufacturer's specifications and verifying the operation of that component.

CE3.2 Apply the torque specified by the manufacturer on the steering system elements, ensuring the attachment of each component.

CE3.3 Perform the steering adjustment of the special vehicles, taking the vehicle's bounds to those established by the manufacturer, as well as the regulation of the falls on both axes.

CE3.4 Perform the deletion of memorized breakdowns and check the quality of the repair by performing a test of the repaired system.

CE3.5 Explain the causes of the breakdown and the repair process.

CE3.6 Explain the safety and cleaning rules to be taken into account in the repair process.

CE3.7 Verify the quality of the repairs made, thus ensuring the safety of the special vehicle manipulator and the operability to work.

Contents

1. Mechanical steering system in special vehicles

-Evolution of the steering system.

-Operating principle.

-Address types in special vehicles.

-Elements that make up the steering system in special vehicles:

-Assisted steering rack.

-Assisted steering boxes.

-Address kneecap.

-Axial kneecap.

-Forwards.

-Address column.

-Address Brazos.

-Address Volante.

-Manguettes.

-hose bearings.

2. Management assistance in special vehicles

-Hydraulic, electro-hydraulic and variable assistance.

-Function of the assistance elements to the address.

-Direction, hydraulic and electro-hydraulic pumps.

-Aceites used in servo.

-Servo-direction oil deposit and chillers.

-Manguitos, pipes, and connection lashes.

-System sensors and actuators.

3. Steering alignment on special vehicles

-Convergence.

-Divergence.

-Advance angle.

-Fall angle.

-Output angle.

-Conjugate Drops.

-Spin Geometry.

-Alignment of the address.

-Aligned equipment and tools.

-Cots and data offered by the manufacturer.

4. Diagnosis and repair of steering systems

-Mechanical Averages, Holguras, Wear and Dealignments.

-Hydraulic Averages, leaks, operating pressure.

-Electrical and electronic averges.

-Replacement of components.

-Verification of the repair.

FORMATIVE UNIT 2

DESIGNATION: MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF SUSPENSION SYSTEMS AND RUNNING TRAINS ON SPECIAL VEHICLES.

Code: UF1609

Duration: 70 hours

Competition reference: This training unit corresponds to RP3 and RP4.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Identify and locate the elements that make up the suspension systems of the special vehicles, understanding their operation and mission within the system.

CE1.1 Identify in special vehicles the components of the suspension system and associated systems. Note the elements to be checked and those susceptible of adjustment and/or maintenance.

CE1.2 Analyze the different special vehicle suspension systems by explaining:

-Operating characteristics of the different systems and the elements and assemblies that make up them.

-Operation and mission of different systems (levelling, height adjustment, control systems, etc.)

-Constitution and special features of the rotating excavator as well as articulated chassis blades.

CE1.3 Measure the characteristic parameters of the steering system elements using the specific tools and tools and handling the documentation provided by the manufacturer.

C2: Identify and locate the faults of the suspension systems of the special vehicles, understanding their operation and using the appropriate diagnostic techniques and the necessary material means.

CE2.1 Check and verify the hydraulic system of the suspension, verifying the absence of leaks (checking checkpoints, union elements, etc.).

CE2.2 Check and verify the hydraulic system of the suspension by analyzing the operating pressures of the different valves, thus diagnosing if the data obtained are the values established by the manufacturer.

CE2.3 Analyze and identify electrical and/or electronic breakdowns with the diagnosis team, performing verification of the components identified by the team.

CE2.4 Check and verify the cab or chassis leveling system.

C3: Make the necessary repairs to the suspension system of the special vehicles, using the appropriate repair techniques and the necessary material means.

CE3.1 Perform the replacements of damaged elements of the suspension and leveling system, verifying that the new part meets the manufacturer's specifications and verifying the operation of that component once replaced.

CE3.2 Apply the torque specified by the manufacturer on the steering system elements, ensuring the attachment of each component.

CE3.3 Perform the deletion of memorized breakdowns and check the quality of the repair by performing a test of the repaired system.

CE3.4 Explain the causes of the breakdown and the repair process.

CE3.5 Explain the security and cleaning rules to be taken into account in the repair process.

CE3.6 Verify the quality of the repairs made, thus ensuring the safety of the special vehicle manipulator and the operability to work.

C4: Identify and locate the elements that make up the systems of the service of the special vehicles, understanding its operation and mission within the system.

CE4.1 Explain the characteristics of the different types of taxiways and their elements in special vehicles: wheels and tires, rubber treads, caterpillars, chains.

CE4.2 Know the elements that make up the different types of bearings of the special vehicles, as well as their technical characteristics and particularities.

CE4.3 Identify and know the elements of the run-in trains susceptible to adjustment and/or maintenance as well as their intervals of review.

CE4.4 Handle the documentation provided by the manufacturer to verify that the requirements of the manufacturer are met.

C5: Identify and locate the breakdowns of the special vehicles ' run-in trains, understanding their operation and using the appropriate diagnostic techniques and the necessary material means, in order to be able to carry out their repair.

CE5.1 Make the disassembly, assembly and adjustment of a running train by chain, as well as any repairs on a special vehicle of type caterpillar, verifying and checking the condition of each and every one of the elements that compose it.

CE5.2 Perform the disassembly, assembly and adjustment of a tire tread, as well as any repairs on a special vehicle, verifying and checking the condition of each and every one of the elements that compose it.

CE5.3 Make the repair of the tires of the special vehicles, using the equipment and specific tools to develop such action, verifying and controlling the quality in the repair.

CE5.4 Check the state of the chain of a running train, as well as the status of the join pins, verifying and adjusting the height of the chain in the suspended portion and the final voltage of the chain.

CE5.5 Perform the disassembly, assembly and adjustment of a tread by rubber band, as well as any repairs on a special vehicle of type caterpillar, verifying and checking the state of all and each of the elements that compose it.

CE5.6 Perform the disassembly and mounting of a wheel assembly, to proceed to the replacement of the tire, checking and verifying the air pressure tightness and mounting the wheel assembly in place, applying the specific torque to each screw using the specific tool for said action.

CE5.7 Verify the quality of the repairs made, thus ensuring the safety of the special vehicle manipulator and the operability to work.

Contents

1. Maintenance and repair of conventional suspension systems in special vehicles

-Evolution of the suspension in the special vehicle.

-Operating principle.

-Elements that make up the suspension system.

-Damping.

-Ballestas.

-Torsion bars.

-Ejes rigid.

-Elastic elements.

-Tirantes.

-Balancines.

-Operating characteristics of the different systems and the elements and assemblies that make up them.

-Operation and mission of different systems (levelling, height adjustment, control systems, etc.)

-Constitution and special features of rotating excavators as well as articulated chassis blades.

2. Maintenance and repair of the hydraulic suspension system in special vehicles

-Evolution of hydraulic suspension. Applications.

-Elements that make up the system.

-Operating principle.

-Circuits and essential system schemas.

-Cabin and chassis levelling system.

3. Maintenance and repair of rolling trains by wheel on special vehicles

-A flat-tire assembly.

-Evolution of the tyre.

-Raw materials on the tyre.

-Manufacturing processes.

-Tyre Nomenclature.

-Tyre types according to purpose.

-Inflated valves for purpose.

-Inflate types.

-Tire types.

-Specific tires for specific tires.

-Use for disassembly and mounting of the tyre.

4. Maintenance and repair of train running trains on special vehicles

-String set.

-Evolution of the chain shoot systems.

-Materials.

-System elements and components.

-Manufacturing processes.

-Join elements.

-Wear causes.

-Replacing and repairing the system.

-Specific use for repair-replacement.

5. Maintenance and repair of train running trains of rubber on special vehicles

-Evolution of the rubber band.

-Raw materials in the rubber band.

-Manufacturing processes.

-Band types for purpose.

-Repair and replace.

-Utilities.

-Attachments.

FORMATIVE UNIT 3

Naming: PREVENTION OF OCCUPATIONAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL RISKS IN VEHICLE MAINTENANCE

Code: UF0917

Duration: 30 hours

Competition reference: This training unit corresponds to the RP5.

Assessment capabilities and criteria

C1: To analyze the prevention and safety measures regarding the actions of the handling of the installations and equipment, contained in the safety plans of the companies of the sector.

CE1.1 Specify the aspects of prevention and safety regulations related to the risks arising from the handling of installations and equipment.

CE1.2 Identify and evaluate risk factors and associated risks.

CE1.3 Describe the requirements of the work areas and the procedures for their preparation, determining the specific occupational risks involved and their corrective actions.

CE1.4 Analyze first aid requirements in different accident scenarios.

CE1.5 Define the rights and duties of the employee and the company in terms of prevention and safety.

C2: Act according to the security plan using the company's security and prevention measures.

CE2.1 Apply preventive and corrective measures to the identified risks, including the selection, conservation and correct use of the individual and collective protective equipment.

CE2.2 Apply the action protocols to possible emergencies, such as:

-Identify people in charge of specific tasks.

-Report the disfunctions and the dangerous cases observed.

-Proceed for the evacuation of buildings in accordance with established procedures, in case of emergency.

CE2.3 Adopt the basic sanitary measures, first aid techniques and transfer of accidents in different accident scenarios.

C3: Apply the company's environmental protection and waste recycling measures.

CE3.1 Specify aspects of environmental regulations related to the risks arising from the activity of the workshop, such as noise, vibration, and the handling of combustible products, lubricants, paints and solvents, combustion gases, welding gases, waste materials, lijas, electrodes, etc.

CE3.2 Identify and assess the associated environmental risk and risk factors.

CE3.3 Apply preventive and corrective measures to the risks identified, including the correct handling of products and their storage, use of individual and collective protective equipment.

CE3.4 Apply the action protocols to possible emergencies, such as:

-Evacuate the work zone

-Report the disfunctions and the dangerous cases observed.

CE3.5 Apply Selective Collection of Waste:

-Identify containers and clean points.

-Respect the signage and waste recycling protocols.

CE3.6 Maintain work zones in order and cleaning to prevent incidents.

Contents

1. Basic concepts about health and safety at work

-Work and health.

-Professional risks.

-Risk factors.

-Consequences and damages derived from the job:

-Work accident.

-Professional illness.

-Other pathologies derived from work.

-Economic and operational impacts.

-Basic regulatory framework for occupational risk prevention:

-The labor risk prevention law.

-The prevention services regulation.

-Scope and legal bases.

-Health and safety directives at work.

-Public agencies related to health and safety at work:

-National agencies.

-Autonomous bodies.

2. General risks and their prevention

-Risks in the management of tools and equipment.

-Risks in handling systems and installations.

-Risks in the storage and transport of loads.

-Risks in handling products and waste.

-Risks associated with the working environment:

-Exposure to physical, chemical or biological agents.

-The fire.

-Risks derived from workload:

-Physical fatigue.

-Mental fatigue.

-Job dissatisfaction.

-Protecting workers ' health and safety:

-Collective protection.

-Individual protection.

3. Acting in emergencies and evacuation

-Types of accidents.

-Primary evaluation of the crashed.

-First aid.

-Socorrism.

-Emergency situations.

-Emergency and evacuation plans.

-Support information for emergency action.

4. Environmental risks and waste handling

-Risks arising from the storage and handling of fuels, fats and lubricants.

-Risks associated with noise, vibration and combustion gases produced in the workshop.

-Action protocols to mitigate environmental risks.

-Types of waste generated.

-Storage in containers and bags, waste signalling.

-Waste management.

-Order maintenance and cleanup of the work zone.

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Units

Total duration in hours of the training units	Nº of maximum hours capable of distance
Unit training 1-UF1608	60	20
Unit 2- UF1609	70	20
Formative Unit 3-UF0917	30	20

Sequence:

The training units for this module can be programmed independently.

Access criteria for students

They will be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree that regulates the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this annex accompanies.

FORMATIVE MODULE 2

DENOMINATION: SYSTEMS OF TRANSMISSION AND BRAKES OF AGRICULTURAL MACHINERY, OF EXTRACTIVE INDUSTRIES, AND OF CONSTRUCTION AND CIVIL WORK.

Code: MF0850_2

Professional qualification level: 2

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC0850_2: Maintain the transmission and brake systems of agricultural machinery, extractive industries and building and civil works.

Duration: 170 hours

FORMATIVE UNIT 1

DESIGNATION: MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS IN SPECIAL VEHICLES.

Code: UF1610

Duration: 90 hours

Competition reference: This training unit corresponds to RP3 and RP4.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Identify and locate the elements that make up the transmission systems of the special vehicles, understanding their operation and mission within the system.

CE1.1 Identify in special vehicles the components of the transmission system and associated systems. Note the elements to be checked and those susceptible of adjustment and/or maintenance.

CE1.2 Analyze the different special vehicle transmission systems explaining:

-Operating characteristics of the different systems and the elements and assemblies that make up them.

-Operation and mission of different systems (manual and automatic mechanical, hydraulic,)

CE1.3 Measure the characteristic parameters of the elements of the transmission system using the specific tools and tools and handling the documentation provided by the manufacturer.

CE1.4 Identify and locate the electronic traction control systems, explaining:

-Performance characteristics of the traction control systems.

-Operation and mission of the traction controls.

C2: Identify, diagnose and repair mechanical breakdowns in the transmission systems of the special vehicles, carrying out the necessary checks and verifications.

CE2.1 Localize and identify the breakdown in the transmission systems of the special vehicles, using the appropriate diagnostic techniques and the necessary material means such as documentation of the manufacturer, diagnostic equipment, devices for the taking of diagnostic data and specific tools.

CE2.2 Explain the causes of the breakdown and the repair process.

CE2.3 Analyze hydraulic transmission systems, their pipes and driving elements, pump and operating engines and main features.

CE2.4 To point out the elements that can be maintained, in terms of greasing and adjustment, in the transmission explaining their need and knowing the intervals of substitution and revision of fluids and filters, also to point out the technical characteristics of said fluids and their management in terms of occupational safety and environmental safety.

CE2.5 Compare the values and measurements of the parameters obtained with the technical documentation offered by the manufacturer and extract the correct conclusions, determining the origin of the fault or mismatch.

CE2.6 Explain the causes of the breakdown and the repair process.

CE2.7 Explain the safety and cleaning rules to be taken into account in the repair process.

CE2.8 Verify the quality of the repairs made, thus ensuring the safety of the special vehicle manipulator and the operability to work.

C3: Identify, diagnose and repair hydraulic breakdowns in the transmission systems of the special vehicles, carrying out the necessary checks and verifications.

CE3.1 Localize and identify the breakdown in the transmission systems of the special vehicles, using the appropriate diagnostic techniques and the necessary material means such as documentation of the manufacturer, diagnostic equipment, devices for the taking of diagnostic data and specific tools.

CE3.2 Analyze hydraulic transmission systems, their pipes and driving elements, pump and operating engines and main features.

CE3.3 To point out the elements that can be maintained, in terms of greasing and adjustment, in the transmission explaining their need and knowing the intervals of substitution and revision of fluids and filters, also to point out the technical characteristics of said fluids and their handling in terms of occupational safety and environmental.

CE3.4 Compare the values and measurements of the parameters obtained with the technical documentation provided by the manufacturer and extract the correct conclusions, determining the origin of the fault or mismatch.

CE3.5 Explain the causes of the breakdown and the repair process.

CE3.6 Explain the safety and cleaning rules to be taken into account in the repair process.

CE3.7 Verify the quality of the repairs made, thus ensuring the safety of the special vehicle manipulator and the operability to work.

C4: Identify, diagnose and repair electrical and/or electronic breakdowns in the transmission systems of special vehicles, carrying out the necessary checks and verifications.

CE4.1 Locate and identify the breakdown in the transmission systems of the special vehicles, using the appropriate diagnostic techniques and the necessary material means.

CE4.2 Compare the values and measurements of the parameters obtained with the technical documentation provided by the manufacturer and extract the correct conclusions, determining the origin of the fault or mismatch.

CE4.3 Explain the causes of the breakdown and the repair process.

CE4.4 With dexterity handling diagnostic equipment to perform diagnostic checks and to perform memorized breakdowns.

Identify and analyze the system to check and determine the parameters to be measured.

CE4.5 Explain the safety and cleaning rules to be taken into account in the repair process.

CE4.6 Verify the quality of the repairs made, thus ensuring the safety of the special vehicle manipulator and the operability to work.

Contents

1. Transmission system in special vehicles

-Evolution of the transmission system.

-Mission and operation of the transmission.

-Main characteristics of the transmission.

-Transmission types: Mechanical, Automatic, Hydraulic.

-Transmission elements (gears, pulleys, joints, among others)

-Guided elements (bushings, bearings, among others)

-Desmultiplication, par, among others.

-The transmission of movement in different types of vehicles.

-Main features of the traction system:

-Adherence and Sliding.

-Traction by tires.

-Taction on all four wheels.

-Strings by strings.

-Traction by rubber bands.

2. Maintenance and repair of the clutch and gearbox in special vehicles

-Embrague.

-Mission and function of conventional clutches and multiple disks.

-Diagnosis of breakdowns

-Maintenance and repair of the clutch.

-Manual change box.

-Mission and operation of the manual gearbox.

-Main features of the manual gearbox.

-The gearbox as a torque transformer.

-Operation and phases of the multiplication or over-multiplication of the marches.

-Manual change box Lubication.

-Diagnosis of breakdowns

-Manual change box maintenance and repair.

3. Maintenance and repair of automatic transmission in special vehicles

-Pair Converter.

-Operation of the torque converter.

-Mission and function of the torque converter.

-Main characteristics of the torque converter.

-Pair converter specific oils.

-Diagnosis of breakdowns and maintenance of the torque converter.

-Automatic change boxes.

-Mission and operation of the automatic gearbox.

-Main features of the automatic gearbox.

-Operation and phases of the multiplication or over-multiplication of the marches.

-The gearbox as a torque transformer.

-Automatic change box lubrication.

-Diagnosis of breakdowns and maintenance.

-Command and management systems.

-Hydraulic and mechanical elements.

-Simple epipyclic train: means of transmission.

4. Differential group maintenance and repair

-Mission and operation of the differential group.

-The main characteristics of the differential group.

-Internal elements and constitution.

-Self-locking mechanical interlocking differentiales: Torsen, Ferguson.

-Electronic, electro-hydraulic differentiators.

-Diagnosis of breakdowns.

-Maintenance and repair of the differential group.

5. Maintenance and repair of timoneries and controls

-Mission and operation.

-Main Features.

-Types.

-Security and locking systems.

-Diagnosis of breakdowns, maintenance and reglages.

6. Maintenance and repair of hydraulic or hydrostatic transmission in special vehicles

-Oil pressure group.

-Types of pumps. High pressure and low pressure oil pump.

-Valve block. Safety valve

-Hydraulic oil cooling system.

-Characteristics of hydraulic oils.

-Transmission drive engines.

-Hydraulic.

-Advance control.

-Diagnosis of breakdowns.

7. Maintenance and repair of electronic traction control systems

-Spin speed sensors.

-Advance sensors.

-Side and horizontal tilt sensors.

-Electronic control and control unit.

-Control of automatic and differential boxes.

-Slide control.

-Control of hydraulic transmission.

-Diagnosis of breakdowns and maintenance.

FORMATIVE UNIT 2

DESIGNATION: MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF BRAKE SYSTEMS ON SPECIAL VEHICLES.

Code: UF1611

Duration: 50 hours

Competition reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1 and RP2.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Know and identify the components and elements of the braking systems of the special vehicles, understanding their operation and using the appropriate diagnostic techniques and the necessary material means (documentation, specific equipment and tools, apparatus, etc.).

CE1.1 Explain the characteristics and operation of the different types of brake (hydraulic, pneumatic, mixed or electric) that can be equipped with special vehicles and their function (parking, trailer brake and emergency service).

CE1.2 Analyze and identify the components of the brake system on special vehicles by pointing out the elements to be checked.

CE1.3 Analyze the braking service systems, identifying the components and their function.

C2: Identify and locate the breakdown of the braking systems of the special vehicles, understanding their operation and using the appropriate diagnostic techniques and the necessary material means (documentation, specific equipment and tools, apparatus, etc.).

CE2.1 Identify the system to check and determine the parameters to be measured, obtain reliable measurements and interpret them properly by comparing the information and data obtained with the documentation provided by the manufacturer, verifying whether or not there is any type of fault or malfunction.

CE2.2 Analyze and identify electrical and/or electronic breakdowns with the diagnosis team, performing the verification of the components identified by the team and proceeding to its replacement if on site. Perform the deletion of memorized breakdowns and check the quality of the repair by performing a test of the repaired system.

CE2.3 Explain the causes of the breakdown and the repair process.

CE2.4 Explain the safety and cleaning rules to be taken into account in the repair process.

CE2.5 Verify the quality of the repairs made, thus ensuring the safety of the special vehicle manipulator and the operability to work.

C3: Perform the necessary maintenance and regiments and know the service intervals of the elements of the braking system, using the appropriate diagnostic techniques and the necessary material means (documentation, specific equipment and tools, appliances, etc.)

CE3.1 Check the tightness of the hydraulic circuits of the braking system, proceeding to perform the replacement of the deteriorated element if on site and verifying the absence of leakage after the replacement.

CE3.2 Perform the tasks of purging the hydraulic braking circuits, completely eliminating the air in the circuit, guaranteeing the pressure in the system.

CE3.3 Perform the tasks of replacing the friction elements (dry system or oil bath) in order to restore the operation of the braking system and ensure its efficiency.

CE3.4 Make the necessary adjustments and reglations in the braking elements to ensure the operability of the system, bringing these adjustments to the parameters indicated by the manufacturer.

CE3.5 Explain the causes of the wear and tear process.

CE3.6 Explain the safety and cleaning rules to be taken into account in the repair process.

CE3.7 Verify the quality of the repairs made, thus ensuring the safety of the special vehicle manipulator and the operability to work.

Contents

1. Brake systems on special vehicles

-Physical foundations.

-Brake systems: hydraulic, pneumatic among others.

-Types of brakes

-From Tambor

-Disk

-Evolution of the brake system.

-Basic braking principles.

-Stop Distance

-Mission of the brakes.

2. Types of braking systems in special vehicles

-Service, features, and utilities.

-Emergency brakes and parking, features and utilities

-Franding of trailers and semi-trailers.

3. Maintenance and repair of braking systems on special vehicles

-Disk brakes.

-Elements and features.

-Replacement and maintenance intervals.

-Benefits and drawbacks.

-Drum brakes.

-Elements and features.

-Replacement and maintenance intervals.

-Benefits and drawbacks.

-Study of the brake pump and the multiplication of the effort.

-Basic principle of hydraulic control.

-Brake liquids; Replacement characteristics and intervals.

-Operation and need of the servo brake.

-pneumatic brake systems.

-Electrical brake systems.

-Engine brake.

-Diagnosis of breakdowns.

FORMATIVE UNIT 3

Naming: PREVENTION OF OCCUPATIONAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL RISKS IN VEHICLE MAINTENANCE

Code: UF0917

Duration: 30 hours

Competition reference: This training unit corresponds to the RP5.

Assessment capabilities and criteria

C1: To analyze the prevention and safety measures regarding the actions of the handling of the installations and equipment, contained in the safety plans of the companies of the sector.

CE1.1 Specify the aspects of prevention and safety regulations related to the risks arising from the handling of installations and equipment.

CE1.2 Identify and evaluate risk factors and associated risks.

CE1.3 Describe the requirements of the work areas and the procedures for their preparation, determining the specific occupational risks involved and their corrective actions.

CE1.4 Analyze first aid requirements in different accident scenarios.

CE1.5 Define the rights and duties of the employee and the company in terms of prevention and safety.

C2: Act according to the security plan using the company's security and prevention measures.

CE2.1 Apply preventive and corrective measures to the identified risks, including the selection, conservation and correct use of the individual and collective protective equipment.

CE2.2 Apply the action protocols to possible emergencies, such as:

-Identify people in charge of specific tasks.

-Report the disfunctions and the dangerous cases observed.

-Proceed for the evacuation of buildings in accordance with established procedures, in case of emergency.

CE2.3 Adopt the basic sanitary measures, first aid techniques and transfer of accidents in different accident scenarios.

C3: Apply the company's environmental protection and waste recycling measures.

CE3.1 Specify aspects of environmental regulations related to the risks arising from the activity of the workshop, such as noise, vibration, and the handling of combustible products, lubricants, paints and solvents, combustion gases, welding gases, waste materials, lijas, electrodes, etc.

CE3.2 Identify and assess the associated environmental risk and risk factors.

CE3.3 Apply preventive and corrective measures to the risks identified, including the correct handling of products and their storage, use of individual and collective protective equipment.

CE3.4 Apply the action protocols to possible emergencies, such as:

-Evacuate the work zone

-Report the disfunctions and the dangerous cases observed.

CE3.5 Apply Selective Collection of Waste:

-Identify containers and clean points.

-Respect the signage and waste recycling protocols.

CE3.6 Maintain work zones in order and cleaning to prevent incidents.

Contents

1. Basic concepts about health and safety at work

-Work and health.

-Professional risks.

-Risk factors.

-Consequences and damages derived from the job:

-Work accident.

-Professional illness.

-Other pathologies derived from work.

-Economic and operational impacts.

-Basic regulatory framework for occupational risk prevention:

-The labor risk prevention law.

-The prevention services regulation.

-Scope and legal bases.

-Health and safety directives at work.

-Public agencies related to health and safety at work:

-National agencies.

-Autonomous bodies.

2. General risks and their prevention

-Risks in the management of tools and equipment.

-Risks in handling systems and installations.

-Risks in the storage and transport of loads.

-Risks in handling products and waste.

-Risks associated with the working environment:

-Exposure to physical, chemical or biological agents.

-The fire.

-Risks derived from workload:

-Physical fatigue.

-Mental fatigue.

-Job dissatisfaction.

-Protecting workers ' health and safety:

-Collective protection.

-Individual protection.

3. Acting in emergencies and evacuation

-Types of accidents.

-Primary evaluation of the crashed.

-First aid.

-Socorrism.

-Emergency situations.

-Emergency and evacuation plans.

-Support information for emergency action.

4. Environmental risks and waste handling

-Risks arising from the storage and handling of fuels, fats and lubricants.

-Risks associated with noise, vibration and combustion gases produced in the workshop.

-Action protocols to mitigate environmental risks.

-Types of waste generated.

-Storage in containers and bags, waste signalling.

-Waste management.

-Order maintenance and cleanup of the work zone.

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Units

Total duration in hours of the training units	Number of maximum hours susceptible to distance
Formative Unit 1-UF1610	90	30
Unit formative 2-UF1611	50	20
Formative Unit 3-UF0917	30	20

Sequence:

The training units of this module can be programmed independently.

Access criteria for students

They will be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree that regulates the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this annex accompanies.

FORMATIVE MODULE 3

DENOMINATION: SYSTEMS FOR THE OPERATION OF EQUIPMENT, TOOLS AND IMPLEMENTS OF SPECIAL VEHICLES.

Code: MF0851_2

Professional qualification level: 2

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC0851_2: Mounting and maintaining systems for the operation of equipment and tools for agricultural machinery, extractive industries and construction and civil engineering.

Duration: 200 hours

FORMATIVE UNIT 1

Denomination: MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF THE HYDRAULIC DRIVE SYSTEMS OF THE EQUIPMENT, TOOLS AND IMPLEMENTS OF THE SPECIAL VEHICLES.

Code: UF1612

Duration: 90 hours

Competition Referer: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP2, RP3, and RP4 in the part concerning the hydraulic drives of the equipment, tools, and implements of the special vehicles.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Know and verify the functionality of the hydraulic drive systems of the equipment, tools and implements of the special vehicles, using the appropriate means to perform the operations.

CE1.1 To study the operating characteristics of the different hydraulic elements, used in the systems of operation of the special vehicles, equipment, tools and implements.

CE1.2 Know the properties and characteristics of the fluids used, check that they meet the specifications required by the manufacturer of the systems.

CE1.3 Detailed the measures and units of measurement used in hydraulics.

CE1.4 Explain the characteristics of the main hydraulic elements (pressure groups, distributors, electro-hydraulic components, accumulators and radiators, tanks, filters, pumps, actuators, cylinders and control valves).

CE1.5 Explain the physical laws on which power transmission is based by fluid, analyzing load losses and multiplication factor.

CE1.6 Interpret the documentation offered by the manufacturer (technical data and circuit schemes).

CE1.7 Perform the taring of the useful and measuring tools to ensure success in the obtained values.

C2: Perform the diagnosis of faults in the hydraulic circuit of the systems of operation of equipment, tools and implements and to proceed to its repair using the appropriate means and tools, thus guaranteeing the operability of the system.

CE2.1 Verify the watertightness of the hydraulic circuit of the system of operation of the equipment, tools and implements of the special vehicles, thus guaranteeing the operability of the system.

CE2.2 Diagnose the leakage of hydraulic fluid from the elements, proceeding to repair or replace damaged or inoperative spare parts.

CE2.3 Unmount, diagnose and repair hydraulic pressure pumps and motors, identifying their components and analyzing the operability and/or wear states thereof, proceeding to their repair/replacement thus guaranteeing the system operation.

CE2.4 Unmount, analyze, repair, and mount the various hydraulic valves. Verify its operation.

CE2.5 Unmount, repair, and mount a hydraulic cylinder by verifying the status of each and every element.

CE2.6 Unmount, rebuild and mount hydraulic fluids, metal pipes and fittings, high and low pressure hoses and hoses.

CE2.7 Unmount, repair, and mount an excavator automatic switching valve.

CE2.8 Unmount and verify the status of the hydraulic lift and lift arms of a tractor. Diagnose breakdowns caused by the same.

CE2.9 Verify the operation of a tractor's strength, its speed selectors, the timing of the tractor, etc.

CE2.10 Unmount and mount the hydraulic system of a tilting trailer verifying its operation.

CE2.11 Explain the causes of the wear and the repair process.

CE2.12 Explain the security and cleaning rules to be taken into account in the repair process.

CE2.13 Verify the quality of the repairs made, thus ensuring the safety of the special vehicle manipulator and the operability to work.

C3: Perform the tasks of mounting and maintaining the systems of hydraulic actuation of the equipment, tools and implements of the special vehicles, using the technical documentation offered by the manufacturer and the useful and useful tools for this realization.

CE3.1 Unmount, rebuild and mount hydraulic fluids, metal pipes and fittings, high and low pressure hoses and hoses.

CE3.2 Verify the watertightness of the hydraulic circuit of the system of operation of the equipment, tools and implements of the special vehicles, thus guaranteeing the operability of the system.

CE3.3 Know the properties and characteristics of the fluids used, check that they meet the specifications required by the manufacturer of the systems.

CE3.4 Perform the setting of a hydraulic pressure pump from a excavator.

CE3.5 Unmount and verify the cooling system of a hydraulic circuit.

CE3.6 Unmount, repair, and mount the hydraulic lift control system. Verify the operation of its components and the load and depth control.

CE3.7 Explain the causes of the wear and tear process.

CE3.8 Explain the safety and cleaning rules to be taken into account in the repair process.

CE3.9 Verify the quality of the repairs made, thus ensuring the safety of the special vehicle manipulator and the operability to work.

Contents

1. Hydraulic drive systems

-Basic hydraulic principles.

-Hydrostatic and hydrodynamic.

-Pressure generator group.

-Pressure control.

-Oil deposit and accumulators.

-Filters.

-Oil cooling systems.

-Lines, connections, and whips.

-Oil Return.

-Valves and control blocks.

-Final actuators: Cylinders and hydraulic motors.

2. Hydraulic fluids for transmissions

-Features.

-Types of fluids.

-Technical specifications.

-Fluid refresh periods.

-Collection and treatment of discarded fluids.

3. Hydraulic schemes

-Hydraulic symbology.

-Electrical symbology for the command.

-Basic schemas used.

4. Maintenance and repair of the pressure group and hydraulic motors

-Types of pump and pressure control and flow limitation.

-Types of hydraulic motors.

-Speed and torque regulation.

-Diagnosis of breakdowns.

-Maintenance and repair of hydraulic drive systems in special vehicles.

5. Maintenance and repair of valve blocks and hydraulic lines

-Pressure and flow control valves.

-Lock valves.

-directional valves.

-The distribution system's quality.

-Fixing lines and connections.

-Diagnosis of breakdowns.

-Maintenance and repair of valve blocks and hydraulic lines.

FORMATIVE UNIT 2

Denomination: MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF THE PNEUMATIC DRIVE SYSTEMS OF THE EQUIPMENT, TOOLS AND IMPLEMENTS OF THE SPECIAL VEHICLES.

Code: UF1613

Duration: 50 hours

Competition reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP2, RP3, and RP4, as regards pneumatic drives of the equipment, tools, and implements of the special vehicles.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Know and verify the functionality of the pneumatic drive systems of the equipment, tools and implements of the special vehicles, using the appropriate means to perform the operations.

CE1.1 To study the operating characteristics of the different pneumatic elements, used in the systems of operation of the equipment, tools and implements.

CE1.2 Drill down the magnitudes and units of measurement used in pneumatics.

CE1.3 Interpret the documentation offered by the manufacturer (technical data and tyre circuit schemes).

CE1.4 Perform the taring of the useful and measuring tools to ensure success in the obtained values.

C2: Perform the diagnosis of faults in the pneumatic circuit of the systems of operation of equipment, tools and implements and to proceed to its repair using the appropriate means and tools, thus guaranteeing the operability of the system.

CE2.1 Verify the tightness of the pneumatic circuit of the system of operation of the equipment, tools and implements of the special vehicles, thus guaranteeing the operability of the system.

CE2.2 Diagnose air leaks from the elements, proceeding to repair or replace damaged or inoperative spare parts.

CE2.3 Unmount, diagnose and repair pneumatic pressure compressors, identifying their components and analyzing the operability and/or wear states thereof, proceeding to their repair/replacement thus guaranteeing the system operation.

CE2.4 Unmount, analyze, repair, and mount the various pneumatic valves. Verify your operation

CE2.5 Unmount, rebuild and mount pressure pneumatic pipes, metal pipes and fittings, high and low pressure hoses and sleeves.

CE2.6 Verify the tightness of the pneumatic circuit of the system of operation of the equipment, tools and implements of the special vehicles, thus guaranteeing the operability of the system.

CE2.7 Explain the causes of the wear and tear process.

CE2.8 Explain the safety and cleaning rules to be taken into account in the repair process.

CE2.9 Verify the quality of the repairs made, thus ensuring the safety of the special vehicle manipulator and the operability to work.

C3: Perform the tasks of mounting and maintaining the pneumatic drive systems of the equipment, tools and implements of the special vehicles, using the technical documentation offered by the manufacturer and the useful and useful tools for such performance.

CE3.1 Unmount, rebuild and mount pressure pneumatic pipes, metal pipes and fittings, high and low pressure hoses and sleeves.

CE3.2 Verify the tightness of the pneumatic circuit of the system of operation of the equipment, tools and implements of the special vehicles, thus guaranteeing the operability of the system.

CE3.3 Explain the causes of the wear and tear process.

CE3.4 Explain the safety and cleaning rules to be taken into account in the repair process.

CE3.5 Verify the quality of the repairs made, thus ensuring the safety of the special vehicle manipulator and the operability to work.

Contents

1. Pneumatic technology applied to mobile machinery

-Basic pneumatics principles.

-Pressure generator compressor. Pressure control.

-Condensation of moisture.

-Air deposit and accumulators.

-Filters, purgators, and lubrication unit.

-Lines, connections, and whips.

-Valves and control blocks.

-Empty pumps.

2. Pneumatic drives

-Cylinders.

-Tyre engines.

-Impact Marches.

-Tire bars.

-Transport of materials by air.

3. Pneumatic schemes

-The pneumatic circuit of the pneumatic circuit of the system of operation of the equipment, tools and implements of the special vehicles.

-Pneumatic pressure compressors.

-Components

-operability states

-Types of compressors and pressure control.

-Air Calderons.

-Filtering of air and purging of condensates.

4. Maintenance and repair of compressors and vacuum pumps

-Types of air compressors and pressure control.

-Types of vacuum pumps.

-Lubication and oils used.

-Diagnosis of breakdowns.

-Maintenance and repair of compressors and vacuum pumps in special vehicles.

5. Maintenance and repair of valve blocks and pneumatic lines

-Pressure and flow control valves.

-Lock valves.

-directional valves.

-The distribution system's quality.

-Fixing lines and connections.

-Diagnosis of breakdowns.

-Maintenance and repair of valve blocks and pneumatic lines.

FORMATIVE UNIT 3

Denomination: MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS OF EQUIPMENT, TOOLS AND IMPLEMENTS OF SPECIAL VEHICLES.

Code: UF1614

Duration: 60 hours

Competition reference: This training unit corresponds to RP2, RP3, and RP4, in relation to maintaining and repairing the electrical and electronic systems of the equipment, tools and implements of the special vehicles.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Know and verify the functionality of the electronic electronic systems of the equipment, tools and implements of the special vehicles, using the appropriate means to perform the operations

CE1.1 To study the operating characteristics of the different electrical-electronic elements, used in the systems of operation of the special vehicles, equipment, tools and implements.

CE1.2 Verify and check the operating parameters of the equipment handlers, tools and implements of the special vehicles, comparing them with the data offered by the manufacturer.

CE1.3 Analyze and identify the electronic components of the drive system in the special vehicles, pointing out the elements to be checked.

C2: To perform the diagnosis of faults in the electronic circuit of the systems of operation of equipment, tools and implements and to proceed to its repair using the appropriate means and tools, thus guaranteeing the operability of the system.

CE2.1 Using the diagnostic equipment, check and verify the correct operation of the electronic-electronic elements of the systems of operation of the different tools, equipment and implements of the special vehicle.

CE2.2 Check the electrical installations of the control of the equipment, tools and implements of the special vehicles, using the appropriate tools and comparing the data obtained with those offered by the manufacturer.

CE2.3 Repair the electrical installations of the operating controls of the equipment, tools and implements of the special vehicles, using the appropriate repair methods.

CE2.4 Perform the break-off with the diagnosis team after performing the repairs, checking the correct operation and the success in the repair.

CE2.5 Explain the causes of the breakdowns and the repair process.

CE2.6 Explain the safety and cleaning rules to be taken into account in the repair process.

CE2.7 Verify the quality of the repairs made, thus ensuring the safety of the special vehicle manipulator and the operability to work.

C3: Perform the assembly and maintenance tasks of the electrical actuation systems of the equipment, tools and implements of the special vehicles, using the technical documentation offered by the manufacturer and the useful and useful tools for this realization.

CE3.1 Unmount, repair, and mount a handling control of a chain's translation engine and verify its operation.

CE3.2 Unmount, repair and mount an arm manipulator control of a backhoe and verify its operation.

CE3.3 Verify the quality of repairs made, thus ensuring the safety of the special vehicle manipulator and the operability to work

CE3.4 Perform the cleaning of electrical connections between lines to ensure the correct operation of the system of operation of the equipment, tools and implements of a special vehicle.

Contents

1. Electrical and electronic circuit technology

-Tension, intensity and strength.

-Ohm Law.

-Fuses and intensity limiters.

-Resistance and reostats.

-Dependent or special resistance.

-Bobines and relays.

-Condensers.

-Semiconductor diodes.

-Transistors.

-Tyristors.

-Operational Amplifiers.

-Notions on electronic boards and microprocessors.

2. Electrical and electronic checking apparatus

-Test Lamp.

-The polymeter and its handling.

-Amperimetric Pinza and its handling.

-Diagnostic equipment.

-Tomás de diagnosis.

3. Arrangement of the electrical installation.

-Cabled

-Electrical and fixings.

-Connection and fuse box.

-Terminals and connectors.

-Electrical Schemes

-Electrical and electronic symbology at the planes.

-Interpretation of basic command and force schemes.

4. Sensors and actuators

-Sensors:

-Pressure and temperature.

-Position and spin.

-Speed.

-Effort.

-Continuous electric motors.

-Servomotors.

-Joystick type

5. Maintenance of engines and servo motors

-Interpretation of results

-Clear of breakdowns and alarms.

6. Maintenance and repair of electrical and electronic components

-Preventive checks on circuits and components.

-Deleted alarms in memory.

-Diagnosis and location of breakdowns. Interpretation of the results.

-Replacement of broken components.

-Checking for multiplexed communications.

-Calibration and/or parameterization of functions.

FORMATIVE UNIT 4

Naming: PREVENTION OF OCCUPATIONAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL RISKS IN VEHICLE MAINTENANCE

Code: UF0917

Duration: 30 hours

Competition Referral: This training unit corresponds to RP4 as regards the prevention of occupational and environmental risks in automotive.

Assessment capabilities and criteria

C1: To analyze the prevention and safety measures regarding the actions of the handling of the installations and equipment, contained in the safety plans of the companies of the sector.

CE1.1 Specify the aspects of prevention and safety regulations related to the risks arising from the handling of installations and equipment.

CE1.2 Identify and evaluate risk factors and associated risks.

CE1.3 Describe the requirements of the work areas and the procedures for their preparation, determining the specific occupational risks involved and their corrective actions.

CE1.4 Analyze first aid requirements in different accident scenarios.

CE1.5 Define the rights and duties of the employee and the company in terms of prevention and safety.

C2: Act according to the security plan using the company's security and prevention measures.

CE2.1 Apply preventive and corrective measures to the identified risks, including the selection, conservation and correct use of the individual and collective protective equipment.

CE2.2 Apply the action protocols to possible emergencies, such as:

-Identify people in charge of specific tasks.

-Report the disfunctions and the dangerous cases observed.

-Proceed for the evacuation of buildings in accordance with established procedures, in case of emergency.

CE2.3 Adopt the basic sanitary measures, first aid techniques and transfer of accidents in different accident scenarios.

C3: Apply the company's environmental protection and waste recycling measures.

CE3.1 Specify aspects of environmental regulations related to the risks arising from the activity of the workshop, such as noise, vibration, and the handling of combustible products, lubricants, paints and solvents, combustion gases, welding gases, waste materials, lijas, electrodes, etc.

CE3.2 Identify and assess the associated environmental risk and risk factors.

CE3.3 Apply preventive and corrective measures to the risks identified, including the correct handling of products and their storage, use of individual and collective protective equipment.

CE3.4 Apply the action protocols to possible emergencies, such as:

-Evacuate the work zone

-Report the disfunctions and the dangerous cases observed.

CE3.5 Apply Selective Collection of Waste:

-Identify containers and clean points.

-Respect the signage and waste recycling protocols.

CE3.6 Maintain work zones in order and cleaning to prevent incidents.

Contents

1. Basic concepts about health and safety at work

-Work and health.

-Professional risks.

-Risk factors.

-Consequences and damages derived from the job:

-Work accident.

-Professional illness.

-Other pathologies derived from work.

-Economic and operational impacts.

-Basic regulatory framework for occupational risk prevention:

-The labor risk prevention law.

-The prevention services regulation.

-Scope and legal bases.

-Health and safety directives at work.

-Public agencies related to health and safety at work:

-National agencies.

-Autonomous bodies.

2. General risks and their prevention

-Risks in the management of tools and equipment.

-Risks in handling systems and installations.

-Risks in the storage and transport of loads.

-Risks in handling products and waste.

-Risks associated with the working environment:

-Exposure to physical, chemical or biological agents.

-The fire.

-Risks derived from workload:

-Physical fatigue.

-Mental fatigue.

-Job dissatisfaction.

-Protecting workers ' health and safety:

-Collective protection.

-Individual protection.

3. Acting in emergencies and evacuation

-Types of accidents.

-Primary evaluation of the crashed.

-First aid.

-Socorrism.

-Emergency situations.

-Emergency and evacuation plans.

-Support information for emergency action.

4. Environmental risks and waste handling

-Risks arising from the storage and handling of fuels, fats and lubricants.

-Risks associated with noise, vibration and combustion gases produced in the workshop.

-Action protocols to mitigate environmental risks.

-Types of waste generated.

-Storage in containers and bags, waste signalling.

-Waste management.

-Order maintenance and cleanup of the work zone.

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Units

Total duration in hours of the training units	Number of maximum hours susceptible to distance
Formative unit 1-UF1612	90	30
Unit formative 2-UF1613	50	20
Formative Unit 3-UF1614	60	30
Formative Unit 4-UF0917	30	20

Sequence:

To access the formative unit 2, the training unit 1 must have been exceeded.

The 3 and 4 training units can be programmed independently.

Access criteria for students

They will be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree that regulates the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this annex accompanies.

FORMATIVE MODULE 4

DENOMINATION: EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS OF AGRICULTURAL MACHINERY, EXTRACTIVE INDUSTRIES AND BUILDING AND CIVIL WORKS.

Code: MF0852_2

Professional qualification level: 2

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC0852_2: Mounting and maintaining equipment and tools for agricultural machinery, extractive industries and building and civil works.

Duration: 130 hours

FORMATIVE UNIT 1

Denomination: ASSEMBLY OF SPECIAL VEHICLES EQUIPMENT, TOOLS, AND IMPLEMENTS.

Code: UF1615

Duration: 30 hours

Competition reference: This training unit corresponds to the RP3

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Identify and know the great variety of equipment, tools and implements of the special vehicles.

CE1.1 Describe the function or mission of each team, but or implement.

CE1.2 Describe the operating characteristics of the different elements that make up the equipment, tools and implements of the special vehicles.

CE1.3 Identify the elements of attachment to the vehicle of the equipment, tools and implements, whether they are carried or suspended.

CE1.4 Identify the power, mechanical, or hydraulic transmission system that is counted on each computer, but or implemented.

CE1.5 Describe the security measures intrinsic to each team, but and implemented.

C2: Perform the assembly and disassembly tasks of the equipment, tools and implements in the special vehicles.

CE2.1 Use the technical documentation offered by the manufacturer to verify whether the mechanical elements installed or mounted on the special vehicles, meet the established requirements and are suitable for the performance of the specific work to be carried out.

CE2.2 Identify global and particular measures, mooring points, weights and center of gravity of equipment, tools and implements.

CE2.3 Secure the assembly operation, in accordance with the safety measures described by the manufacturer in order to have no mishap or accident.

CE2.4 Connect the mechanical and hydraulic and pneumatic power sockets, ensuring the protection and functionality of the same.

CE2.5 Connect or implement the signalling and lighting of equipment and tools in accordance with the regulations on machine safety and road transport.

C3: Perform adjustment, adjustment, leveling of equipment, tools and implements in special vehicles.

CE3.1 Identify the regulatory elements in the various equipment, tools and implements of the special vehicles.

CE3.2 According to the manufacturer's specifications, adjust the elements until the adjustment, adjustment and levelling, among others, of the equipment is achieved, but or implemented for the purpose of the mission for which it is intended.

CE3.3 Check the functionality of the setting, readjusting if necessary.

Contents

1. Equipment coupling systems, tools and implements

-Tipologia of equipment, tools and implements

-Equipment for civil work. Mission and operation.

-Equipment for agriculture and livestock farming. Mission and operation.

-Equipment for extractive industry. Mission and operation.

-User or manufacturer's Manuals.

-Aperates towed, dragged and aperos suspended.

-Unions bolted and bolted.

-Fast hooks.

-Assisted Enganches.

-Supports and anchors

2. Assembly and disassembly of equipment, tools and implements

-Important measures, weights and center of gravity.

-Elevation and handling of weights.

-Mechanical, hydraulic and pneumatic power Tomas.

-Machine security measures.

-System of signalling and lighting of equipment.

3. Regulation and adjustments of equipment, tools and implements

-Features of the adjustment and adjustment devices.

-Manufacturer specifications.

-Regulatory process and settings.

FORMATIVE UNIT 2

Denomination: MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF EQUIPMENT, TOOLS AND IMPLEMENTS OF SPECIAL VEHICLES.

Code: UF1616

Duration: 70 hours

Competition reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1 and RP2.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Know and verify the functionality of the mechanical and hydraulic elements of the equipment, tools and implements of the special vehicles, using the appropriate means to perform the operations.

CE1.1 Describe the operating characteristics of the different mechanical and hydraulic elements, used in the equipment, tools and implements of the special vehicles.

CE1.2 Analyze and identify the mechanical and hydraulic components of the equipment, tools and implements in the special vehicles, pointing out the elements to be checked.

CE1.3 Use the technical documentation offered by the manufacturer to verify whether the elements installed or mounted on the special vehicles meet the established requirements and are suitable for the performance of the specific work to be carried out.

CE1.4 In public works machinery, identify the sets or elements to be checked in the systems of equipment of movement/load of lands and other products, levelling and compaction of the terrain, etc.

CE1.5 In agricultural machinery, identify the assemblies or elements to be checked in the systems of the equipment of movement/agricultural load and other products, ground-raring, planting and harvesting equipment, etc.

CE1.6 Describe the constitution and characteristics of the different systems, their particularities and safety limitations, explaining the functioning of the systems and the work that it develops.

CE1.7 Explain the function of the relevant elements of the system, the possible interrelations between them and their internal functioning.

C2: Perform the diagnosis of faults and/or mechanical wear of equipment, tools and implements in the special vehicles, using the appropriate means and tools, thus guaranteeing the operability of the system.

CE2.1 Verify the absence of holguras in the joining elements of the equipment, tools and implements of the special vehicles.

CE2.2 Verify and check the operation of the grease elements.

CE2.3 Identify, analyze and diagnose the components of equipment, tools and implements, pointing out the elements to be checked and those susceptible of adjustment and/or maintenance.

CE2.4 Diagnose the leakage of hydraulic fluid from the elements, proceeding to repair or replace damaged or inoperative spare parts.

CE2.5 Select and interpret the technical documentation, relating plans and specifications with the elements to analyze and/or diagnose.

CE2.6 Perform the measurements at the appropriate points, analyzing them and comparing them with those provided by the manufacturer.

CE2.7 Explain the causes of breakdowns and/or wear and repair/replacement.

C3: Perform the repair/replacement of the mechanical elements of the equipment, tools and implements of the special vehicles, thus guaranteeing the operation of the vehicle, using the technical documentation offered by the manufacturer and the useful and useful tools for such performance.

CE3.1 Perform machining operations (drill and threaded, turning, riveting and cutting) required for repair/replacement of mechanical equipment, tools and implements.

CE3.2 Perform welding operations with:

-arc welding.

-Oxyacetylenic Soldation.

-Electrical welding by resistance.

CE3.3 In agricultural tools, completely disassemble the force transmission, check the condition of the elements subjected to wear, mount and adjust:

-A gear transmission system.

-A belt drive system.

-A transmission system by chains.

CE3.4 Perform the replacement of the joining buons of the equipment, tools and implements, verifying their correct mobility and the lack of grip.

CE3.5 Replace items with wear and tear on an ploughing. Check the absence of deformations and repair/replace arms if necessary.

CE3.6 Unmount, mount and adjust a deck in a backhoe, verifying the functionality and the absence of leaks, rózations, vibrations and noises.

CE3.7 Perform the replacement of the boot teeth of the blade of a loader, verifying the correct attachment to the holder.

CE3.8 Perform the replacement of the starting tooth of a bulldozers, verifying the correct attachment to the holder.

CE3.9 Replace the cutting blade in a spoon by performing the necessary operations.

CE3.10 Perform the replacement of the disks or grills of an ploughing, following a logical order of disassembly-replacement-mount.

CE3.11 Apply the torque specified by the manufacturer to the disassembled elements, using the specific technical manuals and the tools and tools required for such performance.

CE3.12 Explain the causes of breakdowns and/or wear and repair/replacement.

CE3.13 Verify the quality of the repairs made, thus ensuring the safety of the special vehicle manipulator and the operability to work.

C4: Perform the repair/replacement of the hydraulic elements of the equipment, tools and implements of the special vehicles, thus guaranteeing the operation of the vehicle, using the technical documentation offered by the manufacturer and the useful and useful tools for such performance.

CE4.1 Unmount, rebuild and mount hydraulic fluids, metal pipes and fittings, high and low pressure hoses and hoses.

CE4.2 Verify the watertightness of the hydraulic circuit of the system of operation of the equipment, tools and implements of the special vehicles, thus guaranteeing the operability of the system.

CE4.3 Explain the safety and cleaning rules to be taken into account in the repair/replacement process.

CE4.4 Know the properties and characteristics of the fluids used, check that they meet the specifications required by the manufacturer of the systems.

Contents

1. Machining and cutting of mechanical elements of equipment, tools of special vehicles.

-Metrology. Apparatus for linear and angular measures.

-Metric and Anglo-Saxon system.

-Composition and properties of steels and light alloys.

-The drill technique and drill bits.

-Manual threaded technique.

-Manerals, terrajas, and threading males.

-sheet metal cutting technique and profiles.

-Cutting processes with tools and machines.

-Build and wear Holguras.

2. Welding on mechanical elements of equipment, tools of special vehicles.

-Types of weldable materials.

-Types of welds: Oxiacetylene, by electric arc and by resistance.

-Welding equipment.

-Preparation of joins.

-Electrodes and welding threads.

-Desoxidants.

-Gases used.

-Handling of electric arc welding.

-Handling of oxyacetylenic welding.

3. Maintenance and repair of mechanical systems of equipment, tools and implements

-Characteristics, constitution and operation.

-Transmission elements.

-Take-out of force by cardan, pulleys, bearings and gears.

-Transmission and motion transformation.

-Repair of mechanical elements.

-Unmount and mount processing.

-Diagnosis of breakdowns, maintenance and repairs.

4. Maintenance and repair of hydraulic systems of equipment, tools and implements

-Characteristics, constitution and operation.

-Hydraulic symbology.

-Piping, connections, and pressure sockets.

-Actuators, cylinders and engines.

-Hydraulic fluids, technical specifications.

-Unmount and mount processing.

-Diagnosis of breakdowns, maintenance and repairs.

FORMATIVE UNIT 3

Denomination: PREVENTION OF OCCUPATIONAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL RISKS IN VEHICLE MAINTENANCE.

Code: UF0917

Duration: 30 hours

Competition Referral: This training unit corresponds to RP4 as regards the prevention of occupational and environmental risks in automotive.

Assessment capabilities and criteria

C1: To analyze the prevention and safety measures regarding the actions of the handling of the installations and equipment, contained in the safety plans of the companies of the sector.

CE1.1 Specify the aspects of prevention and safety regulations related to the risks arising from the handling of installations and equipment.

CE1.2 Identify and evaluate risk factors and associated risks.

CE1.3 Describe the requirements of the work areas and the procedures for their preparation, determining the specific occupational risks involved and their corrective actions.

CE1.4 Analyze first aid requirements in different accident scenarios.

CE1.5 Define the rights and duties of the employee and the company in terms of prevention and safety.

C2: Act according to the security plan using the company's security and prevention measures.

CE2.1 Apply preventive and corrective measures to the identified risks, including the selection, conservation and correct use of the individual and collective protective equipment.

CE2.2 Apply the action protocols to possible emergencies, such as:

-Identify people in charge of specific tasks.

-Report the disfunctions and the dangerous cases observed.

-Proceed for the evacuation of buildings in accordance with established procedures, in case of emergency.

CE2.3 Adopt the basic sanitary measures, first aid techniques and transfer of accidents in different accident scenarios.

C3: Apply the company's environmental protection and waste recycling measures.

CE3.1 Specify aspects of environmental regulations related to the risks arising from the activity of the workshop, such as noise, vibration, and the handling of combustible products, lubricants, paints and solvents, combustion gases, welding gases, waste materials, lijas, electrodes, etc.

CE3.2 Identify and assess the associated environmental risk and risk factors.

CE3.3 Apply preventive and corrective measures to the risks identified, including the correct handling of products and their storage, use of individual and collective protective equipment.

CE3.4 Apply the action protocols to possible emergencies, such as:

-Evacuate the work zone

-Report the disfunctions and the dangerous cases observed.

CE3.5 Apply Selective Collection of Waste:

-Identify containers and clean points.

-Respect the signage and waste recycling protocols.

CE3.6 Maintain work zones in order and cleaning to prevent incidents.

Contents

1. Basic concepts about health and safety at work

-Work and health.

-Professional risks.

-Risk factors.

-Consequences and damages derived from the job:

-Work accident.

-Professional illness.

-Other pathologies derived from work.

-Economic and operational impacts.

-Basic regulatory framework for occupational risk prevention:

-The labor risk prevention law.

-The prevention services regulation.

-Scope and legal bases.

-Health and safety directives at work.

-Public agencies related to health and safety at work:

-National agencies.

-Autonomous bodies.

2. General risks and their prevention

-Risks in the management of tools and equipment.

-Risks in handling systems and installations.

-Risks in the storage and transport of loads.

-Risks in handling products and waste.

-Risks associated with the working environment:

-Exposure to physical, chemical or biological agents.

-The fire.

-Risks derived from workload:

-Physical fatigue.

-Mental fatigue.

-Job dissatisfaction.

-Protecting workers ' health and safety:

-Collective protection.

-Individual protection.

3. Acting in emergencies and evacuation

-Types of accidents.

-Primary evaluation of the crashed.

-First aid.

-Socorrism.

-Emergency situations.

-Emergency and evacuation plans.

-Support information for emergency action.

4. Environmental risks and waste handling

-Risks arising from the storage and handling of fuels, fats and lubricants.

-Risks associated with noise, vibration and combustion gases produced in the workshop.

-Action protocols to mitigate environmental risks.

-Types of waste generated.

-Storage in containers and bags, waste signalling.

-Waste management.

-Order maintenance and cleanup of the work zone.

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Units

Total duration in hours of the training units	Number of maximum hours susceptible to distance
30	30	20
formative 2-UF1616	70	30
Formative Unit 3-UF0917	30	20

Sequence:

To access the formative unit 2, the training unit 1 must have been exceeded. The training unit 3 can be programmed independently.

Access criteria for students

They will be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree that regulates the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this annex accompanies.

A TRAINING MODULE FOR PROFESSIONAL NON-WORKING PRACTICES IN THE MAINTENANCE OF SYSTEMS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF AGRICULTURAL MACHINERY, EXTRACTIVE INDUSTRIES, CONSTRUCTION AND CIVIL ENGINEERING, EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS.

Code: MP0347

Duration: 80 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Participate in the company's work processes, following the rules and instructions set out in the work center.

CE1.1 Behave responsibly both in human relationships and in the work to be done.

CE1.2 Respect the procedures and rules of the workplace.

CE1.3 Diligently undertake the tasks according to the instructions received, trying to adapt to the work rhythm of the company.

CE1.4 Integrate into the production processes of the work center.

CE1.5 Use the established communication channels.

CE1.6 To respect at all times the measures of risk prevention, occupational health and environmental protection.

C2: Maintain the tools and tools available in the work centre, in accordance with the technical requirements of the work centre.

CE2.1 Order tools, tools and their technical documentation, according to the logistics of the workshop.

CE2.2 Make the tuning and taring of specific technical tools and make correct use of them.

CE2.3 Take care and use responsibly the tools and tools to handle.

CE2.4 Keep the job clean and respect personal spaces.

CE2.5 Perform the correct management of waste generated during repair and maintenance processes.

C3: Perform repairs ordered by the workshop officer, following the rules and instructions set out in the work center.

Ce3.1 Diagnose breakdowns in special vehicles.

CE3.2 Proceed to the required repair by following a logical order of dismount-assembly.

CE3.3 Maintain an order with the pieces and disassembled elements to facilitate the subsequent assembly.

CE3.4 Perform the appropriate cleaning of disassembled elements to make your installation completely clean.

CE3.5 Verify the parts and components to be replaced by verifying that they meet the requirements of the special vehicle manufacturer.

CE3.6 Apply the torque specified by the manufacturer to the disassembled elements, using the specific technical manuals and the tool and tools required for such performance.

CE3.7 Verify the quality of repairs done by testing the replaced and/or disassembled elements.

CE3.8 Verify the quality of the repairs made, thus ensuring the safety of the special vehicle manipulator and the operability to work.

CE3.9 Once the repair has been completed, perform the cleaning of the job and the correct management of the waste and/or contaminated elements generated after the repair.

C4: Document the repairs made.

CE4.1 Make a report on the diagnosis of the cause or causes of the breakdown and/or maintenance.

CE4.2 Make an approximate advance of the repair time, as well as the components and parts required.

CE4.3 Perform the verification sheets or reports of the quality of the repairs carried out, thus ensuring the safety of the special vehicle manipulator and the operability to work.

CE4.4 Make a report on the safety and cleaning standards to be taken into account in the repair/replacement process.

Contents

1. Integration and communication in the workplace

-Responsible behavior in the job center.

-Respect to the procedures and rules of the workplace.

-Interpreting and diligently performing the instructions received.

-Recognition of the organization's production process.

-Using the communication channels established in the job center.

-Adequation to the work rate of the company.

-Tracking the regulations for risk prevention, occupational health and environmental protection.

2. Handling and care of technical documentation, tools and tools

-Using the technical documentation responsibly.

-Realizing the required tarados from the specific useful ones.

-Realizing the maintenance of machine tools.

-Order and sort the tool and the specific tools.

-Order and cleaning of the job.

-Management, procedures and storage of waste in the workplace.

3. Repair processes in special vehicles

-Use of available media.

-Diagnosis of breakdowns.

-Repair of breakdowns following established processes and methods.

-Using the documentation associated with the item tightening pairs.

-Order and cleaning of components, spare parts, tools and tools.

-Verification of repairs made.

-Management, procedures and storage of the generated waste.

-Order and cleaning of the job.

-Employment of safety standards in repair processes.

4. Documentation of repairs and maintenance.

-Reports on diagnosis and data collection.

-Report on repair times and materials to be used.

-Checks on the quality of the repair.

-Employment and environmental safety standards employed.

IV. PRESCRIPTIONS OF TRAINERS

Training Modules

Required Accreditation	Professional experience required in scope of the unit of
	With accreditation	No accreditation
MF0849_2: Systems of management and suspension of agricultural machinery, extractive industries, and building and civil works.	● Licensed, Engineer, Architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. ● Diplomate, Technical Engineer, Technical Architect or corresponding degree degree or other equivalent titles. ● Professional family of transportation and maintenance of vehicles ● Level 3 professionalism certificates from the professional area of professional family vehicles Transport and maintenance of vehicles	2 years	4
MF0850_2: Transmission systems and agricultural machinery brakes, of extractive industries, and of building and civil work.	● Licensed, Engineer, Architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. ● Diplomate, Technical Engineer, Technical Architect or corresponding degree degree or other equivalent titles. ● Professional family of transportation and maintenance of vehicles ● Level 3 professionalism certificates from the professional area of professional family vehicles Transport and maintenance of vehicles	2 years	4
MF0851_2: Systems of operation of equipment and tools of agricultural machinery, of industries Extractive and building and civil work	● Licensed, Engineer, Architect or corresponding degree of degree or other equivalent titles. ● Diplomate, Technical Engineer, Technical Architect or corresponding degree degree or other equivalent titles. ● Professional family of transportation and maintenance of vehicles ● Level 3 professionalism certificates from the professional family of vehicles of the professional family Transport and maintenance of vehicles	2 years	4
MF0852_2: Equipment and tools of agricultural machinery, extractive industries and construction and construction civil.	● Licensed, Engineer, Architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. ● Diplomate, Technical Engineer, Technical Architect or corresponding degree degree or other equivalent titles. ● Professional family of transportation and maintenance of vehicles ● Level 3 professionalism certificates from the professional area of professional family vehicles Transport and maintenance of vehicles	2 years	4

V. MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR SPACES, FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT

Forming Space

Surface m2 15 pupils	Surface m2 25 pupils
45		60
Vehicle Workshop *	320

M1

X

M1	M2	M3
X		X	X	X
		X	X	X

Forming Space

Equipment
Classroom.	-Audio-visual equipment. -PCs installed in network, cannon with projection and internet. -Specialty-specific Sofware. -2 Pizarras to write with a marker. -Rotafolios. -Classroom material. -Table and chair for the trainer. -Messes and chairs for students.
Vehicle Workshop *.	-Entry door and height ship height to 5 m minimum. -Work banks with screws. -Sierras, limes, gramiles, plot tips, threaded, male, terrajas and manneals, calibers, micrometers, gages of threads and thicknesses, comparator clock. -Calibers, indoor and outdoor micrometers, alexometers. -Vehicle lifts (4 columns and 6 Tm minimum). -Multimeters and amperimetric pincer. -Specific diagnostic equipment machinery public works. -Extractors of pulleys and toothed wheels. -Morts pinching cuffs. -Bridge to hang the engine in the vehicle. -1500 Kg Pen. -Water and tire Cats. -Burrtits. -Used oil collection. -Pull-out engine -pneumatic and electrical impact gun equipment, ½ ", ¾" and 1 ". -5 Tm crane bridge. -Full force de-multipliers. -Full set of manual presses. -Game of fluid pressure meters. -Game of flowmeters for fluids. Parallel Torno for mechanization. -100 Tm fixed press. -Portable, electric and battery lamps. -Machinery and welding consumables. -Lash manufacturing equipment and its consumable game. -Fill pumps for hydraulic fluids. -Tester for hydraulic fluids. -Temperature meters and meters. -Air pressure gauges. -Universal diagnostic equipment for machinery. -Workrooms for tools and parts. -Games of all types of manual keys. -Games of all types of keys for large turnstiles. -Jgo of all kinds of pliers and jaws. -Jgo of all types of special tips, torx, allen, etc. -Jgo of all types of screwdrivers. -Destrop. -Scabocaos. -Scissors, cutters, and blades. -Hammers of all types, plastic and steel. -Paper, film, tapes. -Clean point and containers. Daily cleaning tools. -Store products and tools. Locker room with lockers. Lavajos, Botiquín. -Specific installations: Line of compressed air, Aspiration of combustion gases and points of light within walking distance for the connection of tools and electrical tool.

* The machinery and tools to be used for the maintenance of its systems of shooting and transmission: Mini-wheel-loader; mixed-wheel backhoe; mini-backexcavator of rubber bands; backhoe of chains; wheeled excavator shovel; buldozer; leveller bike; agricultural tractor; grain harvester; hydraulic hammer-breaker coupled to articulated arm; different types of cams; chapels; teeth and tooth-bearing blades; wheeling blades; hydraulic octopus; hydraulic shearing; packing; Reversible; grain sower, may be rented.

It should not be interpreted that the different learning spaces identified must necessarily be differentiated by means of closure.

The facilities and equipment must comply with the corresponding industrial and sanitary sanitary regulations and will respond to measures of universal accessibility and safety of the participants.

The number of units that must be available for the tools, machines and tools specified in the training spaces, will be sufficient for a minimum of 15 students and must be increased, if necessary, to attend to the higher number.

In the event that the training is addressed to persons with disabilities, the adaptations and reasonable adjustments will be made to ensure their participation in equal conditions.

ANNEX VII

I. IDENTIFICATION OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM

Denomination: Planning and control of the electromechanical area.

Code: TMVG0110

Professional family: Transportation and Maintenance of Vehicles

Professional area: Electromechanical vehicles

Professional qualification level: 3

Professional reference qualification:

TMV050_3 Electromechanical area planning and control. (RD 295/2004, of 20 February)

Relationship of competency units that configure the certificate of professionalism:

UC0138_3: Plan the repair processes of electrical, electronic, security and comfort systems, controlling the execution of the systems.

UC0139_3: Plan the repair processes for the power transmission systems and the running trains, controlling the execution of the same.

UC0140_3: Plan the repair processes of the thermal engines and their auxiliary systems by controlling the execution of the same.

UC0137_3: Manage vehicle maintenance and associated logistics, meeting criteria for efficiency, safety and quality.

General competition:

Organize, program, and monitor the execution of maintenance operations and their logistics in the area of electromechanical vehicles, preparing budgets and appraisals, and solving any contingencies that may arise.

Professional environment:

Professional scope:

Exercises its activity in the electromechanical area of large, medium and small companies engaged in the manufacture and maintenance of vehicles.

Productive Sectors:

This technician will work primarily on:

Vehicle repair and maintenance workshops: automobiles, motorcycles, heavy vehicles, agricultural machinery and public works.

Insurance companies.

Vehicle and component manufacturers.

Companies dedicated to the Technical Inspection of Vehicles.

Test labs for vehicle assemblies and subassemblies.

Companies engaged in the manufacture, sale and marketing of testing equipment, diagnosis and replacement of vehicles.

Fleet companies for rental vehicles, utilities, passenger and/or freight transportation.

Relevant Occupations and Jobs:

Head of the electromechanical area.

Receptionist.

Electromechanical Workshop Manager.

ITV Manager.

Vehicle appraiser.

Head/Service.

Chargé/a commercial area

1432.1049 Vehicle repair shop managers, with less than 10 employees

3126.1041 Technicians in Vehicle Diagnosis

7521.1138 Head of Equipment in Electromechanical Workshop

Duration of the associated training: 660 hours

Relationship of training modules and training units:

MF0138_3: Electrical, security, and comfort systems (150 hours)

● UF1525: Diagnosis and repair of breakdowns in electrical, electronic, safety and vehicle comfort systems. (90 hours)

● UF1526: Supervision of intervention, testing and checking processes in electric and electronic vehicle systems. (60 hours)

MF0139_3: Force transmission systems and run-in trains. (150 hours)

● UF1527: Planning and control of braking systems intervention processes. (50 hours)

● UF1528: Planning and control of intervention processes in suspension and steering systems. (50 hours)

● UF1529: Planning and control of intervention processes in force transmission systems. (50 hours)

MF0140_3: Thermal engines and their auxiliary systems. (150 hours)

● UF1530: Diagnosis and repairs of thermal engine breakdowns and their auxiliary systems. (90 hours)

● UF1531: Monitoring of intervention processes, tests and verifications in thermal engines and their auxiliary systems. (60 hours)

MF0137_3 (Transversal): Management and logistics in vehicle maintenance. (130 hours)

● UF1259: Planning of vehicle maintenance and workload distribution processes. (50 hours)

● UF1260: Vehicle and logistics reception management (50 hours)

● UF0917 Prevention of occupational and environmental risks in vehicle maintenance (30 hours)

MP0327: Non-work professional practice module for electromechanical area planning and control (80 hours)

Linking with professional trainings:

The training established in the training unit UF0917 of this certificate of professionalism, guarantees the level of knowledge necessary to obtain the performance of the functions of the Prevention of Work Risks basic level, according to Annex IV of the regulation of the services of prevention, approved by the Royal Decree 39/1997, of January 17.

II. PROFESSIONAL PROFILE OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM

Competition Unit 1

Designation: PLAN THE PROCESSES OF REPAIR OF ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC, SECURITY AND COMFORT SYSTEMS, CONTROLLING THE EXECUTION OF THE SAME.

Level: 3

Code: UC0138_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria

RP1: Diagnose complex breakdowns in electrical, electronic and control systems, security and comfort, using technical documentation, measurement and control instruments.

CR1.1 The possible fault-generating source is localized, checking and relating different variables:

-Continuity and isolation of circuits.

-Different magnitudes and variables involved in circuits (voltage, intensity ...).

-Information provided by the self-diagnosis systems.

-Syntomatology presented by the different circuits.

-refrigerant pressure; air conditioning temperature, ...

-Emission and reception signals, ...

CR1.2 Data and information from the technical documentation and other available sources of information (data bank, statistics, etc.) are collected to identify failures.

CR1.3 The methods, equipment, and diagnostic processes are selected according to the presented symptoms and are applied using a logical sequence.

CR1.4 The preparation, connection and handling of diagnostic equipment (load and boot equipment comparison banks, headlight adjustment equipment, polymeters, oscilloscope, ...) is performed according to the instructions given by the manufacturers of the same.

CR1.5 The information, sufficient and necessary to issue the diagnosis in the set time frame, is selected and registered accordingly.

CR1.6 Deviations from component and system characteristics are accurately identified and compared to standard references, to identify the causes that produce them.

CR1.7 The diagnostic contains sufficient and necessary information for:

-unequivocally identify the causes of the fault or failure.

-Determine the repair process.

-Determine exactly the amount of the intervention.

CR1.8 The variables that can influence the diagnosis, taking into account the interactions between the different elements of the systems, are analyzed to determine the causes of the breakdown.

CR1.9 An assessment is performed, giving alternatives for the solution of the problem.

CR1.10 When required, the technical report regarding the diagnostic performed is issued with the required accuracy.

RP2: Determine the intervention process best suited to the diagnosis of electrical, electronic, control, security and comfort systems, optimizing the resources.

CR2.1 In the process development of the operations to be performed, the materials and means are determined to be carried out.

CR2.2 The sequencing of the operations determined for maintenance allows the appropriate solution, optimizing the time of the intervention.

CR2.3 The development of the method conforms to the current legal regulations and does not cause risk situations to persons and media.

CR2.4 The repair process properly combines the manufacturer's standards and the current legislation.

RP3: Monitor the operations to be performed in the electrical and security systems and comfort, responding to the contingencies that can be presented in the development of the maintenance processes.

CR3.1 The technical information and the necessary legal regulations are selected for the resolution of problems in cases involving the use of procedures not totally defined (new installations or reform of the same ...).

CR3.2 Technical documentation relating to operation, equipment and installations, is analyzed and interpreted in the required cases

CR3.3 When new repair or modification processes are introduced, the use of new materials or spare parts is determined.

CR3.4 In electrical and safety systems and comfort, the necessary specific interventions are made for the resolution of the contingencies to be presented.

RP4: Verify the correct functioning of the components in the electrical, electronic, control, security and comfort systems (new, used or repaired), achieving the level of quality established, the satisfaction of the customer's demands and the compliance with the current regulations.

CR4.1 The different tests of the electrical and safety systems and comfort of a vehicle within its field of action are carried out according to the technical specifications.

CR4.2 The transformations, modifications, or new installations that have been performed on the vehicle are in accordance with the legal regulations and the client's criteria.

CR4.3 When in the performance of the various tests it is observed that no technical, legal or customer demand is met, the necessary adjustments are ordered or made.

CR4.4 The correct operation of the equipment, system and vehicle is confirmed by a final test.

CR4.5 The internal and external cleaning conditions of the vehicle are verified to conform to the ways and ways of the good professional.

CR4.6 With the intervention performed, the agreement and/or customer satisfaction is achieved

Professional Context

Production media

Electronic system diagnosis banks, code readers, air conditioning system load and verification system, polymeters, oscilloscopes, headlamps regulators, electric test bench of: regulators, dynamos, alternators, starter motors, thermometers and specific tools. Equipment and materials of electronic electrical systems, safety and comfort, sound, image and communication equipment of the vehicle (starter motors, alternators, lift motors, windscreen wipers, headlamps, pilots, switches, climaters, lighting systems, signalling and manoeuvres, small electrical equipment ...

Products and results

Preventive, predictive and corrective maintenance of the systems for the transmission of pneumatic, hydraulic, steering and suspension forces and running trains. Disassembly and assembly of mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic and electronic elements or assemblies. Parameter adjustment and control.

Information used or generated

Manufacturer's technical manuals, with partial drawings where original values are given. Cutting manuals. Management manuals for the different teams. Work orders. Media: graphic, written or magnetic and computer.

Competition Unit 2

Denomination: PLAN THE REPAIR PROCESSES FOR THE POWER TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS AND THE RUN-IN TRAINS, CONTROLLING THE EXECUTION OF THE SAME.

Level: 3

Code: UC0139_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria

RP1: Diagnose complex breakdowns in the power transmission systems and run-in trains, using technical documentation, measurement and control instruments.

CR1.1 The possible fault-generating source is located by checking and relating different variables, such as:

-Sliding, noises and vibrations of the clutch.

-abnormal noise, fluid loss, speed synchronization in the gearbox.

-Holguras, reversibility, loss of fluids, and direction cotas.

-Oscillations, noises, loss of fluids in suspension.

-Level of fluid and braking efficiency.

-State of the wheels.

CR1.2 The data and information that allow the identification of the faults are obtained through the analysis of the technical documentation and other possible sources of information available (data bank, statistics, etc.).

CR1.3 The technical documentation required to develop the diagnostic methods and processes as well as the necessary equipment and means is selected according to the symptomatology presented.

CR1.4 The preparation, connection and handling of diagnostic equipment (ABS, ASR, integral systems, ..., steering alignment equipment, wheel balancer and tires, ...) is performed according to the instructions given by the manufacturers of the same.

CR1.5 The methods, equipment, and procedures for performing the diagnosis are applied, using a logical sequence.

CR1.6 The sufficient and necessary information to issue the diagnosis in the set time frame is selected and registered accordingly.

CR1.7 Deviations from component/system characteristics are accurately identified and compared to standard references, to identify the causes that produce them.

CR1.8 The possible interactions between the different systems are analyzed.

CR1.9 The diagnostic contains sufficient and necessary information for:

-unequivocally identify the causes of the fault or failure.

-Determine the repair process.

-Set the amount of the intervention exactly.

CR1.10 If required, the technical report regarding the diagnostic performed is issued with the required accuracy.

RP2: Determine the intervention process most appropriate to the diagnosis of the systems for the transmission of forces and trains, optimizing the resources.

CR2.1 In the process development of the operations to be performed, the materials and means are determined to be carried out.

CR2.2 The sequencing of the operations determined for maintenance allows the appropriate solution, optimizing the time of the intervention.

CR2.3 The development of the method conforms to the current legal regulations and does not cause risk situations to persons and media.

CR2.4 The repair process properly combines the manufacturer's standards.

RP3: Monitor the operations to be carried out in the systems for the transmission of forces and train of service, in response to the contingencies that can be presented in the development of the maintenance processes as well as in the optional transformations.

CR3.1 The technical information and legal regulations required for troubleshooting are selected in cases involving the use of non-fully defined procedures (optional transformations ...).

CR3.2 The technical documentation related to the operation, equipment and installations, is analyzed and interpreted in the necessary cases.

CR3.3 When new repair processes or modifications have been introduced in the existing ones, the use of new materials or spare parts is determined.

CR3.4 In the processes of maintenance of the systems of transmission of forces and trains of service, the specific interventions, necessary for the resolution of contingencies that can be presented, are carried out.

RP4: Verify the correct operation of the vehicle's power transmission systems and train service, achieving the level of quality established, the satisfaction of the customer's demands and compliance with the current regulations.

CR4.1 The different tests of the vehicle's power transmission systems and train running trains are carried out within their field of action, in accordance with the technical specifications.

CR4.2 The transformations and/or modifications that have been made to the vehicle are in accordance with the legal regulations and the client's criteria.

CR4.3 When in the performance of the various tests it is observed that no technical, legal or customer demand is met, the necessary adjustments are ordered or made.

CR4.4 The correct operation of the system and vehicle is confirmed by a final test.

CR4.5 The internal and external cleaning conditions of the vehicle are verified to conform to the ways and ways of good professional practice

CR4.6 With the intervention performed, the agreement and/or customer satisfaction is achieved.

Professional Context

Production media

Electronic system diagnosis banks, steering aligners, brake diagnostics bench, suspension, steering on plates or rollers (pre ITV), code readers, polymeters, oscilloscopes, specific unassembly and assembly of the mechanisms of the force transmission systems and the service of the service. Equipment and materials of these systems (manual and automatic exchange boxes, differential groups, suspension systems, brakes, directions etc), ...

Products and results

Processes, methods and procedures for preventive, predictive, and corrective maintenance, diagnosis and verification of force transmission systems and taxiing trains. Adjustment and control of parameters and equipment handling. Process development.

Information used or generated

Manufacturer's technical manuals, with partial drawings where original values are given. Cutting manuals. Management manuals for the different teams. Computer media. Work orders.

COMPETITION UNIT 3

Designation: PLAN THE REPAIR PROCESSES OF THE THERMAL MOTORS AND THEIR AUXILIARY SYSTEMS BY CONTROLLING THE EXECUTION OF THE SAME.

Level: 3

Code: UC0140_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria

RP1: Determine the standardization of the technical drawing, (rules and systems of graphic representation, acotation, scales, sections, threads, ...), as well as the processes of metrology and basic machining implicit in the processes.

CR1.1 The croquis, parts and mechanical assemblies necessary for the development of the processes are carried out by applying the rules and requests of the client.

CR1.2 The machining processes (drilling, threaded, sawing, liming, ...) are verified to be carried out in compliance with technical specifications.

CR1.3 The measurements made in the metrology processes are verified to be carried out according to the established processes, obtaining the appropriate range parameters.

RP2: Diagnose complex faults in engines and their associated auxiliary systems, using technical documentation, measurement and control instruments.

CR2.1 The possible fault-generating source is located, checking, and relating different variables:

-State and pressure of the lubricant.

-Fuel consumption.

-Temperature and coolant status.

-Noise and abnormal vibrations.

-Power on system parameters.

-Data provided by the engine management plant, ...

CR2.2 The data and information that allow the identification of the faults are obtained by the analysis of the technical documentation and other possible sources of information available (data bank, statistics, ...).

CR2.3 According to the presented symptoms, the technical documentation is selected and the processes, methods and equipment necessary to perform the diagnosis are determined.

CR2.4 The preparation, connection and handling of the diagnostic equipment is performed according to the specifications given by the manufacturers of the same.

CR2.5 The methods, equipment, and procedures used to perform the diagnosis have been applied or used with a logical sequence.

CR2.6 Deviations from the characteristics of the components or systems are accurately identified and compared to the pattern references, to identify the causes that produce them.

CR2.7 The sufficient and necessary information to issue the diagnosis is obtained within the set time frame and is properly recorded.

CR2.8 The possible interactions between the different systems are analyzed.

CR2.9 The diagnostic contains sufficient and necessary information for:

-unequivocally identify the causes of the fault or failure.

-Determine the repair process.

-Set the amount of the intervention exactly.

CR2.10 The technical report regarding the diagnostic performed is issued, if necessary, with the required precision.

RP3: Determine the intervention process most appropriate to the diagnosis of engines and their auxiliary systems, optimizing the resources.

CR3.1 In the process development of the operations to be performed, the materials and means are determined to be carried out.

CR3.2 The sequencing of the operations determined for maintenance allows for the proper solution, optimizing the time of the intervention.

CR3.3 The development of the method conforms to the current legal regulations and does not cause risk situations to persons and media.

CR3.4 The repair process properly combines the manufacturer's standards.

RP4: Monitor the operations to be performed on the thermal motors and their auxiliary systems, responding to the contingencies that can be presented in the development of the maintenance processes.

CR4.1 The technical information and legal regulations required for troubleshooting are selected in cases involving the use of non-fully defined procedures (optional transformations ...).

CR4.2 The technical documentation related to the operation, equipment and installations, is analyzed and interpreted, in the necessary cases.

CR4.3 The use of new materials or spare parts when new repair processes or modifications have been introduced in the existing ones, is determined in compliance with the current regulations

CR4.4 In the engine maintenance processes, the necessary specific interventions are made for the resolution of contingencies that can be presented.

RP5: Test engines and systems or assemblies of the vehicle to achieve optimum performance.

CR5.1 The engine test system is prepared, connecting and calibrating all the auxiliary systems thereof, leaving it to the point for further use.

CR5.2 The optimal operation of the engine or component to be checked is obtained by correcting and adjusting the parameters during the tests performed on the bench.

CR5.3 The correction and adjustment of parameters in the hydraulic, pneumatic and electrical circuits governed electronically, as well as in the elements thereof, restores the established functionality.

RP6: Verify the correct operation of the engine, achieving the level of quality established, the satisfaction of the customer's demands and the compliance with the current regulations.

CR6.1 The various engine tests and their auxiliary systems within their field of action are carried out according to the technical specifications.

CR6.2 The transformations and/or modifications that have been made to the engine and its auxiliary systems conform to the legal regulations and the client's criteria.

CR6.3 When looking at the various tests that no technical, legal or customer demand requirement is met, the necessary adjustments are verified and/or made.

CR6.4 In the necessary cases, the correct operation of the engine and its auxiliary systems is verified by means of a final test.

CR6.5 The internal and external cleaning conditions of the vehicle are verified to fit the shapes and ways of the good professional.

CR6.6 With the intervention performed, the agreement and/or customer satisfaction is achieved.

Professional Context

Production media

Bank for the diagnosis of engines, code readers, gas analyser, electronic injection check bench, Diesel engine test bench, power bank, carburettor checker, polymeters, oscilloscopes, manometers, specific equipment for checking electronic control systems, specific tool and metrology, motors ...

Products and results

Processes, methods and procedures for preventive, predictive, and corrective maintenance, diagnosis and verification of engines and their auxiliary systems. Adjustment and control of parameters and equipment handling. Process development.

Information used or generated

Manufacturer's technical manuals, with partial drawings where original values are given. Cutting manuals. Management manuals for the different teams. Computer media. Work orders.

COMPETITION UNIT 4

denomination: MANAGE THE MAINTENANCE OF VEHICLES AND ASSOCIATED LOGISTICS, MEETING CRITERIA OF EFFICIENCY, SAFETY AND QUALITY.

Level: 3

Code: UC0137_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria

RP1: Manage the reception of vehicles, taking care of the clients, applying the techniques and executing the operations involved in the same.

CR1.1 In the previous diagnosis, the problem is accurate, leaving it appropriately reflected in the repair order.

CR1.2 The date of delivery of the vehicle is determined according to the availability of the workshop hours.

CR1.3 The customer is informed at all times of the situation of their vehicle, causes of the breakdown, scope of the same, costs, new breakdowns detected when performing the repair, ...

CR1.4 The delivery of the vehicle is carried out, after a quality check, that ensures the correct performance of the repair and/or modification, as well as the absences of damage, cleaning, ...

CR1.5 Customer satisfaction is sought, properly and appropriately, giving a good image of the company.

CR1.6 The client file is kept up-to-date being timely informed of scheduled periodic reviews of its vehicles.

CR1.7 In the description of the breakdowns or damages to perform the appraisal and/or budget, they are determined in a detailed and precise manner, the elements, subassemblies or sets to be replaced or repaired, reflecting it in the relevant documentation.

CR1.8 The quantitative cost assessment is done using the necessary documentation (tables, scales, guides, etc. ..).

CR1.9 The assessment is performed assuming the professional and legal responsibility involved.

CR1.10 In the budget, the complete description of the operations to be carried out, using documentation and terminology, is clearly defined in the budget.

CR1.11 In the preparation of the budget, all the variables involved are taken into account, with the total costs being accurately reflected.

RP2: Define maintenance processes in the workshop, or where appropriate, make modifications to the existing ones, in order to achieve the objectives set by the company, taking into account the human resources and means available, as well as the established quality criteria.

CR2.1 The current process object of study for its improvement, is selected, using for it, all the available timely documentation, and performing an examination of it, using the appropriate techniques in each case.

CR2.2 The new process as a normal practice, is implemented by making the necessary adjustments to it for total operability

CR2.3 Setting up periodic inspections is followed by the process, in order to detect possible deviations.

CR2.4 The objectives to be achieved in the workshop are identified with the action plan.

CR2.5 The action plan is systematically reviewed by incorporating modifications, organizational changes or new processes to optimize the available resources.

RP3: Determine repair times through a process study, in order to obtain the productivity set by the company, ensuring that the quality prescribed by the manufacturer is obtained.

CR3.1 The part of the process, or complete process to be measured, is selected by accurately recording productive and unproductive times, under the existing conditions at that time.

CR3.2 The time analysis is performed exclusively with objective systems (timekeeping, predetermined times, ...).

CR3.3 Unproductive times are removed by a thorough examination, without this leading to increased operator fatigue or security standards.

CR3.4 The application of the new times allows you to set the value of the unit of work, obtaining reliable indices of the performance of the labor force.

CR3.5 For each intervention the appropriate means are used, ensuring that the process is respected in all the established aspects.

CR3.6 Established a new method, the necessary training is determined for the operators in the application of the same.

CR3.7 In each intervention the established quality standards are respected.

RP4: Schedule maintenance operations based on workloads, human resources, facilities and equipment, scheduling performances and organizing maintenance of facilities and equipment.

CR4.1 In the programming for the distribution of the work are taken into account, the technical conditions (means available, ergonomics of the same, state of use, ...), the humans (training of the operator, dexterity, ...), the environmental conditions (light, ventilation, ...) as well as the standards of safety demanded.

CR4.2 The different operations are programmed to achieve maximum performance, facilities and equipment.

CR4.3 The interventions are programmed, taking into account priority criteria, and having alternatives to any deviation.

CR4.4 The organization of work does not cause unnecessary movements of people, media or vehicles.

CR4.5 The maintenance plan for installations and equipment is organized in compliance with the standards specified by the manufacturers of the same and trying to optimize costs and times.

RP5: Define and implement a maintenance plan for large fleets or introduce improvements to the set, depending on the needs raised.

CR5.1 In the preventive and predictive maintenance of the vehicles the indications marked by the manufacturer are met.

CR5.2 The incidents generated by the environment or type of work of the vehicles, frequency and periodicity if it exists, are recorded to be taken into account in the maintenance plan.

CR5.3 Possible variants to be introduced into preventive maintenance due to the specificity of the fleet work are introduced into the maintenance plan.

CR5.4 The general maintenance plan, or variations of the existing one, is established taking into account the productive capacity of the workshop and that preventive and corrective maintenance must be carried out.

CR5.5 In the definition and implementation of the maintenance plan or variations of the existing one, the objectives set by the company are taken into account.

RP6: Manage the spare parts area, organizing the physical distribution of the warehouse, controlling stocks, and completing orders.

CR6.1 According to the criteria determined by the company, the minimum of existence of parts, materials or products is established, controlling these and valuing them.

CR6.2 Orders are placed at the right time, physically checking stocks and their contrast to inventory, based on the minimum "stock" set.

CR6.3 The different variables that influence the purchase, (quality, prices, discounts, delivery times, ...) are analyzed and chosen or advised by that supplier or supplier, whose offer is the most favorable for the company.

CR6.4 The revisions of the spare parts area are periodically made to quickly detect material deterioration, noting stock declines and updating inventory.

CR6.5 The physical location of the various elements is best suited to the characteristics of parts or materials, minimizing the space or volume occupied, taking into account the legal norms and the rotation of products.

CR6.6 The products received, in quantity and quality, are checked to match those reflected in albarans and in case of anomalies, the incidence or claim is recorded, if applicable.

CR6.7 Handling any type of information support takes an exhaustive and timely control of the warehouse's inputs and outputs.

RP7: Fulfill and enforce workplace safety standards at work, responding in emergency conditions.

CR7.1 The established occupational health and safety plans are in accordance with the law on the prevention of occupational risks.

CR7.2 The rights and duties of the employee and the company in the field of work safety are identified as complying with the current legislation.

CR7.3 For each performance, the most appropriate equipment and safety means are identified, specifying that their use and care is correct.

CR7.4 The compliance with the labour safety standards is monitored, creating the necessary environment for their maintenance.

CR7.5 The work areas of your responsibility remain in the cleaning, order, and security conditions.

CR7.6 In an emergency situation, appropriate measures are taken, warning the appropriate person.

CR7.7 The emergency has been duly reported to other instances, and in its case the causes are analyzed, proposing the appropriate measures to avoid its repetition.

RP8: Perform proper environmental management of waste generated in vehicle maintenance and/or repair operations.

CR8.1 Maintenance processes apply the basic regulations governing waste management.

CR8.2 The different types of waste are classified taking into account their dangerousness, toxicity and environmental impact.

CR8.3 The waste management process is organized through authorized managers.

CR8.4 The different waste is stored in compliance with the current regulations, and the control systems are applied.

Professional Context

Production media

Technical documentation, administrative documentation, time tables, cutting manuals, albarans, order notes. Vehicle maintenance records. Reports issued by drivers of fleet vehicles. IT applications for workshop and appraisal management and expertise.

Products and results

Control of times. Management ratios. Control of warehouse inputs and outputs. Analysis of needs, resources and capabilities. Properly attend to the client and analyze their present and future needs. Carry out administrative and management procedures for workshop and warehouse, applying the legal regulations.

Issue repair assessments and assessments ..., programming the maintenance of large fleets. Management of human capital. Implementation of a plan to train and evaluate the results. Engage staff with company goals. Motivate staff to reach the common end. Avoid or in your case try to solve the labor conflicts. Negotiation techniques. Decision making. Planning of the distribution of the work.

Information used or generated

Official rates, price of spare parts, repair scales and painted. Computerised valuation tools. Logistics and management manuals. Specific programmes and management systems, or those of the individual car manufacturers. Regulations on Safety, Health and Environmental Impact. Legislation in force.

III. TRAINING OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM

FORMATIVE MODULE 1

Naming: ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SECURITY AND COMFORT SYSTEMS

Code: MF0138_3

Professional qualification level: 3

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC0138_3: Plan the repair processes of electrical, electronic, security and comfort systems, controlling the execution of the systems.

Duration: 150 hours

FORMATIVE UNIT 1

Denomination: DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR OF BREAKDOWNS IN ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC, SAFETY AND VEHICLE COMFORT SYSTEMS.

Code: UF1525

Duration: 90 hours

Competition reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1 and RP2.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: To analyze the electrical, electronic, safety and comfort systems of the vehicle, to relate the functionality of the different components, with the processes of maintaining them.

CE1.1 For the systems of commissioning of the thermal engine and electric current generation in the vehicle:

-Describe the constitution of each of the systems explaining its operation.

-Planting a simplified scheme of boot and load circuits using normalized symbology.

-Explain and order the removal and assembly operations of starter and alternator engines and list the precautions and possible complications that may occur in the process.

-Explain the operation of the equipment and equipment to be used in the verifications of the starting motors, alternators and batteries of the vehicles.

CE1.2 For electrical and electronic lighting, signalling and manoeuvring systems:

-Describe the operation of the systems and their technical specifications.

-On the electrical scheme, classify the components, differentiate the control and work circuits and the control and security elements of each circuit.

-Explain the adjustment parameters of the lighting systems for the different types of lighting and vehicles.

-Detailed adjustment procedures on typical examples and particularities in systems with electronic lighting and signalling control.

-Explain the operation of devices and equipment to be used in the verifications.

CE1.3 For security and driving support systems:

-Analyze the system and its purpose, explaining its particularities and possible relevant interrelationships with other vehicle systems.

-On the electrical scheme to classify the different circuits and their components.

-List the settings and measures to verify by explaining how to perform them.

-Describe the dismantling and assembly operations of representative elements of the safety systems and of the driving aids, detailing the precautions to be taken.

-Select the tests required to verify the systems, explaining how to perform them.

CE1.4 For comfort, air conditioning, sound equipment, communication systems:

-Analyze the system and its purpose, explaining its particularities and the possible relevant interrelationships between the different systems.

-On the electrical scheme to classify the different circuits and their components.

-List the settings and measures to verify by explaining how to perform them.

-Describe the operations of disassembly and assembly of elements representative of the systems of comfort, air conditioning, sound equipment, communication, detailing the precautions to be taken.

-Select the tests required to verify the systems, explaining how to perform them.

C2: Analyze diagnosis techniques, for the location of faults, applying them to the maintenance of vehicles.

CE2.1 Describe the diagnostic techniques that are commonly used in the location of breakdowns.

CE2.2 In practical scenarios for solving breakdowns, real or simulated of sets or mechanisms, to present a systematic analysis of the problem.

-Define the problem, achieving an accurate description of the problem, by means of a clear separation between facts and assumptions, applying the appropriate techniques, such as cause-effect diagrams, analysis by Tree of Fallos (AAS), analysis by Messes of Fallos and Effects (AMFE).

-Manage the collection of data and additional information, applying the specified method.

-Analyze the problem posed, using techniques to sort the information and find out the causes.

CE2.3 Apply the systematic analysis of problems to electrical/electronic systems of lighting, signalling, maneuvering, safety and comfort of vehicles.

C3: Diagnose possible representative breakdowns in the operation of electrical and electronic systems, security and comfort.

CE3.1 Select the necessary technical documentation, manuals, and equipment for each system in practical examples of actual or provoked breakdowns.

CE3.2 Consult, with appropriate diagnostic equipment, the faults that may have been recorded in the control units and determine the parameters to be controlled.

CE3.3 Perform the logical sequencing diagram of the diagnostic process.

CE3.4 Identify and pinpoint the relevant verification and measurement points for the various parameters and systems.

CE3.5 Directing and controlling the performance and obtaining of results in the tests carried out and assessing the results obtained.

CE3.6 Precise the cause of the breakdown of its consequences and possible disturbances in other systems.

C4: Apply the appropriate techniques to organize the intervention processes in the repairs.

CE4.1 Determine the process of execution of tasks according to the required quality and the manufacturer's requirements.

CE4.2 Organize the intervention process by optimizing execution and assigning jobs and tasks.

CE4.3 Dispose the necessary means and materials to anticipate and prevent stops and delays during the process.

CE4.4 Develop budgets and appraisals with the appropriate means and track the costs of the entire process.

Contents

1. Diagnostic techniques for location of faults

-Failure definitions, dysfunction, and problem.

-Process of breakdown analysis (cause-effect diagrams, analysis by Fallos Tree, analysis by FFalse and Effects Modes).

-Data collection techniques and method for sorting information.

2. Using and handling diagnostic equipment

-Control and diagnosis equipment, EOBD protocol.

-Stations for recycling, loading and diagnosis of air conditioning and air conditioning equipment, technical bases, analysis of the information.

-Test banks of alternators and starter motors, connected, tests to be carried out and valuation of the same.

-Managing diagnosis teams

-Data query.

-Extract data and dump to paper or other media.

-Analysis and interpretation of information extracted from the control units.

-Memory of breakdowns, query, interpretation and deletion, sporadic and permanent breakdowns.

3. Diagnosis of the boot and load system.

-Diagnose the boot engine.

-Boot circuit checks.

-Diagnose the charging and battery circuit.

-Alternator checks.

-Boot and alternator engine diagnosis devices, test bench, amperimetric clamp, polymeter, coil insulation test, battery analyzer.

4. Diagnosis of the lighting, manoeuvring and signalling system:

-Essential checks of electrical circuits.

-Automatic headlamp height regulation.

-Lighting systems per discharge lamp and led.

-Lighting and signalling system check devices.

-Check the control units.

5. Diagnosis of the air conditioning system of the vehicle.

-Electrical and electronic circuit checks.

-leak detectors.

-Cold system diagnostic equipment, gauges, thermometers, reheating and sub-cooling control.

-Diagnosis of the refrigeration circuit, compressor, expansion valve and calibrated tube, evaporator, condenser, fans and gates.

6. Diagnosis of the safety and comfort systems of the vehicle.

-Checks on electrical circuits and electronic controls.

-Body network.

-Diagnosis of communication networks and their interrelationships.

-Diagnosis of driving aids and safety systems.

-Diagnosis of the dashboards and displays.

-Infotent/multimedia network.

7. Processes of intervention in repairs: human resources, technicians and costs.

-Action plan based on the diagnosis of breakdowns and problems.

-Intervention processes for disassembly and mounting:

-Processes set by the manufacturer.

-Adapting processes and process improvements.

-Organization of spaces, machinery, tools and spare parts.

-Technical qualification of the operators for each process.

-Technical documentation required for the processes.

-Handling software packages with the intervention processes of the manufacturers.

-Budgeting, control of the time units used.

-Computer tools for controlling labor and billing.

-Cost-tracking, albarant management and warehouse control.

FORMATIVE UNIT 2

Denomination: MONITORING OF INTERVENTION, TESTING, AND VERIFICATIONS PROCESSES IN VEHICLE ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS

Code: UF1526

Duration: 60 hours

Competition reference: This training unit corresponds to RP3 and RP4.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Maintain diagnostic equipment, workshop equipment, tools and tools, commonly used in workshops.

CE1.1 Apply and enforce standards of use in media and equipment as well as personal and environmental security.

CE1.2 Interpret the manuals for the use and maintenance of equipment and tools, learn how it works and applications in electrical and electronic systems and in thermal engines.

CE1.3 Explain the precautions and main risks to be included in the management of different equipment and tools.

CE1.4 Control equipment maintenance and verify that they meet the quality requirements imposed by the manufacturer.

CE1.5 Ensure that the equipment and tools to be used are adequate and meet the necessary requirements to obtain the precise quality.

CE1.6 Check that all media that require it have passed their respective periodic reviews and can be employed without risk to people, materials and the environment.

C2: Monitor intervention processes, optimizing human and material resources.

CE2.1 Determine the capabilities of the personnel in charge to undertake the operations in the different systems and obtain the quality provided by the manufacturer.

CE2.2. Examine the new materials and components to be mounted on the vehicle and ensure that they are suitable for the system and that they are properly mounted.

CE2.3 Control key points or special difficulties within the different systems during the process, paying particular attention to those that represent a possible risk to people, the environment or materials.

CE2.4 Check that the sequence of operations determined by the manufacturer is followed throughout the process.

C3: Verify the proper functioning of all electrical and electronic vehicle systems and elements and assess the costs of materials and labor of the entire process.

CE3.1 Verify the operation of the lighting, signalling and manoeuvring systems that meet the requirements inherent in their application and design.

CE3.2 Choose the space dedicated to the lighting test and the equipment, check the light beam, verify that it brings together the qualities and technical specifications.

CE3.3 Carry out the necessary tests to ensure the proper functioning of the air conditioning and air conditioning equipment and verify that the performance is as specified in the technical manual.

CE3.4 Check that the possible transformations, new installations or installation of accessories made in one of the electric and electronic systems of the vehicle, conform to the legal regulations, adapt to the specifications of the manufacturer and meet the requested expectations.

CE3.5 Verify with the appropriate testing and equipment, in each case, that the parameters and values to be controlled in the control units of the treated electrical and electronic systems remain within the technical specifications.

CE3.6 Clear the faults recorded in the control units of lighting and signalling system, air conditioning, air-bag...and verify that they are not reappearing after the test.

Contents

1. Maintenance of measuring devices and diagnostic equipment

-Maintenance of devices and equipment for diagnosis, calibration and periodic reviews.

-Process of calibration of the measurement and quality control equipment of the same.

-torque controls in dynamometer keys and adjustment elements.

-Calibration and control of thermometers and gauges of air conditioning equipment.

-Technical requirements for diagnostic equipment and devices.

2. Using, handling and updating the Workshop Software

-Diagnosis equipment software. Installation and recomposition of computer systems.

-Extracting documents and schemas from electrical circuits.

-Recambios and Pieces Store Software. Installation and handling.

-Parts provisions with cutting schemes.

-Workshop Management Software: Vehicle History Management.

-Time and Material Tasings.

-Databases of customers, vehicles, operations, times, articles and operators.

3. Monitoring of the intervention processes

-Monitoring work areas.

-Monitoring of equipment and tools.

-Monitoring the key points of the processes.

-Monitoring of modifications.

4. Final testing, verification of the repair of electrical and electronic systems

-Final tests used in each electrical or electronic system.

-Evaluation of test bench repaired boot engines, process and checks.

-Evaluation of alternators repaired in test bench, process, and checks.

-Verification of the vehicle lighting system, ECE European regulations, support surface and working environment, qualities to be gathered.

-Valuation of the performance of the air conditioning installation, temperatures and verification pressures.

-Elaboration of technical reports on breakdowns in the electric systems of the vehicle, elaboration and maintenance of a historical vehicle file.

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Units

Total duration in hours of the training units	Number of maximum hours susceptible to distance
Formative unit 1-UF1525	90	30
Unit formative 2-UF1526	60	20

Sequence:

To access the formative unit 2, the training unit 1 must have been exceeded.

Access criteria for students

They will be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree that regulates the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this annex accompanies.

FORMATIVE MODULE 2

Naming: FORCE TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS AND RUN-IN TRAINS

Code: MF0139_3

Professional qualification level: 3

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC0139_3: Plan the repair processes for the power transmission systems and the running trains, controlling the execution of the same.

Duration: 150 hours

FORMATIVE UNIT 1

Denomination: PLANNING AND CONTROL OF BRAKING SYSTEMS INTERVENTION PROCESSES

Code: UF1527

Duration: 50 hours

Competition reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP2, RP3, and RP 4 as regards Frenes Systems.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Analyze the vehicle's brake systems, to relate the functionality of the different components, to the maintenance processes of the different components.

CE1.1 In hydraulic brake systems:

-Describe the set of systems that form the brake equipment of a vehicle.

-List and explain the different brake installations, their components, their function and the arrangement in the vehicle by analyzing the variations according to the system of actuation and distribution of the braking force.

-Planting the scheme of a double-circuit hydraulic brake installation with servoassist and brake distributor using the appropriate hydraulic symbology.

-Explain and order the disassembly and assembly operations of friction elements, actuators and distributors, enumerate precautions and possible complications that may occur in the process, as well as the necessary adjustments and necessary equipment.

CE1.2 For brake systems with electronic control of actuation ABS, ESP, HBA, EDS, EBD, MSR, ASR, (commercial denominations that may vary according to the manufacturer), and other systems that act directly or indirectly on the brakes of the vehicle.

-Describe the operation of the systems and their technical specifications.

-On the hydraulic scheme, classify the components, differentiate the circuits and control elements of each circuit.

-Drill down procedures and disassembly operations, establishing the particularities of the system with respect to conventional brakes.

CE1.3 List the adjustments and measures to be verified in the brake systems, explaining how to perform them and the equipment to be used.

-Specify the control points of the brake installation according to its design, braking force distribution and servo assist.

-Define the verification and control devices of the circuit pressures.

C2: Analyze diagnosis techniques, for the location of faults, applying them to the brake system.

CE2.1 Describe the diagnostic techniques that are commonly used in the location of breakdowns.

CE2.2 In practical scenarios for solving breakdowns, real or simulated of sets or mechanisms, to present a systematic analysis of the problem.

-Define the problem, achieving precisely the same, by a clear separation between facts and assumptions.

-Manage the collection of data and complementary information, applying the appropriate techniques: cause-effect diagrams, analysis by Tree of Fallos (AAS), analysis by Muses of Fallos and Effects (AMFE).

-Analyze the problem posed, using techniques to sort the information and find out the causes.

CE2.3 Apply the systematic analysis of problems to conventional brake systems, servo-assistance and electrohydraulic blocks.

C3: Diagnose possible representative breakdowns in the operation of the brake systems.

CE3.1 Select the necessary technical documentation, manuals, and equipment in practical examples of actual or caused breakdowns in the brakes of a vehicle.

CE3.2 Consult, with appropriate diagnostic equipment, the faults that may have been recorded in the ABS control unit, determine the parameters to be controlled and their relevance.

CE3.3 Perform the logical sequencing diagram of the diagnostic process.

CE3.4 Identify and identify the relevant verification and measurement points for the various parameters and circuits, hydraulic and pneumatic.

CE3.5 Directing and controlling the performance and obtaining of results in the tests carried out and assessing the results obtained.

CE3.6 Precise the cause of the breakdown and its consequences for the safety of the vehicle.

C4: Apply the appropriate techniques to organize the intervention processes in the repairs.

CE4.1 Determine the process of execution of tasks according to the required quality and the manufacturer's requirements.

CE4.2 Organize the intervention process by optimizing execution and assigning jobs and tasks.

CE4.3 Dispose the necessary means and materials to anticipate and prevent stops and delays during the process.

CE4.4 Develop budgets and appraisals with the appropriate means and track the costs of the entire process.

C5: Explain the use and maintenance of tools, equipment and materials to be used, brake distribution testers, hydraulic and pneumatic gauges, braking systems.

CE5.1 Apply and enforce standards of use in media and equipment as well as personal and environmental security.

CE5.2 Interpret the manuals for the use and maintenance of equipment and tools, learn how they operate and the applications in the brake systems.

CE5.3 Explain the precautions and main risks to be included in the management of different equipment and tools.

CE5.3 Control equipment maintenance and verify that they meet the quality requirements imposed by the manufacturer.

CE5.4 Check that all media that require it have passed their respective periodic reviews and can be employed without risk to people, materials and the environment.

C6: Monitor intervention processes, optimizing human and material resources.

CE6.1 Determine the capabilities of the personnel in charge to undertake the operations in the brake systems and obtain the quality provided by the manufacturer.

CE6.2 Examine the new materials and components to be mounted on the vehicle and ensure that they are suitable for the system and that they are properly mounted.

CE6.3 Control key points or special difficulties within the different systems during the process, paying particular attention to those that represent a possible risk to people, the environment or materials.

CE6.4 Check that the sequence of operations determined by the manufacturer is followed throughout the process.

C7: Verify the correct operation of the vehicle's brake system and assess the material and labor costs of the entire process.

CE7.1 Verify the operation of the service and parking brakes on the braking system.

CE7.2 Check the brake distributor and verify the pressures.

CE7.3 Verify with the appropriate tests and equipment, the correct activation of the ABS system and that the parameters and values to be controlled remain within the technical specifications.

CE7.4 Clear the faults recorded in the ABS control unit and verify that they are not reappearing after the test.

CE7.5 Calculate the total cost of the intervention process, materials and labor, and check the possible variations with the initial budget and analyze the causes.

CE7.6 Develop technical reports and archive them properly.

Contents

1. Braking systems

-Vehicle hydraulics:

-Measures and units, concepts and formulas.

-Types of engines and pumps.

-Distribution valves, regulators and pressure limiter.

-Cylinders and accumulators, hydrostatic drives.

-Types of installations depending on the power supply.

-Types of installations depending on the structure and layout of the system.

-Service brake system, auxiliary, parking, continuous, with electronic control (ABS, ESP, HBA; MSR, ASR, EDS, EBD, ART).

-The braking process, forces and pairs, response times.

-Requirements for the installation of brakes, Directive EU71/320 EEC and regulations ECE13.

-Characteristics of friction elements and brake fluids

2. Diagnostic techniques for the location of breakdowns in braking systems

-Failure definitions, dysfunction, and problem.

-Process of breakdown analysis (cause-effect diagrams, analysis by Fallos Tree, analysis by FFalse and Effects Modes).

-Data collection techniques and method for sorting information.

3. Diagnosis of the brake system.

-Diagnose the brake system, its subsystems and components.

-Hydraulic circuit checks, pressure verification, brake distributor, and purge process.

-Diagnosis of the electrohydraulic brake system, check units of control, control of parameters of the sensors and activation of the actuators, particularities of the purge process.

-brake system control devices, brake test bench.

4. Processes of intervention in repairs: human resources, technicians and costs.

-Action plan based on the diagnosis of breakdowns and problems.

-Intervention processes for disassembly and assembly.

-Processes set by the manufacturer.

-Adapting processes and process improvements.

-Organization of spaces, machinery, tools and spare parts.

-Technical qualification of the operators for each process.

-Technical documentation required for the processes.

-Handling software packages with the intervention processes of the manufacturers.

-Budgeting, control of the time units used.

-Computer tools for controlling labor and billing.

-Cost-tracking, albarant management and warehouse control.

-Monitoring the intervention processes:

-Monitoring work areas.

-Monitoring of equipment and tools.

-Monitoring the key points of the processes.

-Monitoring of modifications.

5. Final tests, verification of repair.

-Final tests used in braking systems.

-Verification of the vehicle braking system, European ECE regulations, support surface and working environment, qualities to be gathered.

-Elaboration of technical reports on breakdowns in vehicle braking systems

-Budgeting, cost of repairs.

FORMATIVE UNIT 2

Naming: PLANNING AND CONTROLLING THE INTERVENTION PROCESSES IN THE SUSPENSION AND STEERING SYSTEMS.

Code: UF1528

Duration: 50 hours

Competition Referrer: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP2, RP3, and RP 4 as regards Suspension and Address Systems.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Analyze the suspension and steering systems of the vehicle, in order to relate the functionality of the different components to the processes of maintaining them and their interrelation.

CE1.1 On suspension systems:

-Describe the set of systems and elements that form the suspension of a vehicle.

-List and explain the different basic types that can be presented in the execution of the suspension

-Describe their components, their function and the layout, be they rigid, semi-rigid or individual suspension, analyzing the variations depending on the type of vehicle.

-Analyze and compare each of the kinematic data that determines the position of the wheels.

-Explain and order the disassembly and assembly of the components of the suspension: elastic elements, shock absorbers and joints, to list the precautions and possible complications that may occur in the process.

CE1.2 For address systems:

-Explain the different types of direction according to the origin of the applied force.

-Describe the elements that make up a steering installation and its function, draw a basic outline of a zip direction and a endless direction and clarify its kinematic particularities.

-To detail the procedures and operations of disassembly and assembly of the elements of the steering, establishing the particularities with respect to the force of assistance.

CE1.3 For tires

-Describe the types of tires, their requirements and characteristics.

-Explain the codes to identify tires.

-Detailed the procedures and operations for the disassembly and assembly of the tires and their balance.

CE1.4 List the adjustments and measures to be verified in the management facilities and in the suspension systems, explaining how to perform them and the equipment to be used.

-Specify the set points according to their type and design characteristics to obtain the specified bounds.

-Define the equipment and equipment necessary for the adjustment of the steering and suspension systems and their elements, alignments, balancers, rules and accessories.

C2: Analyze diagnosis techniques, for the location of faults, applying them to the management and suspension systems.

CE2.1 Describe the diagnostic techniques that are commonly used in the location of breakdowns.

CE2.2 In practical scenarios for solving breakdowns, real or simulated of sets or mechanisms, to present a systematic analysis of the problem.

-Define the problem, achieving precisely the same, by a clear separation between facts and assumptions.

-Manage the collection of data and complementary information, applying the appropriate techniques (cause-effect diagrams, analysis by Tree of Fallos (AAS), analysis by Mose of False and Effects (AMFE).

-Analyze the problem posed, using techniques to sort the information and find out the causes.

CE2.3 Apply systematic problem analysis to steering, suspension and tire systems.

C3: Diagnose possible representative breakdowns in the operation of the steering and suspension systems.

CE3.1 Select the necessary technical documentation, manuals, and equipment in practical examples of actual or caused breakdowns in a vehicle's steering and suspension systems.

CE3.2 Consult, with appropriate diagnostic equipment, the faults that may have been recorded in the control unit of an electrohydraulic or electromechanical direction, determine the parameters to be controlled and its relevance.

CE3.3 Perform the logical sequencing diagram of the diagnostic process.

CE3.4 Directing and controlling the performance and obtaining of results in the tests carried out and assessing the results obtained.

CE3.5 Precise the cause of the breakdown and its consequences for the safety of the vehicle.

C4: Apply the appropriate techniques to organize the processes of intervention in the repairs.

CE4.1 Determine the process of execution of tasks according to the required quality and the manufacturer's requirements.

CE4.2 Organize the intervention process by optimizing execution and assigning jobs and tasks.

CE4.3 Dispose the necessary means and materials to anticipate and prevent stops and delays during the process.

CE4.4 Develop budgets and appraisals with the appropriate means and track the costs of the entire process.

C5: Explain the use and maintenance of tools, equipment and materials to be used, steering aligners, spring deters, and other elastic, demounting and wheel balancing elements.

CE5.1 Apply and enforce standards of use in media and equipment as well as personal and environmental security.

CE5.2 Interpret the manuals for the use and maintenance of equipment and tools, learn how it works and the applications in the steering and suspension systems.

CE5.3 Explain the precautions and main risks to be included in the management of different equipment and tools.

CE5.4 Control equipment maintenance and verify that they meet the quality requirements imposed by the manufacturer.

CE5.5 Check that all media that require it have passed their respective periodic reviews and can be employed without risk to people, materials and the environment.

C6: Monitor intervention processes, optimizing human and material resources.

CE6.1 Determine the capabilities of the personnel in charge to undertake the operations in the brake systems and obtain the quality provided by the manufacturer.

CE6.2 Examine the new materials and components to be mounted on the vehicle and ensure that they are suitable for the system and that they are properly mounted.

CE6.3 Control key points or special difficulties within the different systems during the process, paying particular attention to those that represent a possible risk to people, the environment or materials.

CE6.4 Check that the sequence of operations determined by the manufacturer is followed throughout the process.

C7: Verify the correct operation of the vehicle's undercarriage, suspension and steering, and assess the costs of materials and labor of the entire process.

CE7.1 Verify the effectiveness of the suspension, the elastic elements and the shock absorbers, the absence of noise and holgures.

CE7.2 Evaluate the steering and steering qualities of the steering wheel.

CE7.3 Check the servoassist of the steering, in electrohydraulic or electromechanical systems, verify with the appropriate tests and equipment that the parameters and values to be controlled remain within the technical specifications.

CE7.4 Clear the faults recorded in the control units and verify that they are not reappearing after the test.

CE7.5 Calculate the total cost of the intervention process, materials and labor, and check the possible variations with the initial budget and analyze the causes.

CE7.6 Develop technical reports and archive them properly.

Contents

1. Suspension and steering systems:

-Types of oscillations and their effects.

-Oscillation buffers, characteristics, and types

-Elastic elements of the suspension, types, features, and more common applications.

-Suspension Cinematic:

-Convergence.

-Advance Tramo and Advance Angle.

-Pivot Radio.

-Fall angle.

-Wheel output.

-Directive 92 /62/EC.

-Regulated suspension systems and active suspensions.

-Requirements for management facilities, European Directive 70 /311/EEC.

-Construction types of steering system, rack and endless directions (by balls, screw, spindle)

-Address types according to their driving force:

-Management systems by muscle strength.

-External force steering systems.

-Assisted, hydraulic, electrohydraulic, electrical, and electromechanical steering systems.

-Wheels and Tyres:

-Types of tires and their fixing, nomenclature of the rim.

-Identification of tyres, European standards ECE 30.

-Tire effort transmission fees.

2. Diagnostic techniques for the location of faults in the suspension and steering systems

-Failure definitions, dysfunction, and problem.

-Process of breakdown analysis (cause-effect diagrams, analysis by Fallos Tree, analysis by FFalse and Effects Modes).

-Data collection techniques and method for sorting information.

3. Diagnosis of steering and suspension systems.

-Diagnose the address and suspension systems, their subsystems, and components.

-Checks of the steering mechanism, check of ball and joints, pressure and hydraulic circuit, absence of holguras, alignment of the direction, geometry of the rotation.

-Diagnosis of the suspension system, checking of the kinematics of the suspension, control of pressures in pneumatic and hydraulic suspensions, verifications in elastic elements, shock absorbers, kneecap and joint checking units of control, control of parameters of the sensors and actuators.

-Control devices for steering and suspension systems, line-up of the undercarriage.

4. Processes of intervention in repairs: human resources, technicians and costs.

-Action plan based on the diagnosis of breakdowns and problems.

-Intervention processes for disassembly and assembly.

-Processes set by the manufacturer.

-Adapting processes and process improvements.

-Organization of spaces, machinery, tools and spare parts.

-Technical qualification of the operators for each process.

-Technical documentation required for the processes.

-Handling software packages with the intervention processes of the manufacturers.

-Budgeting, control of the time units used.

-Computer tools for controlling labor and billing.

-Cost-tracking, albarant management and warehouse control.

-Monitoring the intervention processes.

-Monitoring work areas.

-Monitoring of equipment and tools.

-Monitoring the key points of the processes.

-Monitoring of modifications.

5. Final tests, verification of repair.

-Final tests used in the suspension and steering systems.

-Verification of the systems of suspension and steering of the vehicle, European regulations ECE, area of support and working environment, qualities to be gathered.

-Elaboration of technical reports on breakdowns in the vehicle's suspension and steering systems

-Budgeting, cost of repairs.

FORMATIVE UNIT 3

Naming: PLANNING AND CONTROLLING THE INTERVENTION PROCESSES IN FORCE TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS.

Code: UF1529

Duration: 50 hours

Competition reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP2, RP3, and RP 4 as regards Transmission Systems.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Analyze the vehicle's power transmission systems, in order to relate the functionality of the different components, with the maintenance processes thereof.

CE1.1 In the clutch mechanisms:

-Describe the set of elements that form the friction clutch mechanism and the different types of drive, by cable, hydraulic or electric.

-Explain the operation of the pair's hydrodynamic converter, its components, and its function.

-Explain and order the disassembly and mounting operations of the elements of the clutch mechanism, list the precautions and possible complications that may occur in the process, as well as the necessary adjustments and the necessary equipment.

CE1.2 For automatic and manual changes:

-Describe the functions of the manual gearbox, the synchronised process, the mechanism of control and interlocking and the calculation of the different gear ratios according to the characteristics of the engine.

-On the scheme of an automatic gearbox determine the different exchange ratios depending on the actuation or not of the brakes and clutches of the box and the obtained multiplication.

-Develop the electrohydraulic control scheme of the automatic gearbox, identify and describe the sensors and actuators and the functions of the control unit.

CE1.3 Detailed disassembly procedures and operations, setting the particularities of the gearbox either manually, automated or automated.

-Explain the procedure for adjusting the different axes and systems of manual and automatic gearbox.

-Describe the verification and control devices of the pressure of the drive circuits of an automatic box.

CE1.4 On differential mechanism and transmissions:

-Describe its constitution and operation, and the possible automatic and manual locking systems of the differential.

-Explain and order the disassembly and mounting operations of the differential elements, as well as the conical and crown pinion settings.

-Describe the semi-axes and transmission trees and explain the qualities of the homokinetic joints.

C2: Analyze diagnosis techniques, for the location of faults, applying them to the transmission system.

CE2.1 Describe the diagnostic techniques that are commonly used in the location of breakdowns.

CE2.2 In practical scenarios for solving breakdowns, real or simulated of sets or mechanisms, to present a systematic analysis of the problem.

-Define the problem, achieving precisely the same, by a clear separation between facts and assumptions.

-Manage the collection of data and complementary information, applying the appropriate techniques (cause-effect diagrams, analysis by Tree of Fallos (AAS), analysis by Mose of False and Effects (AMFE).

-Analyze the problem posed, using techniques to sort the information and find out the causes.

CE2.3 Apply the systematic problem analysis to manual and automatic change boxes.

C3: Diagnose possible representative breakdowns in the systems that make up the power transmission of the vehicle.

CE3.1 Select the necessary technical documentation, manuals, and equipment in practical examples of actual or caused breakdowns in the exchange boxes, clutches and differentials.

CE3.2 Consult, with appropriate diagnostic equipment, the faults that may have been recorded in the control unit of the automated manual changes and in the automatic ones, determine the parameters to be controlled and their relevance.

CE3.3 Perform the logical sequencing diagram of the diagnostic process.

CE3.4 Identify and identify the relevant verification and measurement points for the various parameters and circuits, hydraulic and pneumatic in the exchange boxes.

CE3.5 Directing and controlling the performance and obtaining of results in the tests carried out and assessing the results obtained.

CE3.6 Precise the cause of the breakdown and its consequences for the safety of the vehicle.

C4: Apply the appropriate techniques to organize the processes of intervention in the repairs.

CE4.1 Determine the process of execution of tasks according to the required quality and the manufacturer's requirements.

CE4.2 Organize the intervention process by optimizing execution and assigning jobs and tasks.

CE4.3 Dispose the necessary means and materials to anticipate and prevent stops and delays during the process.

CE4.4 Develop budgets and appraisals with the appropriate means and track the costs of the entire process.

C5: Explain the use and maintenance of tools, equipment and materials to be used.

CE5.1 Apply and enforce standards of use in media and equipment as well as personal and environmental security.

CE5.2 Interpret the manuals for the use and maintenance of equipment and tools, learn how it works and the applications in the different mechanisms of the transmission system.

CE5.3 Explain the precautions and main risks to be included in the management of different equipment and tools.

CE5.4 Control equipment maintenance and verify that they meet the quality requirements imposed by the manufacturer.

CE5.5 Check that all media that require it have passed their respective periodic reviews and can be employed without risk to people, materials and the environment.

C6: Monitor intervention processes, optimizing human and material resources.

CE6.1 Determine the capabilities of the personnel in charge to undertake the operations in the transmission systems and obtain the quality provided by the manufacturer.

CE6.2 Examine the new materials and components to be mounted on the vehicle and ensure that they are suitable for the system and that they are properly mounted.

CE6.3 Control key points or special difficulties within the different systems during the process, paying particular attention to those that represent a possible risk to people, the environment or materials.

CE6.4 Check that the sequence of operations determined by the manufacturer is followed throughout the process.

C7: Verify the correct operation of the vehicle transmission system mechanisms and assess the material and labor costs of the entire process.

CE7.1 Verify the operation of the clutch, its holguras and softness in the clutch and clutch process, perform a slip test.

CE7.2 Check the correct operation of the manual gearbox, the gear and interlocking of all relationships and the absence of noise and vibration.

CE7.3 Verify with the appropriate tests and equipment, the operation of the automatic gearbox and that the parameters and values to be controlled remain within the technical specifications.

CE7.4 Clear the faults recorded in the automatic box control unit and verify that they are not reappearing after the test.

CE7.5 Calculate the total cost of the intervention process, materials and labor, and check the possible variations with the initial budget and analyze the causes.

CE7.6 Develop technical reports and archive them properly.

Contents

1. Clutch mechanisms and exchange boxes

-Efforts developed in engaging the clutch:

-Coefficient of adherence.

-Coupling force.

-Specific surface pressure.

-Dry, wet, automatic, and centrifugal disk friction clutches.

-The hydrodynamic converter of torque, elements and functions thereof, the converter Trilok, converter with clutch of cancellation.

-Manual change boxes:

-Function and need of the gearbox, the transmission ratio.

-Calculation of different relationships based on engine performance.

-Fixing and locking systems.

-Synchronization mechanisms, types of synchronizers.

-Automated manual change boxes.

-Lubricants for manual exchange boxes.

-Automatic change boxes:

-Epicycycloidal gears, transmission ratios of the epicyclic gears, Ravigneaux system.

-Coupling the different relationships, clutches, brakes and free wheel.

-System for hydraulic and electrohydraulic actuation, electronic control of the automatic gearbox.

-Double-clutch change boxes and change boxes without CVT steps.

-Lubricants for automatic gearbox, ATF.

2. The differential mechanism and the transmissions.

-Montage and adjustment of the pinion-corona group.

-Simple and controlled differentials, differential locking mechanisms.

-Taction to the four-wheel connectable and permanent, Torsen differential

-Crucettes, homozynetic joints and joints of the transmission trees.

3. Diagnostic techniques for the location of faults in the force transmission systems

-Failure definitions, dysfunction, and problem.

-Process of breakdown analysis (cause-effect diagrams, analysis by Fallos Tree, analysis by FFalse and Effects Modes).

-Data collection techniques and method for sorting information.

-Transmission system diagnosis:

-Checks on different types of clutch and their drive.

-The hydrodynamic converter diagnosis.

-Diagnosis of the manual gearbox, synchronised, bearings, pinions and mechanisms for selecting gears and interlocks.

-Automatic gearbox diagnosis, wet disc clutches and brakes, epicyclic gears, hydraulic and electronic control system.

-Diagnosis of the transmission system, trees, semi-axes, homokinetic joints, crutches and joints, the differential mechanism and the conical group.

4. Processes of intervention in repairs: human resources, technicians and costs.

-Action plan based on the diagnosis of breakdowns and problems.

-Intervention processes for disassembly and assembly.

-Processes set by the manufacturer.

-Adapting processes and process improvements.

-Organization of spaces, machinery, tools and spare parts.

-Technical qualification of the operators for each process.

-Technical documentation required for the processes.

-Handling software packages with the intervention processes of the manufacturers.

-Budgeting, control of the time units used.

-Computer tools for controlling labor and billing.

-Cost-tracking, albarant management and warehouse control.

-Monitoring the intervention processes:

-Monitoring work areas.

-Monitoring of equipment and tools.

-Monitoring the key points of the processes.

-Monitoring of modifications.

5. Final tests, verification of repair.

-Final tests used in the transmission systems of vehicles.

-Verification of vehicle transmission systems, European ECE regulations, support surface and working environment, qualities to be gathered.

-Elaboration of technical reports on breakdowns in vehicle transmission systems

-Budgeting, cost of repairs.

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Units

Total duration in hours of the training units	Number of maximum hours susceptible to distance
	20
Unit formative 2-UF1528	50	20
Formative Unit 3-UF1529	50	20

Sequence:

The training units of this module can be programmed independently.

Access criteria for students

They will be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree that regulates the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this annex accompanies.

FORMATIVE MODULE 3

denomination: THERMAL ENGINES AND THEIR AUXILIARY SYSTEMS

Code: MF0140_3

Professional qualification level: 3

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC0140_3: Plan the repair processes of the thermal engines and their auxiliary systems by controlling the execution of the same.

Duration: 150 hours

FORMATIVE UNIT 1

Denomination: DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR OF THERMAL ENGINE BREAKDOWNS AND THEIR AUXILIARY SYSTEMS

Code: UF1530

Duration: 90 hours

Competition reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP2, and RP3.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Analyze the Otto and Diesel cycle thermal engines and their auxiliary systems.

CE1.1 Analyze the internal combustion thermal engine structure, performance diagram, constructive shapes, mass balancing, and establish empirical comparisons between Otto and Diesel engines.

CE1.2 Analyze the materials used in the manufacturing of thermal motors, their properties and application examples.

-Cast and steel materials.

-Non-ferrous metals, heavy metals and sintered metals.

-Ceramic Materials

CE1.3 Describe the tribology and its concepts, the types of wear and the methods to reduce it.

CE1.4 Explain corrosion processes and methods of protection count corrosion.

CE1.5 Describe lubrication and cooling systems:

-The characteristics and properties of lubricating oils and refrigerant liquids of engines and their specifications.

-On a complex pressure lubrication circuit scheme, define all of its components and the function of each of them.

-On a closed cooling circuit scheme, locate all components and explain their function.

CE1.6 On a vehicle with an Otto engine gasoline power system:

-List and describe the sensors and actuators of the system and its function.

-Draw a fuel circuit scheme, explaining the mission of each of its components.

-Interpret the electrical circuit of the system by differentiating its parts.

-Locate the various anti-pollution systems, three-way catalyst, lambda probes and NOx trap, detailing their parts, the polluting element that they treat and how it does.

CE1.7 On a vehicle with a turbocharger supercharged direct injection Diesel power supply system:

-List and describe the sensors and actuators of the system and its function.

-Draw a fuel circuit scheme, explaining the mission of each of its components.

-Interpret the electrical circuit of the system by differentiating its parts.

-Describe the overpower system, point out its elements and its regulatory system.

-Locate the different anti-pollution systems, EGR, oxidation catalyst and particle filter, detailing their parts, the pollutant element that it treats and how it does.

C2: Analyze diagnosis techniques, for the location of faults, applying them to the maintenance of vehicles.

CE2.1 Describe the diagnostic techniques that are commonly used in the location of breakdowns.

CE2.2 In practical scenarios for solving breakdowns, real or simulated of sets or mechanisms, to present a systematic analysis of the problem.

-Define the problem, achieving an accurate description of the problem, by means of a clear separation between facts and assumptions, applying the appropriate techniques, such as cause-effect diagrams, analysis by Tree of Fallos (AAS), analysis by Messes of Fallos and Effects (AMFE).

-Manage the collection of data and additional information, applying the specified method.

-Analyze the problem posed, using techniques to sort the information and find out the causes.

CE2.3 Apply the systematic problem analysis to the thermal engine systems and their vehicle subsystems.

C3: Diagnose possible representative breakdowns in the operation of electrical and electronic systems, security and comfort.

CE3.1 Select the necessary technical documentation, manuals, and equipment for each system in practical examples of actual or provoked breakdowns.

CE3.2 Consult, with appropriate diagnostic equipment, the faults that may have been recorded in the control units and determine the parameters to be controlled.

CE3.3 Perform the logical sequencing diagram of the diagnostic process.

CE3.4 Identify and pinpoint the relevant verification and measurement points for the various parameters and systems.

CE3.5 Directing and controlling the performance and obtaining of results in the tests carried out and assessing the results obtained.

CE3.6 Precise the cause of the breakdown of its consequences and possible disturbances in other systems.

C4: Apply the appropriate techniques to organize the intervention processes in the repairs.

CE4.1 Determine the process of execution of tasks according to the required quality and the manufacturer's requirements.

CE4.2 Organize the intervention process by optimizing execution and assigning jobs and tasks.

CE4.3 Dispose the necessary means and materials to anticipate and prevent stops and delays during the process.

CE4.4 Develop budgets and appraisals with the appropriate means and track the costs of the entire process.

Contents

1. Internal combustion engines and their auxiliary systems

-Development of the engine's work and performance process.

-Drive mechanism dynamics:

-Forces of mass and moments of inertia.

-First and second order mass balances in polycyclic engines.

-Disposition of the cylinders, constructive shapes.

-Distribution system and types of butts.

-Cooling system and lubrication system, technique, structure and components.

-Gasoline Power Systems:

-Formation of the mixture.

-Power-on system.

-Components, function, and features.

-Diesel Power Systems:

-Rotative pumps, common rail and pump injector.

-Components, function, and features.

-Preheat systems.

-Anti-pollution systems and European standards.

-European anti-pollution standards in vehicles, EU3, EU 4, and EU 5 (2010), EU 6 for 2014.

-Otto engines, catalytic treatment of exhaust gases with Lambda regulation.

-Diesel engine systems, oxidation catalysts, EGR system and particle filter.

-Overpower systems, turbochargers and compressors, staggered turbos.

-Analysis of the processes of friction, Tribology.

-Wear types and units of measurement.

-Tribological analysis of damage and test methods.

-Wear reduction techniques.

-Engrase and cooling systems. Liquid lubricants and refrigerants, concepts and definitions:

-Typology of the greasing and cooling systems.

-Mineral and synthetic oils, multigrade oils and additives.

-ISO and SAE viscosity grades.

-Quality standards for EU ACEA oils and APIs

-Refrigerant specifications.

2. Diagnostic techniques for the location of faults in thermal engines and their auxiliary systems

-Failure definitions, dysfunction, and problem.

-Process of breakdown analysis (cause-effect diagrams, analysis by Fallos Tree, analysis by FFalse and Effects Modes).

-Data collection techniques and method for sorting information.

3. Use and management of diagnostic equipment for thermal engines and their auxiliary systems.

-Obtaining parameters with multimeters and oscilloscopes, interpretation of information.

-Control and diagnosis equipment, EOBD protocol.

-Managing diagnosis teams

-Data query.

-Extract data and dump to paper or other media.

-Analysis and interpretation of information extracted from the control units.

-Memory of breakdowns, query, interpretation and deletion, sporadic and permanent breakdowns.

-Key dynamometer, measuring devices and specific tools.

-Gas Analyzer and opacimeters.

4. Diagnosis in the thermal engine.

-Diagnose the thermal engine, gasoline and diesel, its subsystems and components.

-Engine checks, compression verification, distribution and drive systems.

-Diagnosis of the cooling and lubrication system, coolant temperature control and lubrication circuit pressure.

-Gasoline and diesel power systems: check units for control, control of parameters of sensors and activation of actuators.

5. Processes of intervention in repairs: human resources, technicians and costs.

-Action plan based on the diagnosis of breakdowns and problems.

-Intervention processes for disassembly and assembly.

-Processes set by the manufacturer.

-Adapting processes and process improvements.

-Organization of spaces, machinery, tools and spare parts.

-Technical qualification of the operators for each process.

-Technical documentation required for the processes.

-Handling software packages with the intervention processes of the manufacturers.

-Budgeting, control of the time units used.

-Computer tools for controlling labor and billing.

-Cost-tracking, albarant management and warehouse control.

FORMATIVE UNIT 2

Naming: MONITORING OF INTERVENTION, TESTING, AND CHECKING PROCESSES ON THERMAL ENGINES AND THEIR AUXILIARY SYSTEMS

Code: UF1531

Duration: 60 hours

Competition reference: This training unit corresponds to RP4, RP5, and RP6.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Maintain diagnostic equipment, workshop equipment, tools and tools, commonly used in workshops.

CE1.1 Apply and enforce standards of use in media and equipment as well as personal and environmental security.

CE1.2 Interpret the manuals for the use and maintenance of equipment and tools, learn how it works and applications in electrical and electronic systems and in thermal engines.

CE1.3 Explain the precautions and main risks to be included in the management of different equipment and tools.

CE1.4 Control equipment maintenance and verify that they meet the quality requirements imposed by the manufacturer.

CE1.5 Ensure that the equipment and tools to be used are adequate and meet the necessary requirements to obtain the precise quality.

CE1.6 Check that all media that require it have passed their respective periodic reviews and can be employed without risk to people, materials and the environment.

C2: Monitor intervention processes, optimizing human and material resources.

CE2.1 Determine the capabilities of the personnel in charge to undertake the operations in the different systems and obtain the quality provided by the manufacturer.

CE2.2. Examine the new materials and components to be mounted on the vehicle and ensure that they are suitable for the system and that they are properly mounted.

CE2.3 Control key points or special difficulties within the different systems during the process, paying particular attention to those that represent a possible risk to people, the environment or materials.

CE2.4 Check that the sequence of operations determined by the manufacturer is followed throughout the process.

C3: Verify the correct operation of the thermal engine and assess the material and labor costs of the entire process.

CE3.1 Check the draught and overall status of the distribution and perform the compression test on each of the cylinders of the thermal engine.

CE3.2 Verify engine operation, check operating temperature, lubricant pressure, absence of leaks and vibrations or anomalous noises.

CE3.3 Check the composition of exhaust gases in Otto and Diesel cycle engines:

-Verify that these are not only in line with the Community legal requirements, but are also within the framework of the manufacturer.

-On the Otto engines verify the catalyst and the lambda probes.

-In Diesel engines the particulate filter and the EGR system.

CE3.4 Verify with the appropriate equipment, the superpower pressure of the turbocharger and the operation of its regulatory system.

CE3.5 Clear the faults recorded in the engine control unit and verify that they are not reappearing after the test.

Contents

1. Maintenance of measuring devices and diagnostic equipment.

-Maintenance of devices and equipment for diagnosis, calibration and periodic reviews.

-Quality control and technical specifications.

-Process of calibration of the measurement and quality control equipment of the same.

-torque controls in dynamometer keys and adjustment elements.

-Calibration and control of thermometers and gauges of air conditioning equipment.

-Technical requirements for diagnostic equipment and devices.

2. Use, handling and updating of the Workshop Software.

-Diagnosis equipment software. Installation and recomposition of computer systems.

-Extracting documents and schemas from electrical circuits.

-Recambios and Pieces Store Software. Installation and handling.

-Parts provisions with cutting schemes.

-Workshop Management Software: Vehicle History Management.

-Time and Material Tasings.

-Databases of customers, vehicles, operations, times, articles and operators.

3. Monitoring of the intervention processes.

-Monitoring work areas.

-Monitoring of equipment and tools.

-Monitoring the key points of the processes.

-Monitoring of modifications.

4. Final tests, verification of the repair of the thermal engines.

-Final tests used in the verification of engines and their auxiliary systems.

-Valuation of engine performance by test bench, dynamic tests, or indirect tests.

-Elaboration of technical reports on faults in engines and their auxiliary systems.

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Units

Total duration in hours of the training units	Number of maximum hours susceptible to distance
Formative unit 1-UF1530	90	30
Unit formative 2-UF1531	60	20

Sequence:

To access the formative unit 2, the training unit 1 must have been exceeded.

Access criteria for students

They will be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree that regulates the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this annex accompanies.

FORMATIVE MODULE 4

Naming: MANAGEMENT AND LOGISTICS IN VEHICLE MAINTENANCE

Code: MF0137_3

Professional qualification level: 3

Associated with the Competition Unit:

UC0137_3 Manage vehicle maintenance and associated logistics, meeting criteria for efficiency, safety and quality.

Duration: 130 hours

FORMATIVE UNIT 1

Naming: PLANNING FOR VEHICLE MAINTENANCE AND WORKLOAD DISTRIBUTION PROCESSES.

Code: UF1259

Duration: 50hours

Competition reference: This training unit corresponds to RP2, RP3, RP4, RP5.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Develop vehicle maintenance plans by analyzing the variables involved, taking into account methods and time.

CE1.1 Describe time analysis techniques, such as timekeeping and default times, among others.

CE1.2 Analyze the unproductive times of a process, taking into account available information, safety standards and operator fatigue.

CE1.3 Define a new process or improve the existing one, considering the data obtained in the previously performed study.

CE1.4 Define the appropriate means for each intervention, ensuring that the process is respected in all its aspects.

C2: Develop distribution plans for the work, relating the workloads to the operation of the facilities and equipment.

CE2.1 Describe the maintenance, predictive, corrective, and preventive classes, defining the characteristics each of them has.

CE2.2 Define the concept of workload, describes the different types.

CE2.3 Schedule maintenance processes, taking into account where, when and how, taking into account available means and priority criteria.

CE2.4 Perform activity frequency curves.

CE2.5 Perform a work distribution plan, taking into account the technical and human conditions.

CE2.6 Perform a preventive and predictive maintenance chart of equipment and facilities, considering the periodicity, costs, and opportunity

C3: Develop maintenance plans for large fleets, analyzing their own needs and requirements.

CE3.1 Determine the parameters that need to be redefined in the scheduled maintenance, depending on the characteristics of the work that each vehicle has to perform.

CE3.2 Introduce variations in scheduled maintenance, advised by vehicle manufacturer.

CE3.3 Determine the optimal facilities, equipment and human resources to achieve the most efficient maintenance of the fleet.

C4: Organize maintenance plans, based on data stored in a historical file of vehicles.

CE4.1 Perform tables or graphical representations reflecting incidents and periodicity.

CE4.2 Determine the stopping time of each vehicle due to periodic reviews, depending on the maintenance operations to be performed.

CE4.3 Define the maintenance plan, taking into account the marked objectives and productive capacity of the workshop.

C5: Organize the training of personnel by relating the objectives to be achieved.

CE5.1 Describe the objectives to be achieved through a comprehensive overview of all procedures.

CE5.2 Make efficiency graphs taking into account the types and achievement of targets.

CE5.3 Define the training needs of staff, on a new method, to achieve the required productivity and quality.

Contents

1. Maintenance plans

-Time Analysis Techniques.

-Default time systems.

-Activity valuation techniques.

-Workers ' displacement study techniques.

-Work methods and movements.

2. Distribution of the job

-Job Distribution Plans.

-Maintenance classes: predictive, corrective, and preventive.

-Workloads.

-Types and documents.

3. Definition and organization of maintenance plans

-Parameters involved in scheduled maintenance.

-Incident control.

-Periodic reviews.

-Changes to an established maintenance plan.

-Historical studies

-Stop time.

-Programming and realization of the maintenance plan.

-Management of replacement vehicles.

4. Organisation of the training of staff

-Method definition techniques and their implementation.

-Operators instruction techniques.

-Job by objectives.

FORMATIVE UNIT 2

Naming: MANAGING THE RECEIPT OF VEHICLES

Code: UF1260

Duration: 50 hours

Competition reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP6, RP8.

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Manage vehicle receipt and customer service.

CE1.1 Collection of customer and vehicle data in the specified format.

CE1.2 Customer Survey to perform data collection for diagnosis.

CE1.3 Make repair budget, detailing items to replace and repair, pricing based on specific rates.

CE1.4 Determine the date of delivery of the vehicle based on the availability of workshop hours and customer requirements.

CE1.5 Inform the customer at all times of the situation of your vehicle, causes of the breakdown, scope of the same, costs, new faults detected when making the repair and warnings in the rear handling of your vehicle.

CE1.6 Carry out the delivery of the vehicle, after a quality control, that ensures the correct performance of the repair and/or modification, as well as the absences of damage, cleaning, ...

CE1.7 Keep the vehicle and customer file updated, and report regularly scheduled periodic reviews of your vehicles.

C2: Organize the operation of a spare parts section to establish physical distribution and stock control by analyzing management models.

CE2.1 Describe the techniques for determining the optimal stock of the warehouse.

CE2.2 Generate a warehouse stock database, with computer media, applying it to determine the order point and stock valuation.

CE2.3 Perform the annual inventory of a warehouse taking into account the different variables (outputs, inputs, percentage of damaged parts, among others).

CE2.4 Plan the physical distribution of a warehouse, taking into account: features of parts, demands of these, legal norms and product rotation.

CE2.5 Describe the security rules that need to be applied in a vehicle spare store.

C3: Organize the shopping schedule by describing the variables involved in the purchase and automatically mechanize the process.

CE3.1 Describe the purchase variables to be taken into account when placing an order: quality, prices, discounts, delivery times, among others, to choose the most favorable offer.

CE3.2 Generate a supplier database, with computer media, applying it to schedule orders and review of the receipt of goods.

CE3.3 Make personalized attention to suppliers.

C4: Develop reports, budgets, and other documents using computer programs by analyzing the results.

CE4.1 Perform breakdown prediagnosis by determining the areas of the workshop to which repairs are assigned.

CE4.2 Digitalize the worksheets indicating the date of delivery of the vehicle based on workload and capacity of the workshop, report of the vehicle situation, including the causes of the breakdown, severity, costs, new breakdowns detected when performing the repair, among other concepts.

CE4.3 Generate a customer database, with computer media, by applying it to schedule reviews, billing, and other documents.

CE4.4 Confecting quotes using computer programs

C5: Manage the treatment of waste generated in vehicle maintenance and repair operations by identifying the pollutants and describing their effects on the environment.

CE5.1 Describe the legal regulations governing waste management to vehicle maintenance workshops

CE5.2 Identify waste generated in a vehicle maintenance workshop by determining its dangerousness.

CE5.3 Carry out a classification structure for waste according to its toxicity and environmental impact.

CE5.4 Identify applicable legal limits.

CE5.5 Define the waste management process through authorized managers.

CE5.6 Describe the treatment and control systems of the different waste in the field of the workshop.

CE5.7 Describe the facilities and equipment necessary for the management of the waste to the workshop.

CE5.8 Manage Selective Collection of Waste.

C6: Develop quality plans for the operation of a workshop, relating to the management efficiency, the degree of service satisfaction and the environmental impact with the implementation of the established regulations.

CE6.1 Describe standards for quality certification and environmental management to vehicle maintenance workshops.

CE6.2 Describe certification, audit, and post-audit processes.

CE6.3 Set the indicators to assess the quality of the environmental management and customer satisfaction processes.

CE6.4 Determine the procedure to carry out an internal audit to determine the quality achieved in the processes that are carried out in the workshop.

CE6.5 Establish the procedure to carry out an internal audit to determine the effectiveness of environmental management.

CE6.6 Develop the procedure to perform an internal audit to determine customer satisfaction.

CE6.7 Describe a plan to improve the quality and satisfaction of the client.

Contents

1. Customer support

-Communication with the client. Previous information and in the repair.

-Protocol on the receipt and delivery of vehicles.

-Workshop management software:

-Budget-making programs.

-Work Order Management Programs and their assessment.

-Customer and vehicle programs.

2. Organization of the spare parts section

-Inventories.

-Stock valuation.

-Warehouse types and their physical organization.

-Protection and conservation of the goods.

-Warehouse management software.

3. Purchasing Management

-Methods of supplies of parts, consumables and machinery.

-Purchase variables: quality, prices, discounts, delivery times.

-Relationships with suppliers.

-Purchasing management software.

4. Preparation of technical documentation

-Worksheets: Data collection.

-Distribution of workloads.

-Software for the management of the workshop.

-Computer programs for budgeting:

-Assessment of damage caused by accidents.

-Introduction of data in computer programs.

-Budgeting.

5. Waste management

-Classification and storage of waste according to hazard characteristics. Treatment and collection of waste.

-Legal regulations on the specific environmental management of the workshops.

-Quality plans and standards and environmental management.

-Certification. Audits. Improvement and Objectives Plans.

6. Quality Management

-Processes and procedures regarding the organization of quality.

-Standards for quality management systems in vehicle workshops.

-Quality indicators.

-Certification. Improvement plans and quality objectives.

FORMATIVE UNIT 3

Naming: PREVENTION OF OCCUPATIONAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL RISKS IN VEHICLE MAINTENANCE

Code: UF0917

Duration: 30 hours

Competition reference: This training unit corresponds to the RP7

Assessment capabilities and criteria

C1: To analyze the prevention and safety measures regarding the actions of the handling of the installations and equipment, contained in the safety plans of the companies of the sector.

CE1.1 Specify the aspects of prevention and safety regulations related to the risks arising from the handling of installations and equipment.

CE1.2 Identify and evaluate risk factors and associated risks.

CE1.4 Describe the requirements of the work areas and the procedures for their preparation, determining the specific occupational risks involved and their corrective actions.

CE1.5 Analyze first aid requirements in different accident scenarios.

CE1.6 Define the rights and duties of the employee and the company in terms of prevention and safety.

C2: Apply the security plan by analyzing the company's prevention, safety and environmental protection measures.

CE2.1 Apply preventive and corrective measures to the identified risks, including the selection, conservation and correct use of the individual and collective protective equipment.

CE2.2 Apply the action protocols to possible emergencies, such as:

-Identify people in charge of specific tasks.

-Report the disfunctions and the dangerous cases observed.

-Proceed for the evacuation of buildings in accordance with established procedures, in case of emergency.

CE2.3 Adopt the basic sanitary measures, first aid techniques and transfer of accidents in different accident scenarios.

C3: Apply the company's environmental protection and waste recycling measures.

CE3.1 Specify aspects of environmental regulations related to the risks arising from the activity of the workshop, such as noise, vibration, and the handling of combustible products, lubricants, paints and solvents, combustion gases, welding gases, waste materials, lijas, electrodes, etc.

CE3.2 Identify and assess the associated environmental risk and risk factors.

CE3.3 Apply preventive and corrective measures to the risks identified, including the correct handling of products and their storage, use of individual and collective protective equipment.

CE3.4 Apply the action protocols to possible emergencies, such as:

-Evacuate the work zone

-Report the disfunctions and the dangerous cases observed.

CE3.5 Apply Selective Collection of Waste:

-Identify containers and clean points.

-Respect the signage and waste recycling protocols.

CE3.6 Maintain work zones in order and cleaning to prevent incidents.

Contents

1. Basic concepts about health and safety at work

-Work and health.

-Professional risks.

-Risk factors.

-Consequences and damages derived from the job:

-Work accident.

-Professional illness.

-Other pathologies derived from work.

-Economic and operational impacts.

-Basic regulatory framework for occupational risk prevention:

-The labor risk prevention law.

-The prevention services regulation.

-Scope and legal bases.

-Health and safety directives at work.

-Public agencies related to health and safety at work:

-National agencies.

-Autonomous bodies.

-General risks and their prevention

-In the handling of tools and equipment.

-In handling systems and installations.

-In the storage and transport of loads.

-Exposure to physical, chemical or biological agents.

-The fire.

-Physical fatigue.

-Mental fatigue.

-Job dissatisfaction.

-Collective protection.

-Individual protection.

2. Acting in emergencies and evacuation

-Types of accidents.

-Primary evaluation of the crashed.

-First aid.

-Socorrism.

-Emergency situations.

-Emergency and evacuation plans.

-Support information for emergency action.

3. Environmental risks and waste handling

-Risks arising from the storage and handling of fuels, fats and lubricants.

-Risks associated with noise, vibration and combustion gases produced in the workshop.

-Action protocols to mitigate environmental risks.

-Types of waste generated.

-Storage in containers and bags, waste signalling.

-Waste management.

-Order maintenance and cleanup of the work zone.

Methodological guidelines

Distance training:

Formative Units

Total duration in hours of the training units	Number of maximum hours capable of distance
	20
Unit formative 2-UF1260	50	20
Formative Unit 3-UF0917	30	20

Sequence:

To access the formative unit 2 must have been passed the formative unit 1.

The formative unit 3 is cross-sectional, so it can be programmed independently.

Access criteria for students

They will be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree that regulates the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this annex accompanies.

ELECTROMECHANICAL AREA PLANNING AND CONTROL NON-WORK PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE MODULE

Code: MP0327

Duration: 80 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria

C1: Appoint the receipt and delivery of the vehicle in direct treatment with the client, under the supervision of the commercial adviser or receptionist.

CE1.1 Power off the phone and agree on appointments with customers by planning workshop steps efficiently.

CE1.2 Fill in the work order, recording the information provided by the client and possible symptoms, updating the historical file and setting the date and time of delivery of the vehicle.

CE1.3 Check that the protection and care elements of the vehicle have been placed by the responsible personnel.

CE1.4 Develop a previous repair budget based on the pre-diagnosis established based on the data recorded at the vehicle reception, informing the customer in time and form.

CE1.5 Report to the client the status of the repair, the severity of the failures, and any deviations from the previous budget.

CE1.6 Deliver the vehicle, verifying the cleanliness and cleanliness of the vehicle, explaining to the detail the operations carried out, the billing and the guarantee of the repair, strictly speaking to the protocols marked by the company

C2: Collaborate in the diagnosis of vehicle breakdowns in real circumstances with the head of the workshop or the specialist of the area in question.

CE2.1 Actively participate in the diagnosis process by selecting the documentation and consulting the diagnosis teams.

CE2.2 Perform the process and logical sequencing of the failure diagnosis operations.

CE2.3 Analyze and value the data obtained by establishing a cause or origin of the fault.

CE2.4 Contrastar with the responsible specialist the conclusions obtained in the diagnosis process and the cause or actual origin of the breakdown.

C3: Develop vehicle fleet maintenance plans and optimize existing ones, making the most of existing resources in the company and workloads, with the supervision of the workshop manager.

CE3.1 Perform frequency curves of activities and planning of work distribution, using techniques of analysis of times and the company's own rates.

CE3.2 Interpret vehicle and fleet maintenance plans, optimizing it based on the incidents and downtime of the vehicles and the resources of the workshop.

CE3.3 Determine the processes of execution of the operations according to the resources of the workshop, the availability of the spare parts and the required quality.

CE3.4 Participate in the elaboration of the training plans of the technical staff.

C4: Monitor the entire vehicle repair process and verify the result obtained by reporting any incident or failure to the workshop manager.

CE4.1 Check that all equipment and media to be used in the process have passed the relevant reviews and can be used without risk, otherwise reporting to the workshop manager.

CE4.2 Monitor operations, solving possible contingencies by applying the technical procedures recommended by the manufacturer and the quality regulations.

CE4.3 Use and check that the equipment and tools of the workshop are used appropriately by the technicians.

CE4.4 Verify the proper functioning of the repaired systems, carrying out the relevant tests under the supervision of the workshop leader or collaborating on them if they are to be executed imperatively by the head of the workshop (road test).

CE4.5 Prepare the vehicle to be delivered to the customer, monitoring the cleaning status and clearing the memory of breakdowns, making the final bill.

C5 Manage spare parts in collaboration with the head of Recambios.

CE5.1 Determine the stock needed in store based on the different variables for the most common spare parts.

CE5.2 Handle the client and supplier files, updating them and familiarizing themselves with the software used.

CE5.3 Perform an inventory, depending on the availability of the area, taking into account all possible variables.

CE5.4 Understand and adapt to the physical planning and distribution of the warehouse by evaluating and contributing to improvements.

CE5.5 Participate in order processing and in the subsequent receipt, placement and departure of the warehouse.

C6: Participate in the company's work processes, following the rules and instructions set out in the work center.

CE6.1 Behave responsibly in both human relationships and in the work to be done.

CE6.2 Respect the procedures and rules of the work center.

CE6.3 Diligently undertake the tasks according to the instructions received, trying to adapt to the work rhythm of the company.

CE6.4 Integrate into the production processes of the work center.

CE6.5 Use the established communication channels.

CE6.6 To respect at all times the measures of risk prevention, occupational health and environmental protection.

Contents

1. Process for receiving and delivering the vehicle.

-Fulfillment of work orders.

-Planning of the reception area, distribution of work, scheduling of appointments and delivery.

-Budgeting, quantization of spare parts and units of labor time.

-Customer service at the reception and delivery of the vehicle.

-Inspection at different points of the vehicle.

2. Processes of diagnosis and location of breakdowns.

-Practical application of diagnosis techniques.

-Process of breakdown analysis (cause-effect diagrams, analysis by Fallos Tree, analysis by FFalse and Effects Modes).

-Data collection and classification of information.

-Interpretation of the information collected from the different control units.

-Checks necessary to confirm the diagnosis, verification of the breakdown, scope and quantification of the same.

3. Vehicle maintenance plans, fleet management and distribution of work.

-Elaboration of vehicle maintenance plans, interpretation and assessment of the existing ones.

-Elaboration of maintenance plans for large fleets based on the availability of the workshop.

-Elaboration of job distribution plans based on workload and workshop resources.

-Planning and programming of training and retraining of technical personnel.

-Application of the legal regulations on warranty of repair.

4. Maintenance and use of equipment and means of repair and diagnosis.

-Maintenance and updating of computer, repair and diagnosis equipment.

-Implementation of standard ISO 9000 quality standards.

-Verification of repair and required tests.

-Making technical reports.

5. Management of the spare parts area.

-Using warehouse management IT support.

-Purchasing and stock control programming.

-Classification and inventory of materials.

-Treatment and control of documentation: albarans, order sheets, budgets, purchase and sales invoices, rectifying, periodic and recurring invoices, receipts, tickets etc.

6. Integration and communication in the workplace

-Responsible behavior in the job center.

-Respect to the procedures and rules of the workplace.

-Interpreting and diligently performing the instructions received.

-Recognition of the organization's production process.

-Using the communication channels established in the job center.

-Adequation to the work rate of the company.

-Tracking the regulations for risk prevention, occupational health and environmental protection.

IV. PRESCRIPTIONS OF TRAINERS

Modules	Required Accreditation	Professional experience required in scope of the unit of
MF0138_3: Electrical, electronic security and comfort systems.	● Licensed, Engineer, Architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. ● Diplomate, Technical Engineer, Technical Architect or corresponding degree degree or other equivalent titles.	2 years
MF0139_3: Force transmission systems and run-in trains.	● Licensed, Engineer, Architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. ● Diplomate, Technical Engineer, Technical Architect or corresponding degree degree or other equivalent titles.	2 years
MF0140_3: Thermal engines and their auxiliary systems.	● Licensed, Engineer, Architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. ● Diplomate, Technical Engineer, Technical Architect or corresponding degree degree or other equivalent titles.	2 years
MF0137_3: Management and logistics in vehicle maintenance.	● Licensed, Engineer, Architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. ● Diplomate, Technical Engineer, Technical Architect or corresponding degree degree or other equivalent titles.	2 years

V. MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR SPACES, FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT

Forming Space

Surface m2 15 pupils	Surface m2 25 students
45		60
Workshop	200	300

M1

M1	M2	M3
X		X	X	X
		X	X	X
X

Forming Space

Equipment
Classroom.	-Audio-visual equipment. -PCs installed in network, cannon with projection and internet. -Specialty-specific Sofware. -2 Pizarras to write with a marker. -Rotafolios. -Classroom material. -Table and chair for the trainer. -Table and chairs for students.
Workshop.	-Vehicles with gasoline and diesel engines with current technology. -Motorcycle with two-stroke engine. -Truck engines, coach. -Maquettes with real engines. -Electronic injection machines. -Work banks with screws. -Headlight setting equipment and enabling a level surface. -Laser level. -Sierras, limes, gramiles, plot tips, threaded, male, terrajas and manneals, calibers, micrometers, gages of threads and thicknesses, comparator clock. -Calibers, indoor and outdoor micrometers, alexometers, magnetic base, and comparator clock. -Use motor assembly (retainer and retainer extractor, cinch segments, cylinder head centers ..) -Laves oil filter extraction. -Reflexometer and densimeter. -Vehicle elevators -Address Aligner. -Test Bank for Starter Engines and Alternators. -PC with workshop and warehouse management software. -Technical Manuals of the vehicles and systems present in the workshop. -Technical data bases on computer support. -4-gas Analyzer. -Opaceter. -Bans engine support. -hydraulic table extraction engines. -EOBD failure reading and diagnosis apparatus. -Diesel injector checker. -Common Rail injector excess flow tester. -Recycling and air conditioning equipment. -Air conditioning leak detector. -Air Conditioning Circuit Repair Tools -Air bag check and deactivation. -Portable lamps. -Automotive adapted oscilloscope. -Multimeter. -Amperimetric Pinza -Tension Checker by led's. -Manual pressure/vacuum piston Mityvac. -Maleta with verification adapters for all class of connections. -Hydraulic pressure checking equipment with adapters. -Use for engine distribution draught. -Extractors of pulleys and toothed wheels. -Precam tractors. -Rotulle Extractors. -Mac Pherson suspension dock Extractor -Wheel-bearing assembly and disassembly tools -Dynamometers. -Brake tweezers retraction equipment. -Brake liquid refresh and recycling equipment.
	-Pines pines. -Cooling system tester. -Bridge to hang the engine in the vehicle. -250 Kg pen crane. -Hydraulic Cats. -Column Cat. -Borders. -Used oil collection. -Pull-out engine -pneumatic and electrical impact gun equipment. -Workrooms for tools and parts. -Games of all types of manual keys. -Jgo of all kinds of pliers and jaws. -Jgo of all types of special tips, torx, allen, etc. -Jgo of all types of screwdrivers. -Hit screwdriver. -Scabocaos. -Scissors, cutters, and blades. -Hammers of all types, plastic and steel. -Paper, film, tapes. -Vehicle protection elements, blankets, blankets, and covers. -Clean point and containers. Daily cleaning tools. -Store products and tools. Locker room with lockers. Lavajos, Botiquín. -Specific installations: Compressed air line, Combustion Gas Aspiration.

It should not be interpreted that the different learning spaces identified must necessarily be differentiated by means of closure.

The facilities and equipment must comply with the corresponding industrial and sanitary sanitary regulations and will respond to measures of universal accessibility and safety of the participants.

The number of units that must be available for the tools, machines and tools specified in the training spaces, will be sufficient for a minimum of 15 students and must be increased, if necessary, to attend to the higher number.

In the event that the training is addressed to persons with disabilities, the adaptations and reasonable adjustments will be made to ensure their participation in equal conditions.